Lords of the Earth
Campaign 42
Turn 2 Newsfax 1106-1110
AD
GM Note: Where nations have not submitted orders or are
unplayed, I have simply marked them "Slept". There's not much else I
can do since I can't play them myself and can't devote time to providing
write-ups for playerless positions. If a player attacks a country which is
unplayed, I will usually browbeat a friend who is unaffiliated with Lords of
the Earth into giving me a sketch of some orders for the unplayed position -
this can work out well for the NPN (consider turn 2 Paramaras) or very, very
badly (turn 1 Khwarizim). It is not an ideal solution but it is far better
than putting the GM in the position of conducting wars against players.
Nomenclature:
1 I/C/S:
200 men
1 FF:
2 strongholds
1 W:
2 ships
1NFP:
200 men
Armenian Orthodox Church: The Armenian Monophysites are not represented as
a separate religion in the standard LOTE model. This is something I should
have remedied before but did not so I have done so now. The Armenian Orthodox
Church (ARM on your stat sheets) is identical to the Coptic Church and is
represented by the anchor symbol on the map.
General Points
_ Submissions by players are welcome (encouraged, actually) though I
reserve the right to alter them to fit more precisely with the outcome of
events during the course of the turn.
_ Name your cities. No name = no city.
_ Feel free to name your fortresses.
Rule-Related
Points
_ I gave a certain amount of leeway on turn 1 (no DF's and such) now on
the gloves are off - CCR and PRA control webs will be enforced.
_ King Auto Admin is very much OFF.
_ In a slight modification to the Political Rules, it
will be possible for two players
with a Non-Aggression Treaty to have their forces fight alongside each other
(as allies). However, a negative modifier will be applied to such a coalition
force in combat. If the countries have a Mutual Defence
Treaty or higher, the modifier will be reduced (the higher the degree of trust
between the two countries, the lower the modifier will be to simulate the
increased familiarity between the commanders).
_ It is
possible to colonise a 1gpv Cultivated region to 2gpv but nothing beyond that.
Anything worth more than 1gpv cannot be colonised to a greater value.
_ It is possible to recover some casualties lost in
battle - see the variant combat rules for details. This is a cheap way to
ensure that you don't lose your entire army in a single campaign.
_ Please do not forget that Heavy Warships (HW) cannot
enter rivers because their keels run too deep.
Fees Policy
Notes
_ If a player has zero or negative balance and does
not submit orders, the player will be assumed to have dropped and the position
will be made available for play.
_ If a player has a positive balance and does not submit orders, it will
be assumed that the player wishes to retain the position and the standard fee
will be debited.
_ If a player has a positive balance and does not
submit order for two consecutive turns, it will be assumed that the player has
dropped and the balance of the player's account will be refunded.
_ If a player's account falls below -$5, no orders
will be processed until credit is received.
_ Players in the UK who intend to pay by cheque should please inform the
GM in advance.
_ Exceptions to the policy on fees can be made if
the GM is kept informed of the situation. I am not an ogre and, as a UK-based
player, a lot of GM's have been patient in awaiting my fees. I can extend the
same patience if you tell me about it.
_ US-based players can avoid any international currency conversion fees
by remitting a US currency check to Thomas Harlan (address below) who will
then forward it to Lorne.
General Game
Notes
_ Anonymous play is allowed but any attempt by a player to conceal his
or her identity from the GM results in the loss of the position.
_ To keep the game flowing, it will be possible for existing players to
"adopt" an unplayed country and submit orders for it (so long as the
adopted position is in no way connected with the player's primary positions -
think Old World/ New World) with the proviso that, if/ when a regular players
requests the "adopted" position, the "adoptive" player
gives it up. Contact the GM for details.
_ GM contact details are given below. Enquiries specific to your
positions, stat sheets or vacancies should be addressed to Leslie. Enquiries
relating to the website, maps, PayPal payments or general advice (for players
new to the game) should be directed to Lorne.
_ The URL of the game's Yahoo list is given below. It is strongly
advised that you enrol (if you cannot enrol, please inform the GM) as the list
will be the main forum for announcing deadlines, rule tweaks, new players and
so on. This information may or may not be duplicated on the website.
_ The most important thing about any Lords campaign: it's
a game. Do not take events in the game personally. Actions which
take place within the context of the game should not be interpreted as a
personal insult or attack on you as a person. If you wish to retaliate for
something another player has done to you (i.e. invasion or assassination),
retaliation should take place within the context of the game. It is in no way
acceptable to indulge in personal attacks on other players nor to spread
rumours, lies, innuendo or baseless accusations of cheating for the purpose of
damaging the player's standing or reputation in the wider community. Such
behaviour is heavily out-of-line and is grounds for losing your position.
GM Contact Details:
Leslie Dodd,
101, McCulloch St.,
Pollokshields,
Glasgow,
United Kingom.
G41 1NT
lords42gm@throneworld.com
Co-GM, Cartographer, Accountant, General Queries
Lorne Colmar
50, Promenade Court
Regent Walk
Aberdeen
United Kingdom.
AB24 1RF
lorne@lordsoftheearth.co.uk
US Address for payments by check/ cheque
Thomas Harlan
4858 East Second Street
Tucson
Arizona 85711-1207
USA
thomash@throneworld.com
Lords of the Earth, Campaign
42 Historia Calamitatum List: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/lords42/
Lords of the Earth, Campaign
42 Historia Calamitatum Website: http://www.lordsoftheearth.co.uk/lote42/
Fees and Levies per turn: $5.00
US currency
£3.50 UK currency
Next Turn Due: Wednesday, 20th February 2002
JAPAN
The Insei Government of Japan
Ruler:
Go-Shirikawa, In No Cho
Capital: Heian
Religion: Shinto/Buddhist
The In No Cho was most pleased when his ministers reported that all the
major Japanese clans had paid the teikoku
no zeikin in its entirety, each contributing one-twentieth of their
total income (or so the clans claimed and Insei had, as yet, no way of
ensuring that these claims were veracious). Devoted to his religion and monkly
calling, Shirikawa ploughed most of the revenue he had raised into Buddhist
monasteries and shrines, turning them into centres of excellence in any number
of fields. Many new scholars, Buddhist and Shinto alike, were taken into the
service of the Insei government and soon increasing numbers of noblemen were
allowing their sons to receive part of their schooling in Buddhist temples
loyal to the In No Cho. On a less pleasant note, many visitors to Heian
commented on the sheer number of unruly monks hanging around the capital.
In workaday matters, Shirikawa continued to take a personal hand in expanding the Minamoto capital/port of Sakata. Many scores of monks were sent, in addition to those already present in the nascent city, and more than a few centres of Buddhist worship were established; too, more artisans, craftsmen and retainers who owed service to the In No Cho went to settle in Sakata. Perhaps they foresaw that the port would become a centre for trade with Korea and that a prosperous living might be made there.
The Fujiwara Kampaku
Ruler: Fujiwara
Morimichi, Imperial Kampaku, Daimyo of the Fujiwara Clan
Capital: Heian
Religion: Shinto
Morimichi was determined to reclaim his precedence in Japan. To the island of Kyushu, he sent his loyal emissaries Ichiro and Nakamori both of whom had spent altogether too much time hanging around the capital and too little time serving the interests of the Kampaku. The clans in Saga and Kagoshima were most hospitable to the Fujiwara emissaries but they were cautious about making any formal commitment - the minor clans of Kyushu had managed to avoid being absorbed by the great warrior clans and they were fearful of compromising their independence. Too, they feared for their future if they became actively involved in Imperial politics. Some daimyos believed that, with civil war a distinct possibility, any closer alignment with the Fujiwara would amount to an invitation to the Taira to invade. They imagined the losses they could incur and how their ancestral estates might even be lost and handed out to Taira retainers... At the same time, the former authority of the Fujiwara was not completely forgotten and the office of the Kampaku still commanded some respect in the land so, after many seasons of negotiating, the diplomats were able to send messages to Heian reporting that the majority of the clans on Kyushu were willing to become clients of the Fujiwara.
Politically, then, things were going swimmingly and Morimichi had much to be pleased about. In domestic matters, things went much less well... At first, 1108 seemed like a good year for the Fujiwara; the Imperial Princess Masako was pregnant and the doctors happily predicted that this would be a healthy pregnancy; from the north, news came that Minamoto Yoshiie, an ally but a potential rival, was dead at the age of 28. A pregnant wife, the prospect of a child carrying Imperial blood and a dead rival - life just didn't get any better than that! But then things started to go wrong... Yoshiie's dour uncle, Yoshichika, became Daimyo of the clan and soon demonstrated an admirable ability to hold the clan and their territories together; worse, Yoshichika seemed, if anything, even more zealous than his late nephew to commit the Minamoto the cause of the Cloistered Emperor.
Nor was the birth of a healthy son from Masako attended by much joy. Morimichi's son and heir, Tadzane, displayed a deal of bitterness, fearing that the new son, having sprung from an Imperial broodmare, would undoubtedly be groomed to assume control of the clan. As if the threat to his political position were not enough, young Tadzane found that the birth of his own son in the same year was treated as an event of little import - all eyes were turned to his newborn half-brother, with one parent a full-blooded member of the Imperial Household and the other the Kampaku and Daimyo of the Fujiwara Clan...
And while Tadzane kicked around in a bad mood, feeling that his many achievements on the Kampaku's behalf had been forgotten, the beautiful and delicate Masako sickened and very quickly died. She had been too fragile for the ordeal of childbirth and, though she had been proud to have given her lord and husband a healthy son, the effort had left her physically broken. Morimichi, then, sank into a very real depression. His young wife had been a constant source of joy to him, so pretty was she and clever with it. His grief was not extravagant - he did not rend his clothes or cry or scream - yet all the pleasure went out of his life with Masako's passing. He paid little heed to other women or to his innumerable concubines and actively eschewed the gay and frivolous courtly life into which he had always thrown himself with such glee and obvious enjoyment. Throughout 1109 and 1110, Morimichi thought of little but work, the governance of the clan's lands and political manoeuvrings. The only other thing which truly drew his attention was his new son; he looked on the infant not merely as a political pawn but as his sole remaining link to that charming young girl with the lucent skin who had given him such joy for seven wonderful years.
The Minamoto Clan
Ruler: Minamoto
Yoshichika, Daimyo of the Minamoto
Capital: Sakata
Religion: Shinto
Yoshiie arranged that several chests of silver be transported from the northern fastness of the Minamoto to Heian and the treasuries of the In No Cho. With that done, his main concern became the continued growth of the town of Sakata. At his urging, more and more villagers from nearby were forced into a sort of synoikism, effectively uprooting from their old homes and moving to the new centre of government. Many scholars came to be centred in the city as the Daimyo showed himself a most generous patron of such endeavours particularly those of a literary nature - the poets and writers of Sakata began to collect tales, even those which were popular in origin, and set them in a formal compilation. But it was a long task which would not be completed for many years yet.
For all that, it was political matters which dominated most people's minds. Yoshiie, whose wife had died only a short while before, married a local girl who bore him two sons in as many years. Unlike his eldest son, Inichi, who was virtually a cripple and could never lead the clan, the two new sons were strapping lads. Yoshiie breathed a palpable sigh of relief at the appearance of these children - they assured that his line would continue. As it turned out, fate had a trick to play on the Minamoto Daimyo...
One drizzly day, during the Autumn of 1108, Yoshiie, with only a few of his closest retainers as guards, went to visit a courtesan who happened to be a particular favourite. After arriving at the young lady's rather sumptuous residence, which he himself had ordered built within his new city of Sakata, Yoshiie became a little unwell. By nightfall, he felt no better and had developed a fever so a doctor was summoned who prescribed some herbal medicines. Yoshiie remained at the courtesan's home that night in the hope that, by the time morning came, he might be well enough to be moved back to his own residence. In fact, as dawn broke, it was clear that the Daimyo was much worse. More doctors were summoned and Minamoto officials and representative of allied and subsidiary clans came rushing to the courtesan's house to see what might be done. Lamentably, Minamoto Yoshiie died that afternoon of an illness which was never identified.
The Daimyo's demise left a real problem, namely that his heir was a five year old boy with a withered hand who could hardly stand upright unaided. Into the breach stepped Yoshiie's uncle, Yoshichika, who laid immediate claim to leadership of the clan. He was not met with universal acclaim for Yoshiie's closest friend and advisor, Hida Norikage (who also happened to be in command of almost all the clan's military forces), upheld the right of the boy Inichi, sickly though he may be. Norikage agreed that Yoshichika should become Regent (with the assistance of a Council of Advisors, including elements from the Imperial Court, in order to prevent the abuse of such a sensitive position) but he refused ever to countenance the idea that Yoshichika should become Daimyo in his own right. For a few weeks it was unclear who would prevail - Yoshichika was not a man to compromise but Norikage was widely respected by the clan's samurai and bushi and, most importantly, could claim to be upholding the right of the late Yoshiie's bloodline to lead the clan. War was avoided when Norikage miraculously died within a month of Yoshiie (and from very similar symptoms). Obviously some terrible illness was sweeping the Minamoto... It was peculiar that none of Yoshichika's supporters were afflicted by it.
The Taira Clan
Ruler: Taira
Mosimori, Daimyo of the Taira
Capital: none
Religion: Shinto
Slept (and paid their Imperial Tax!).
THE FAR EAST
The Sung Empire
Ruler: Hui
Tsung Chao Chi, Divine Emperor of China, The Son of
Heaven
Capital: Kaifeng
Religion: Buddhist
With a huge swathe of Northern China occupied by the Manchurian invader, one might reasonably have expected the Emperor to take a full role in prosecuting the war but the Son of Heaven was happy to leave such workaday business in the hands of his able generals, Yue Fei and Di Qing. Indeed, the two generals had become veritable heroes throughout the Empire - in every village and town, patriotic posters and paintings depicted the courageous deeds of these two great warriors and the base atrocities committed by the Liao dogs. Ballads were sung in wineshops and taverns the length and breadth of China telling of Yue's bravery in battle (a quality matched only by his cunning in constantly outsmarting the boneheaded Khitans) and exhorting all Chinese to emulate him.
Soon, many thousands of new soldiers were being mustered throughout the Empire and a steady stream of boats brought money, weapons and recruits to the Imperial Capital, Kai-Feng. Although the soldiers were often poorly trained, their morale seemed, for the moment, to be good. All of China was behind the magnificent effort to drive the invader out and, at the urging of the Emperor, women were contributing their jewellery to help pay for the war effort while Imperial officials stalked villages and towns gathering woks and other iron objects to be melted down and cast again as swords. In truth, the iron was not needed and the jewellery did very little to help meet the endless expense of the war but it was very good for the morale of the Chinese people to feel that, by contributing just a little, they were helping in the defence of their Motherland. Remarkably, about a dozen pirate junks, which would normally have been exterminated on sight, sailed boldly into Chang-Ning-Fu where their chief met with officers of the Imperial Fleet. It is a strange time indeed when Emperors and common brigands can find common cause in the salvation of their country...
His Imperial Majesty realised that in such troubled times as these, even
the help of foreigners might be useful and, so, he sent forth an emissary to
the King of Nan-Chao, an ancient ally of China. In short order, the emissary
returned with a promise that the Thais would send an expeditionary force to
aid their ancient friends, the Chinese. Apart from this, the most significant
activities undertaken by His Majesty were artistic in nature - Hui Tsung's
goose paintings were particularly well-received and his poem Ode
to the Moon of Middle-Fall was greatly acclaimed. When a ruler is a
man of such rare artistic talent, what does it matter if he is not a great
general?
Actually, some people thought it did matter. Although the Neo-Confucianists were still in disgrace and enjoyed neither popular support nor official influence, there were still some who muttered that all this bloodshed could have been avoided had the policy of appeasement been maintained. Most Neo-Confucianists had been dismissed from the service of the Emperor or had quietly recanted their pacifism but a very small number remained and pressed for a settlement; indeed, in their efforts to convince Hui Tsung of the need for peace, they even couched their arguments in patriotic terms - how, they asked, could those who love China wish to see her racked by war? How could a true patriot ever take joy in seeing tens of thousands of bold Chinese youths pressed into the army to die in some muddy field at the hands of foul-smelling barbarians?
The Emperor paid them little attention and retorted: "Are we not the descendants of the Yellow Emperor? Do we not rule by the Mandate of Heaven? Just as Huang Di beheaded Chi You, so we will behead the Liao beast. They shall soon learn that they have awakened the Dragon." Then he returned to his poetry and painting...
The Manchurian War 1101-????
Kai-Feng,
the beginning of 1106: General Yue was promoted to the ranks of
Field Marshal though he was still only 35 years of age! It was a fantastic
honour but Yue had more important things on his mind - he spent the first four
months of 1106 mustering the new drafts which he would soon lead out against
the barbarians - they numbered almost forty thousand men of whom about 6,000
were mounted and 2,000 were sappers. When battle was joined, the Sung would
outnumber their foes heavily though the disparity in quality between the two
armies was still very apparent.
Feb
1106: In Hopei, the Liao Emperor was rethinking his
strategy. Kai-Feng still stood - the banners of the arrogant Sung still
fluttered over the Chinese capital, stabbing the sky, and, for the foreseeable
future, it looked highly unlikely that the Liao would be any position to
assail the city walls and approach forts. Tian-zo consulted with his officers
and chieftains. Reinforcements would soon arrive in Hopei - Boon Min would
bring fresh drafts of cavalry from beyond the Great Wall, fierce
steppe-raiders would be arriving from the north and the heir, John Yeliuy
Dashi, would be be returning from the environs of Ch'ang-An with his
contingent of cavalry. With these forces, Tian-zo believed he had an excellent
chance of annihilating the Sung in any open battle. The trick, of course, was
to lure the enemy out of his fortications in the first place and Tian-zo had
just the idea...
Since the conquest of Hopei, it had been made clear to the local Han population that only their absolute and continued obedience would prevent the Liao Emperor from unleashing his horde to devastate the region. Wisely, they had accepted the invader's rule and had delivered up everything that was asked of them yet, in thinking that this would save them, they were shown to have been naive. Tian-zo turned his cavalry loose on the province to take or to destroy whatever they pleased and, to encourage zeal amongst his men, he decreed that the raiders would retain two-thirds of all loot taken instead of the traditional 50%. So, the Liao horsemen went to work with much vigour (and, it must be noted, the couple of thousand Han auxiliaries still in Liao service took advantage to steal as much as they could carry).
From the walls and approach forts of the capital, Sung soldiers could see the pillars of smoke rising as one hamlet after another was put to the torch by the invader. A small number of refugees from the countryside trickled into the capital where they were grudgingly given entrance; most, though, fled north to Bao Ding - a region which appeared to have escaped the notice of the invader. In both places, refugees brought stories of steppe warriors kicking down the doors of houses and making off with anything of value, of jewellery being torn from the necks of women (live or dead), of women and children dragged off to become slaves of Khitan chieftains, of murders, theft and rape. The greatest noble and the lowest farmer suffered alike nor did the invader spare anyone on account of age or sex. The most incomprehensible part of this was that the Liao had opted to vent their spleens against a province which had not resisted but had been obedient to the invaders.
The atrocities helped the anti-appeasement party maintain pre-eminence the Sung Court - after all, if this was how the Liao treated those who kowtowed to them, how would they treat Kai-Feng, a city that had resisted their every overture? If they could butcher and massacre innocent peasants who had presented all the taxes and tribute that the foreign Khitan invader had demanded, how could they ever be trusted? Events now showed the extreme wisdom of His Imperial Majesty in rejecting out-of-hand the idea of tribute for surely the treacherous Manchurians would have invaded China anyway.
April
1106: The Liao heir, John Yeliuy Dashi, arrived in Hopei
just as Boon Min swept down out of the northeast with 2,000 magnificent
cavalry. Young John very quickly took a wife from amongst the local Han - a
very small handful of notables and grandees had been spared the depredations
and butchery that the Liao visited on everyone else; in return, these people
had thrown their lot in, however reluctantly, with the Khitan. It was widely
believed that the marriage between a Khitan prince and a Han noblewoman
indicated that the Liao intended to remain in China permanently perhaps even
supplanting the native Sung dynasty entirely...
Marshal Yue Fei, now ready to march forth and avenge the atrocities inflicted on Hopei, was pleased to hear of the convergence of all these Liao forces. If all the invading armies were united in one place, he could strike a devastating blow which might end the war once and for all (so he hoped, at any rate). While Yue was marching out Kai-Feng's gates, departing the safety of the city's defences, Su Sung, the Imperial Minister of Personnel, wandered down to the docks, boarded a fine-looking junk and slipped off down the Huang Ho for a destination none could imagine.
May-June
1106:
A
series of very bloody skirmishes took place between Yue's slow-moving army and
the smaller but more mobile Liao force as the former advanced through the
devastated province seeking the main body of the Khitan horde. The entire Liao
army amounted to barely 12,000 men and was, thus, outnumbered by a factor of
more than three-to-one yet it seemed to make little difference - for every
Khitan warrior who fell in the skirmishes, 4 or 5 Chinese were slain, captured
or simply fled (and, truly, desertion was a very serious problem for the Sung
army during this campaign). Too, Yue faced the problem that his army was too
large for him to control effectively; all too often, one section of the
advancing army would be raided by Khitan horsemen while Yue was a couple of
miles away and unable to contribute to the outcome of the fight in any
meaningful way. For all that, Yue was not discouraged by these losses and
setbacks. He understood that his army was simply not of the same quality as
the Liao and that, inevitably, he would have to swamp the invaders with sheer
weight of numbers. At the Imperial Court, however, news of every setback,
ambush or defeat was seized upon by Yue's enemies and rivals as evidence that
he was incompetent and could not be trusted to win this war. Yue had never
really paid much attention to the political backbiting that went on in the
capital but, still, it was news from the Court that demoralised him rather
than the losses on the battlefield...
The only great battle of the campaign took place on a warm, drizzly day in mid-June. In the preceeding days, Di Qing, at the head of his thousand strong force of elite outriders, had been scouting for signs of the main Liao army when he managed to catch a single regiment of about a thousand Han infantry pressed into Liao service. With little ado, the Han conscripts threw away their weapons and placed themselves at the mercy of General Di who would gladly have impaled these traitors to the Motherland but decided that Yue, as the senior officer, should decide their fate and, so, marched them back to the main camp of the Sung army where they proved more than willing to tell all that they knew about Khitan dispositions. Yue, of course, was no fool and had been misled once before about the location of a Khitan army (resulting in the embarrassing defeat which had cost the Sung control of Hopei). He ordered Di to take his pickets along with an extra thousand horse archers and carefully to reconnoitre the area where the prisoners claimed the Khitan army was located... Sure enough, Di returned the following morning to report that the information was correct and the Liao army, under the personal command of Emperor Yeliuy Tian-zo, was encamped about 10 miles to the northwest.
"We shall have to move with exceptional speed if we wish to catch them, Esteemed Marshal. The enemy are much swifter than us and will easily escape if they detect our approach," said Di.
"I think that should not prove a problem, General," replied Yue with rather a grim look on his face. "The Liao will not want to escape. They seek a decisive battle as much as we. Why else did they engage in such wanton and vicious depredations other than to provoke us into leaving our defences?"
"The Marshal is wise," replied Di. "But, if I might be so impertinent, why then do we march so blithely into battle? Surely, if the enemy are keen to fight, it is because they expect to win."
"The Khitan filth should
expect to win. I even expect
them to win. But if we lose this battle, we can retreat and raise a new army.
And we can repeat this exercise as many times as necessary. If a thousand
Chinese fall in battle, we will raise another thousand. The Liao have
no such luxury. They have neither the money nor the manpower to match us.
However many battles are lost, we will win in the end," said Yue with
finality.
The Chinese and Khitan armies met within a couple of days of this discussion. All the skirmishing they had hitherto engaged upon had achieved nothing of arch significance - this battle would be the one to determine the outcome of the campaign. The Liao deployed everything they had - 2500 armoured horsemen backed by a similar number of magnificent horse archers all from the Emperor's own clan; 5,000 steppe cavalry, bearing lance and bow; a mixture of several thousands of Han foot soldiers and sappers. The Sung had 4000 cavalry, and a thousand each of regular horse archers and light horse from the Imperial Guard. Mostly, though, they deployed infantry - 25,000 regular footsoldiers, mostly spearmen but with a few thousand archers in support, and a brigade of 3500 very heavily armed and armoured infantry.
Numbers were obviously on the Chinese side but their troops were unsteady. They were patriotic and, of course, were inspired to fight merely by looking around them at the ruined villages, burnt farms and mobs of grubby peasants wandering hither and yon seeking refuge of some kind. If this devastation was not to be visited on all of China, the soldiers understood that they would need to stand and fight until victory was theirs... And, yet, as they watched the battle-hardened barbarian army drawing up opposite, even patriots felt fear and uncertainty. How could the Chinese infantry, inexperienced and inexpertly trained, ever withstand a determined Khitan charge?
As it turned out, the Liao did not charge the Chinese infantry. Instead, the Liao Emperor opened the battle by personally leading a few squadrons of his household cavalry against the Chinese cavalry. Typically, the Sung horsemen turned tail and fled before ever coming into contact with the barbarians. The only Sung cavalry to remain were Di Qing's elite pickets and they, though they fought admirably, were never a genuine threat to Khitan dominance on the field. With his horsemen fleeing at high speed, Yue could do nothing except try to hold his ground and it is to the credit of the Chinese infantry that they stood firm on the battlefield for several hours under the rain of arrows the barbarians poured upon them. The Liao general, Boon Min, tried to break the deadlock by leading his steppe cavalry against the Sung left flank. Faced with a real charge, some of the Chinese broke and ran but most stayed and fought. Unfortunately, the lack of sufficient subordinate commanders hampered the Chinese considerably - Yue was the sole commander (with the exception of General Di who led the cavalry) but he could not direct every aspect of the defence. In practice, this meant that individual regimental commanders were taking decisions which were quite contrary to the Marshal's wishes - one or two less of the less confident officers would order their men to fall back effectively abandoning their bolders comrades who had held their positions.
What followed, then, was a very gradual breakdown of the Sung line. Boon Min lost many hundreds or even thousands of horsemen in his attacks and was forced to commit all the remaining Han auxiliary infantry (though they didn't last long for they had no stomach for this war). The breakdown became a rout. Thousands of Sung soldiers simply fled the field seeking either the shelter of distant Kai-Feng or, in many cases, a return to their homes and families far far away in other parts of China. Mostly, though, they simply sought to escape the death which they felt certain the Khitan would visit upon them. Yue kept a fair proportion of the army together and led it off the field in good order while Di dissuaded any pursuit by a series of bold charges. The Khitan dissolved, as they usually did when they won, into an undisciplined mob and pursued Sung stragglers this way and that all over the battlefield. The Liao Emperor and his heir, together with Boon Min, tried to gather enough men to attack the retreating Sung and destroy them but they were unsuccessful and Yue managed to reach the safety of Kai-Feng with about 15,000 men and there he was forced to report a second defeat.
The Liao, in the aftermath of their victory, continued to blockade the capital from the landward side.
Away from Kai-Feng, down in Chang-Ning-Fu, the Minister Su Sung arrived and assumed command of a naval force of 60 war junks, about a dozen pirates flying Sung colours and, most peculiarly, 2,000 fearsome Imperial Guardsmen. They sailed off up the Grand Canal to goodness-knows-where...
July
1106: From the western marches of the Empire, dire
rumours filtered into Kai-Feng... The Uighurs had crossed the frontier in
Kansu with 15,000 steppe cavalry and a small Tangut auxiliary force; they had
immediately set about subduing the undefended region. The jackals, foolishly
believing that the Sung were beaten, had decided to join their Khitan rivals
in feasting on China's corpse.
Too, news of other raids came but this time from the east - the Liao had sent some of their nomadic steppe allies, about 2,000 strong, into the region. The wild barbarian fiends stole anything that could be carried and randomly slew locals for sport - the took great pleasure in spearing fleeing peasants or shooting them down with their bows. Most troublingly, the nomadic raiders took their time and showed great care in their depredations, rooting out anything that might have value; the homes of wealthy Shangtung nobles and merchants were targetted with especial zeal and no person of taste would ever dwell on the torments the Khitan barbarians inflicted on their victims to force them to reveal the whereabouts of their valuables.
With such troubling news serving to demoralise all China, Marshal Yue Fei and his deputy, Di Qing, were called to explain the recent defeat to the Emperor and the Ministers of the Court...
"Marshal Yue, you have always been held high in Our esteem. Your martial ability commands Our admiration and respect," said the Emperor.
"Your Majesty is too kind to a humble servant," replied Yue.
"That may be so, Marshal, for I ordered that many thousands of new troops be raised and placed under your command. I did this in order that you might drive the invader from our borders. Why, if I may ask such a question, has this not been done?"
"Majesty," began Yue, on whom the strain of command was beginning to show. "The enemy is many times our superior in combat. The barbarians are skillful warriors, bold, cunning and, above all, experienced. Chinese forces cannot yet match them."
"Am I to understand, Marshal, that our soldiers are cowards?" asked the Emperor with a raised eyebrow.
"Not at all, Majesty. Our men are brave, it is true, but they have many faults. They lack discipline and are erratic. I have seen whole regiments of horsemen flee at the approach of a single company of barbarian warriors; I have not the least doubt that the army could bring great honour to the name of China if only they would stand and fight... Yet they will not stand and will not fight. You see, Majesty, many of our soldiery are poorly trained because their officers are also poorly trained. Our cavalry barely know how to ride let alone fight. And without cavalry, even our bravest infantry regiments can achieve little when the foe is almost entirely mounted. These faults, which have been endemic to our armies for many decades, were brought about by the misguided policies of the past. The damage was inflicted over a period of many years and I lament that it cannot be repaired overnight."
"Very well, Marshal Yue. They cannot be solved, as you say, overnight. Can they be solved at all?"
Yue was silent for a moment, thought hard and replied: "I resolutely believe, on my honour as an officer of His Imperial Majesty and as a patriotic son of the Motherland, that we can overcome our myriad deficiencies in time. One day, though it may be several years away, we will overcome the invader in battle. Those who say or think that the defeats we have endured heretofore indicate that we are incapable of winning... Majesty, those people are simply wrong. If more armies are raised and more battles fought, I admit that we may lose some of those struggles. I concede, with no attempt to disguise the fact, that it may cost the lives of many tens of thousands of Chinese soldiers. Yet, Majesty, in the end I am supremely confident that victory will be ours. The recent defeat was a terrible one and a disgrace to myself but the losses sustained can be replaced. The losses of the enemy cannot. We are many and they are few. Our triumph, though the way be long, tortuous and stained with our blood, is inevitable."
His Majesty nodded. "You have spoken well, Honourable Yue, and you convince me of the truth of your vision of final victory. It may be, however, that the path to conquest is not nearly so long as you foresee..."
October
1106: In wealthy Kiangsu, where the populace considered themselves
well out of the way of the current unpleasantness to the north, a rude
surprise was delivered when Liao raiders crossed into the province from
neighbouring Shangtung. The packs and bags of the raiders were already bulging
with the ill-gotten gains they had acquired in their early brigandry but room
can always be found for more loot! And so the barbarians began stripping the
region of its wealth. They proved more brutal here than they had been in
Shangtung for their slaughter of the Kiangsu peasants was methodical and not
the usual haphazard butchery. A long snaking column of refugees was soon
heading down towards the Grand Canal and a ferry across to the great
fortifications of Chang-Ning-Fu.
In Shensi, which had been subjugated by the Khitan, the Sung soldiers manning Ch'ang-An's formidable walls noted that the occupying forces were leaving the region very quickly... Quick enough, in fact, that one might call it a rout. The officers of the garrison wondered about this for many days and some speculated that, perhaps, a relief force had arrived from Nan Chao - the Thais, after all, were fierce warriors and staunch allies of the Son of Heaven... Needless to say, they were most disappointed when the Uighur army arrived outside their city. Benighted Shensi had exchanged one set of invaders for another.
Under a flag of truce, Uighur heralds went forth and gave the city a
chance to surrender. The Khagan, Temu-Lin, Conqueror of the Tanguts and
Emperor of Hsi-Hsia, would spare their lives in return for their surrender and
an oath of immediate and complete obeisance. The Governor of Ch'ang-An
thought long and hard. From the walls of his city, he surveyed the mounted
horde (completely sans siege
trayne of any kind). He contemplated the size and width of his walls. He
thought awhiles on the great river whence supplies and fresh troops could be
drawn in the event of a determined siege. He then declined the Uighur offer
(and not in a very polite way either, it must be said, even though the Chinese
are famed for their impeccable manners). Temu-Lin kicked around in the
province dreaming about all the horrors he wanted to unleash on the city's
denizens but he could do nothing without sappers and siege engines. So it
goes.
March
1106: The Uighurs broke camp outside Ch'ang-An
and began to move off towards Shentung. News of their advance was
greeted with dismay throughout the still-free cities and provinces along the
Huang Ho. The Chinese had earnestly hoped that the barbarians could be
contained north of the great river.
April
1007: Events now shifted to the lands of the Liao. Other
than the small Han revolt in Lu'an, there had been no exciting happenings in
the traditional domain of the Khitan overlords during this war. All the men
and boys were gone from their homes to fight in China and, as usual, it fell
to the womenfolk, Han and Khitan alike, to keep their families fed and farms
running in these hard times. News came regularly of victories in China though,
no matter how many times they heard of the Sung being vanquished, their
husbands seemed no closer to coming back home...
Such, in any case, was the prevailing mood in the Liao Empire when suddenly a Sung fleet of about 70 junks were spotted off the coast of Liao-Tung. A few marines were put ashore and began scouting around for Liao military detachments; of course, the region was poorly defended because all the soldiers were off fighting in China. When this news was carried back to the fleet, its commander, a certain Su Sung who also happened to be the Imperial Minister of Personnel at Kai-Feng, ordered that the crews of the ships disembark along with 2,000 soldiers of Hui Tsung's Imperial Guard. Fearful lest garrisons from Shen Yang should come sallying forth, Su Sung kept his operations limited. He did not attempt to conquer the region but satisfied himself with looting it quite effectively - it was the most sublime irony that, just as the Liao were robbing and raiding in China, now the Chinese were inflicting this very same punishment on the Liao. Too, the Chinese (who included a fair number of pirates hired for the mission), as they stormed and looted one settlement after another, came across large amounts of booty - silver, jewellery, quantities of silk, porcelain and even fine paintings - which had obviously been stolen from China in the first place! What an act of justice and of poetry that they now reclaimed it from the very people who had stolen it.
By the time the Sung had returned to their ships, the region was devastated and little of value remained. The people were tough and, as always, they put a brave face on their sufferings but the damage was real - towns, farms, villages had been burnt; mills, dams and irrigation systems wrecked; all the wealth of the region stolen.
May
1107: After the raid in Liao-Tung, the Sung landed in
Lu'an. Some of the local Han hoped that this would mark their liberation but
it was not to be - here too Su Sung oversaw more brigandage and
depredations. Many of the soldiers and sailors who took part did
not care whether they stole from Khitan overlords or Chinese peasants - loot
was loot and it mattered not whence it was acquired - but Su Sung felt some
regret at having to inflict such terrible suffering on his own people. When
this war was successfully prosecuted, Lu'an would be reincorporated into the
Empire and these people, the victims of this raid, would be His Imperial
Majesty's subjects once more. To the Minister of Personnel, it felt distinctly
unpleasant that they should suffer the twin injustices - first, of foreign
occupation and, second, of suffering at the hands of those sworn to liberate
them. But war is a harsh thing and people will always suffer and die in such
troubled times...
In Shentung, the Uighurs had completed their move into the region and now it was the turn of these people to suffer and die. Throughout China, news of their appearance caused terror. Barbarians were now in the heart of Northern China - past the Great Wall, past the Huang Ho, past the Imperial Army. Nothing stood between them and the rich centre of the Empire. It was now that the despised, almost traitorous doctrine of Neo-Confucianism began to enjoy something of a revival...
But not all news was bad in the west. Prince Fa of Nan Chao was, if rumour was true, already present in Chinling with an army of his doughty Thai warriors who would prove more than a match for the barbarians whether Uighur or Liao.
June
1107: The Uighur subjugation of Shentung was completed
without much ado. No soldiers opposed them and a fair number of corpulent
local grandees proved less than patriotic in their willingness to accommodate
the unwashed tribesmen from the distant north.
Further to the east, the Khitan raiders swept northwards along the banks of the Grand Canal and into Tsainan. Plenty of loot was taken and fully one-third of the province's population was driven off, slain or simply left without a home. Worse than the theft and robbery was the wanton destruction - the casual firing of penniless villages and storehouses of food served no other purpose than to increase hardship on an already oppressed group of people.
July
1107:
A
Thai army, numbering 5,000 solid-looking and well-disciplined spearmen and
2,000 lance-armed cavalry all under the command of Prince Fa, stormed into the
province of Shensi having crossed from Chinling. Temu-Lin, in neighbouring
Shentung, immediately wheeled around to teach these interlopers a lesson they
wouldn't soon forget! 15,000 Uighur cavalry charged back the way they had come
to seek battle with the Thais and the glory of victory!
August
1107: The Uighur horde managed to reach the outskirts of
Ch'ang-An ahead of the smaller Thai force; thus, Prince Fa was left with two
choices - face the Uighurs in battle or fall back into Chinling. But Fa had
not come here to retreat; he was as keen to fight the Uighurs as the Uighurs
were to fight him but he knew that the enemy's mobility left the warriors from
Nan Chao at a significant disadvantage. With the assistance of some local
Chinese peasants, who were delighted to see the Thai liberators, Fa soon found
a fairly defensible ridge with plenty of paddies and and farmhouses cluttering
up the vicinity (and, thus, reducing the mobility of the Uighur steppe
cavalry). He then sat back on the defensive and waited...
Temu-Lin had wanted to catch the Thais in open ground where he could easily exterminate them. Mostly, he had hoped to avoid a situation where his lightly-armed and swift-mounted steppe tribesmen would have to fight head-to-head in open combat. But now his hand was forced and there was nothing for it but to fight! So it was that Temu-Lin and his son, Borat Bear-Killer, led 13,000 Uighur lighthorsemen against the smaller Thai army.
All through the day, the Uighurs made regular charges against the Thai line, always unleashing their arrows and wheeling away at the last moment. The Thai infantry took heavy losses but held firm all the same; the Thai cavalry, meanwhile, under Fa's brilliant command, managed to catch and destroy a few detachments of Uighur light horse. As dusk approached, it was plain that the Thais had suffered by far the heavier losses but their spirit was unbowed and they held, stoically, refusing to retreat. The Uighurs, on the othet hand, had lost about a thousand men during the day's fighting but they were erratic - when they saw that the Thais were not fleeing, the Uighurs themselves began to trickle off the field. Thus, the battle ended rather ignominiously for the Uighurs. Fa unleashed his remaining cavalry against the Uighurs and was pleased to see them skewer many hundreds of the tribesmen. With the darkness of night now descending over all, Fa marched off the field where he had inflicted such humiliation on the Uighurs and made for Ch'ang-An. Unfortunately, he was forced to leave most of the wounded behind; some Thais were rescued by patriotic locals who hid these valiant allies from the murderous barbarians but most of the wounded were butchered out of hand on the following day when mobs of Uighur horsemen began returning to the scene of their defeat.
At Ch'ang-An, the Thai army was welcomed as a force of liberation. Many people, however, commented on the small size of the army; others pointed out that, in spite of its size, Fa had managed to give the barbarians a bloody nose and should not be underestimated.
September
1107: Temu-Lin led his depressed Uighur army into
Shentung. Further to the east, meanwhile, the Liao set about acquiring boats
and ferries with which to cross the Grand Canal into Honan which became the
latest region to suffer raids at the hands of the Khitan interlopers.
Thousands of refugees had crowded the province believing, foolishly as it
turned out, that the horse tribes would not cross the Grand Canal. It was
pitiable to behold. At the first approach of the raiders, they tried to find
sanctuary within Pien-Chinh but most failed to reach its walls and, so, fell
victim to the Khitan robbers - their property was stolen, women raped,
children butchered without conscience. Nor did the native inhabitants of Honan
undergo an easier experience than the refugees - by the end of the month, half
the province's population had fled their homes to seek somewhere they might be
safe.
October
1107: The Uighurs began pouring into Tangchou while the
Liao kept their attention on Honan and began to move their entire army into
the province. As if the raids of the preceeding month had not been bad enough,
it now seemed that the Khitan barbarians wanted to conquer the region!
April
- May 1108: In a desperate attempt to acquire some money, the
Uighur Khagan led his band of locusts into Funiu. Large quantities of booty
were extracted from the unfortunate inhabitants of the region and many farms
and villages were burnt down.
June
1108: The Khitan raiders struck in Anhui, a rich and
heavily populated province which, like Honan, had thought itself immune from
the depredations of the invader. Even outside Anhui, the emotional impact on
the Chinese, when they heard that the northerners were watering their horses
in the Yangtze, was immense.
July-September
1108: From Funiu, the Uighurs launched endless raids into
Chinling. Great trains of loot - silver and jade along with other more prosaic
treasures - were soon following the Uighur horde as were a great many captives
- women and children, for the most part, taken to serve either as slaves for
the tribe or as entertainment for the brutal steppe warriors.
September also saw the Khitan, who were now blockading Chang-Ning-Fu, launch renewed raids into Kiangsu - the second time in as many years. Anything that had escaped the barbarians' attention first time 'round was taken now and new scars were added to those left by the first set of raids.
June
1109-End of 1110: June 1109 saw Tsainan once more under attack by
Khitan raiders followed by Shangtung in September of that year. By April of
1110, the Khitan raiders were heading back to their home on the steps but they
found time to stop off in Bao Ding where not even the multitude of forts and
castles could prevent their raids and banditry.
In the northwest, Temu-Lin led his army back to Shensi, the region which he had decided would become the centre of his rule in China.
In Kai-Feng, at the Court of the Son of Heaven, Marshal Yue Fei, on whose shoulder all the duties of organising the war against the northern invaders had been laid, grew ill. His usual vigour and energy seemed slowly to drain away until, by the beginning of 1109, he was a shadow of his old self - he was thin and seemed permanently in pain though he bore it stoically. In August of 1109, Marshal Yue Fei died from a cancer of the stomach at the age of 39 though he looked considerably older than that during his last few months. His death was not on the battlefield as he would undoubtedly have wished but it was widely agreed that his devotion to the service of the Motherland, his constant fretting over resources, defences, manpower and training, shortened his life considerably. He laid his life on the altar of China no less than the warriors who fell in battle against the Khitan tribesmen.
His place, as General of the Armies, was taken over by Di Qing (at least until His Majesty made a final decision). Di was a career solider from Shanxi and a keen believer in the Qin and Han methods of warfare. In his earlier days, during the interminable wars against the Hsi-Hsia, Di had fought 25 battles in 4 years. Yet, his origins were base - he had born into a family of low status and had been conscripted into the army but he literally fought his way through the ranks, earning a commission through his bravery and quick thinking. Unfortunately, as a conscript his face had been tattooed to prevent him from deserting; this tattoo, the veritable badge of low birth, low status and incompatability with high office, haunted General Di so that he habitually wore a Japanese-style silver face mask. For the Neo-Confucianist, of course, it was a source of amusement that the man who was now the prime exponent of resisting the Liao should be of ignoble origins.
The Liao Empire of the Juchen
Ruler: Yeliuy
Tian-zo, Khan of the Juchen, Liao Emperor
Capital: Shen Yang
Religion: Buddhist
The Liao started off, at the beginning of 1106, with an unconcealed confidence in their ability to subjugate the Sung curs. Their great victory over the army of Yue in that year served to confirm their beliefs. In Lu'an, the Liao ended all maintenance of the Great Wall - Yeliuy Tian-zo forbade any repairs from being made and, before long, locals were cannibalising the Wall for building materials. Liao contempt for the Great Wall seemed indicative of their commitment to conquer Northern China - they foresaw their final victory and needed no wall to obstruct the free flow between the Manchurian and Chinese parts of the Empire. But, in spite of their self-confidence, not all was well for the Liao...
John Yeliuy Dashi, heir to the Liao Emperor, was wed to a Han woman of Hopei - a clear sign that the Liao would wed their whole dynasty and the future of their empire to China. Lamentably, within a year, the woman died. She became pregnant but life in the camps of the Khitan was too hard on her; she miscarried and, in the days after, developed a fierce fever and died. Dashi was not terribly attached to the woman but he was sorely disappointed at the loss of the child.
The Sung raids of 1107 delivered a quite unwonted blow to the Liao both in simple economic terms, for the areas Su Sung attacked were the most important in the Liao Empire supplying most of its manpower and almost all its revenue, and in terms of the effect it had on Khitan morale. After such crushing victories over the Chinese, it was depressing to see that they retained the ability to strike back. Too, the appearance of the Uighurs to the west (and, more importantly, their invasion of the Liao-held region of Shensi) caused a great deal of concern about their eventual aims.
On a more positive note, the huge series of raids carried out in Eastern China was a great boost to the Khitan. Before long, ballads were being composed about the deeds done and loot acquired during this magnificent expedition.
In the Sung loyalist regions of Shansi and Yun, the Chief Minister of the Liao Emperor, a Han named Chen-Long, came visiting. Veiled threats were made that the regions should rethink their allegiances if they wished to escape the trouble now enveloping all China. In both regions, the Imperial officials were most polite (for they did not wish to provoke the Liao) but Yun remained steadfast in its commitment to the Sung Emperor; Shansi was rather more pragmatic and its overlords explained that, while they could never compromise on the question of Sung suzerainty, they functioned as an independent state and would not under any circumstances do anything which might prejudice the good graces of His Majesty, the Emperor Yeliuy Tian-zo.
The Khaganate of the Uighurs
Ruler: Temu-Lin,
Khagan of the Uighurs, Emperor of the Tanguts, Conqueror of Hsi Hsia
Capital: Xinghou
Religion: Asiatic Pagan
Temu-Lin was finding his newly-settled life difficult. He has assumed
that, after his conquest of the Hsi Hsia Tanguts, he could enjoy all his
favourite things such as hunting and riding but without the usual
responsibilities of a Khagan. After all, did he not now have Chinese
Ministers? Surely they would
arrange things like the collection of tribute and the payment of troops
leaving Temu-Lin (and the Uighur nobles) free from all worries, able to live
off the labour of the Chinese and Tangut peasants who now toiled beneath the
Uighur yoke. Unfortunately that was not how it turned out in practice...
"Supreme One," explained an obsequious official. "We have gleaned insufficient revenue from the realm to pay for the costs of the government and armed forces. Of course, this is not to mention the maintainenance of the Great Wall in Huang or any of the other costs we have incurred..."
Temu-Lin scratched his head (partly because he was puzzled and partly because he had lice) and asked: "Why?"
His Ministers began a long and complicated explanation of the problems of administering a realm of such size with the limited civil service currently in place. Temu-Lin listened intently but understood little (for what does bureaucracy matter to a great leader of the steppe warriors?). One sentence, though, caught the Khagan's ear...
"It does not help," a minister was remarking "that the Sung have been withholding tribute for so many years..."
"Tribute?" enquired the Khagan. "You mean the Chinese owe us tribute and have not paid?"
"Precisely, Supreme One," said the minister.
"Then, by the Beard of the Sky God, we shall go south! What the Sung have stolen, we shall win back with our swift steeds and strong swords!"
So it was that the Uighurs swung south into China. The Khagan had hoped that many thousands of Uighurs could be convinced to move from their new homes in what was, until recently, the Tangut Empire and relocate to China. Yet he was to be disappointed. The Uighurs did not welcome the idea of making a home within China's narrow confines - they would happily fight, raid and conquer the place but they did not wish to live there, hemmed in by rivers, mountains and fields. Nor did they share much enthusiasm for the so-called "benefits" of Chinese civilisation - literacy, baths, houses... What did these things matter to a warrior born free on the steppe? Pah! So long as the Uighurs had weapons and horses, they would remain free beyond the Great Wall. Too, few wanted to give up their comfortable life of oppressing and extorting the Tanguts in exchange for a less certain existence in China.
The Korean Kingdom of Silla
Ruler: Yejong
Wang, King of Silla
Capital: Kai-Ching
Religion: Buddhist
The scale of the war in China and the speed with which the Liao had overrun the mighty Sung Empire were pressing on the mind of Prince Yejong upon whose shoulders had fallen the job of governing this little Kingdom. For the moment, the Koreans could be grateful that events to the west were passing them by but there was a true and palpable fear that the war might spill over - already emissaries of the Sung Emperor had arrived at Kai-Ching making promises of territorial concessions and asking that the Koreans march into Liao Manchuria. Yejong would have none of it - Korea would not willingly get sucked into the Chinese maelstrom.
Still, the threat could not be ignored. Allies were needed. In Suifenhe, the King continued his disputations and discussions with the local tribes. They, too, were worried by the war in Northern China and began to see that there might be wisdom in an alliance with the soft southerners. Eventually, the chieftains and khans of the region agreed to field troops in the service of the Korean King. Sokjong was delighted to have achieved his goal (though it had taken him many many years) and, in 1109, he died in his sleep in one of the primitive huts of the Suifenhe tribesmen. He had not seen his court or palace in almost a decade.
When news of the King's death reached Kai-Ching, the succession of Prince Yejong took place without incident - he had been the effective ruler of the Kingdom for many a long year, anyway, and had the loyalty of the army. The body of the late ruler was brought to Kai-Ching to be entombed with the rest of the Wang dynasty. The grief of the people at Sokjong's death was very genuine - although seldom seen in the capital, he was nevertheless truly devoted to his people and their safety (why else would he exile himself to the northern wildernesses just to secure the support of a few Khitan tribes?). The monks said prayers for the safe rebirth of his soul and all expected that the earnest and dedicated Yejong would prove as excellent a ruler as his father.
In Sikhote, the minister Byung Ying Kim was able to convince the tribes that, while the Koreans were utterly weak and contemptible and existed only because the generous Sikhote khans had chosen not to expunge them, the Liao had the potential to be an enormous threat and the interests of both the free Khitan tribesmen and the earth-tilling Koreans would be served by a military alliance.
The Thai Kingdom of Nan Chao
Ruler: Shih
Tsung, Thai King of Nan-Chao
Capital: T'ai-Li
Religion: Buddhist
The Thais had observed the debacle in Northern China with some concern. Nan Chao had long been a loyal ally to the Chinese and they had no intention of abandoning their neighbours now that hard times were upon them. So it was that when emissaries of the Son of Heaven arrived asking, respectfully, that the Thais render some assistance against the Khitan horde, King Shih Tsung was more than willing to fulfil the obligations which honour placed upon him. His son and heir, Prince Fa, was given command of a division of the army and ordered forth.
In courtly affairs, the ambassadors from Kai-Feng were most keen to expand on the already close relations the two polities enjoyed and offered, as an encouragement, the hand of Her Imperial Highness, the Princess Sung Hui Pumei, in marriage to the Thai heir, Prince Fa. Shih Tsung gladly accepted this though, since the Princess was a mere 5 years of age at the time the betrothal was made, the marriage would likely be some years off.
At all events, the gallant Fa marched off with 5,000 sturdy spearmen and 2,000 horse to aid the Sung...
The Malla Kingdom of Nepal
Ruler: Mahendra
Malla, King of Nepal
Capital: Kathmandu
Religion: Hindu
Slept.
SOUTHEAST ASIA
The Hindu Kingdom of Champa
Ruler: Jaya
Indravarman II, King of the Cham
Capital: Vijaya
Religion: Hindu
Slept.
The Khmer Empire of Kambuja
Ruler: Jayavarman
IV, the Deva Raja, God-Emperor of the Khmer
Capital: Angkor Borei
Religion: Hindu
The God-Emperor kept himself busy by overseeing the recruitment of a couple of new regiments of infantry, a regiment cavalry and a strong detachment of sappers. Some members of the court began to suspect that the God-Made-Flesh was planning a military expedition but, as it turned out, he was not. The new troops were to form a bodyguard for His Divine Majesty's brother, Raja Pakele, who was about to undertake a diplomatic mission to the wild Laotian Highlands, far to the north. Pakele set off, accompanied by the Khmer noblemen Balingit, in April of 1106.
While these fellows were off about their business, the Deva Raja was pleased to receive the Paganese diplomat, Ma Thida, in his golden and temple-filled capital of Angkor Borei. His Divine Majesty looked forward to many months of hearing the finely-worded representations of His Excellency, the Esteemed Ambassador. There would be a formal presentation of credentials, receptions, the establishment of an ambassadorial residence within the grounds of the Palace of the God-Emperor - all the fine formalities and niceties which Jayavarman loved so much! Imagine his distress, then, when the new Ambassador dropped dead within a few days of arriving in Angkor Borei. No convincing cause of death was ever ascribed - he just died. Suddenly. It was very sad.
So, with all his hopes of entertaining the new Ambassador taken away, the Deva Raja announced an ambitious and very far-reaching programme of dam-building and irrigation to allow the creation of vast new paddy fields for wet rice cultivation. There were not a few areas around Angkor Borei which, as yet, continued to "dry cultivate" their rice. In no time at all, an end was put to this and farmers across the whole province were able, through the benificence of the Reincarnated God, Jayavarman IV, to use the much more productive system of paddy fields and wet farming.
Up north, in Laos, it was the end of the year before Pakele and his
contingent were able to reach the tribesmen high up in Laos. He was not
welcomed. Tribal chieftains and local princes listened to the representations
of this stranger from the far south but they showed no particular interest in
aligning with the Khmer and, in fact, demonstrated considerable hostility to
the idea that the weak-blooded southerners could ever claim suzerainty over
the Highlands. The only thing that stopped some of the bolder young bloods
from separating Pakele's head from his body was the presence of the 4,500 men
of his garde du corps. By the
end of 1110, Pakele was still up in Laos (though wishing he were not) and
unable to report any diplomatic successes to the God-Emperor.
Dai Co Viet Annam
Ruler: Nan
Ton, King of the Great Viet State of Annam
Capital: Thang Long
Religion: Buddhist
Slept and suffered much at the hands of the Skull Pirates of Sri Vijaya!
The Malay Empire of Sri Vijaya
Ruler: Nyalatengorak,
The Flaming Skull, Malayu Great King of Sri Vijaya
Capital: Sri Vijaya
Religion: Buddhist
The Great King was a man of vision - this was, perhaps, one of the reasons why he intimidated his courtiers so. To his great palace in Sri Vijaya, Nyalatengorak summoned his brother, the Great Prince Hukumantaring, War Chief of the Malayu. In closed session, the two brother and a handful of trusted officers spent many hours in consultation before announcing, with much enthusiasm, that the Hukumantaring, the Doom Fang, would once more lead the War Fleet forth to fight and conquer! The last campaign Sri Vijaya had launched had been in the worthless province of Aceh, in the north of Sumatra, so most people expected that the war would be directed westward into Atjeh, an equally irrelevant region. They were most surprised, therefore, when His Majesty revealed that he had set his eyes on no less a target than distant Taiwan! Once more, the fleets of Sri Vijaya would plough the China Seas and all would acknowledge their supremacy or suffer!
Over 100 ships, each sailing with a full complement, and about 4,000 foot soldiers slipped sedately out of the harbour of Sri Vijaya early in 1106. There was little fanfare and, from the general lack of attention paid, one could scarcely have imagined that this powerful fleet was going to subdue new lands for incorporation into the Empire. At all events, the fleet arrived off the Taiwanese coast at the height of Summer. The process of disembarking the troops and ships' crews took an inordinate amount of time and gave the Sri Vijayans time to survey the newest addition to their little Empire. The land was not particularly rugged - the population was small and most of the island was undeveloped but it was far from inhospitable and certainly more welcoming than the jungles of the southern islands. Too, all were pleased to take note of the number and types of flowers which thrived on this little island.
However, the natives of Taiwan had something to say about this invasion and, through the Autumn and Winter of 1106, they rallied such forces as they could manage (numbering only about 1500) and began preparations for resistance. And resist they did! As the Sri Vijayans began to move into the interior, they met with week after week of skirmish and ambush; by the Summer of 1107, though, their superior numbers had brought things to a conclusion and most of the native resistance had been destroyed though, to make up for what he saw as a severe shortage of regular soldiers, Hukumantaring was forced to deploy his sailors in combat roles (they acquitted themselves well, as it happened). A garrison of about a thousand men was set in place and Doom Fang sailed off, pleased at having made yet another acquisition for his younger brother. Those who thought the Doom Fang would return home soon were shown to have erred - flying the terrifying Fanged Skull banner overhead, the Sri Vijayans made straight for the great Viet Kingdom of Annam! Swiftly, without any issuing any warning or receiving any provocation, the Malay fleet, which would soon become known as the Skull Pirates of Sri Vijaya, descended first on Annam. Surprise was total and they managed to steal goodly quantities of loot and carried off many women (even Doom Fang, though he had a wife at home, claimed a couple of local Annamese beauties as his own and named them his concubines). In their eagerness to steal, the Sri Vijayans spared not a thought for religious scruples - temples were attacked and even a gold statue of Buddha, fully two and a half feet in height, which had been the pride of one small village, was carried off by the pirates. In the fullness of time, the statue would decorate some niche in Nayalatengorak's palace. As the raiders sailed off, the Annamese army began to appear but found they were too late to respond. The only comfort the Viet could draw from the depredations they had suffered was that Thang Long was untouched (though it was not for a dearth of effort - the Sri Vijayans had made a beeline for the fabulously rich city but they had been thwarted by the walls and approach forts and, so, had turned their efforts back to the hinterland). After sailing out again into the Gulf of Tonkin, the Sri Vijayans attacked the region of Dai Viet performing much the same activities as they had in the north - slaves, treasure and tradeable commodities were all loaded onto the boats for transport home. And it was homeward that the Skull Pirates now turned arriving there, at least, around the beginning 1108.
If war was one arm of Malayu policy, diplomacy was the other. The Buddhist Princes of Kedah once more met with the Great King's emissary, Ikanbayang, who was, for all practical purposes, His Majesty's Minister Plenipotentiary to the Peninsula. Ikanbayang (Shadow Shark) was accomapanied by the loyal Hindu Raja Darul Takzim of Johor and added his weight to the convincing arguments for closer relations between the Peninsular States and Sri Vijaya. His presence caused some concern - the Kedah nobles were Buddhist (as were the Sri Vijayans) but the presence of the Hindu Raja suggested that he and his co-religionists were being welcomed into the Imperial fold. There was some concern about what the future might bring for Kedah if they stood apart from the Great King and allowed the Hindus to influence events... Painful as it might be, there was but one course of action - total integration into the Sri Vijayan Empire. The Princes of Kedah formally signed the agreements which placed their demesnes under Nyalatengorak's beneficent rule and promptly sailed off for the capital to ensure that they, and not the Hindus, should be the influential voices at Court.
The peaceful and loyal city of Malacca was also on the receiving end of Shadow Shark's diplomatic mission (once again backed up by Darul and and 3,000 Hindu warriors). There, too, the city agreed to formal incorporation into the Empire though with a little less rancour than had been the case in Kedah.
Pembantantuan continued his considerable diplomatic efforts in Java (see
Javan entry) while, in Utara, the peaceful lives of the natives were
interrupted by the arrival of pious Buddhist monks from the south who began to
press the culture of the Malay southerners on these local Sumatran tribesmen.
So much resentment was raised by the appearance of these interlopers and great
offence was given - Utara had always fulfilled its obligations to the Great
King and had been allowed to follow its own course according to its own
traditions... Now, the young King was trying to force them to abandon the
ancient ways and religions by which the Utarans had lived for as long as the
tribes could recall. None knew why
he sought to force his strange southern ways on them; perhaps he did not trust
the tribes and wanted to make them like himself; perhaps it was a part of his
religious beliefs that he should proselytise. The reasons mattered not. The
Utarans did not kill the monks or rise in revolt but they were not happy and
very few converts were gained by the Buddhists.
If this was the King's policy abroad and in the provinces, things were less exciting in the capital. His Majesty first organised the construction of several dams which made more rich land available for cultivation and then appropriated the land as part of his personal estates; more importantly, the King oversaw a radical overhaul of the system of taxation and tribute - after decades of neglect, civil war, courtly intrigue and bureaucratic incompetence, each city and province was called to deliver a detailed account of its inhabitants, its revenues, its annual agriculture and mineral produce... His Majesty even hit upon a devious and hideously unpopular new Head Tax whereby a man was required to pay a specific sum for each concubine he kept. The King, himself, was a devoted husband to Queen Mahendradatta and paid no attention to the enticements of slave girls, dancers or the courtesans for which Sri Vijaya was so justly famous. His brother, however, was a different matter... In any event, the King enjoyed admirable success in increasing his revenues and that was all that really mattered. In his personal life, things went less well with his wife suffering two stillbirths in as many years. Nyalatengorak now had to give much thought to how he would proceed for he was determined that he would not lose his wife in child-birthing - she was too young and too dear to him for that...
The Salendra Kingdom of Java
Ruler: Kameswara I, Salendra King of Java
Capital: Sunda
Religion: Buddhist
The highly popular Sri Vijayan Ambassador, Pembantantuan, continued his long sojourn at the Golden Court of the Salendras in beautiful Sunda. On a regular basis messengers crossed over from Sri Vijaya bearing missives from Queen Mahendradatta to her beloved father, King Kameswara, telling of the progress of her own daughter and son (who had been named, respectively, Sakahati and Tombaklaut). Stories also abounded of Nyalatengorak's limitless devotion to his family and the King came to realise that the match he had made had been a most advantageous one not only for the two kingdoms but for his beloved daughter - oftentimes, to gain some political advantage, a King had no option but to hand a much-loved daughter over to a man who would make a bad husband. It delighted Kameswara to see that, through this marriage, he had acquired an important ally, secured Java's future and provided a fine husband for his beautiful daughter. Yes, Kameswara was happy. So much so, in fact, that when Pembantantuan began to press him over, perhaps, forming a closer alliance with Sri Vijaya, Kameswara almost leapt at the opportunity. He would, he declared, welcome a formal treaty of alliance with his son-in-law.
Pembantantuan, all the while, was working tirelessly to raise the influence of Sri Vijaya and her Great King amongst the nobles of Sunda. At every Courtly banquet, the Lord of Slaughter was a permanent fixture, impressing the young bloods with his fashion sense and dazzling the young ladies with his rakish good looks. Pembantantuan enjoyed many a dalliance with many courtesans, dancing girls and other young ladies of the Court making himself, alternately, an object of admiration and resentment among the young Javanese gentlemen. Life at the Golden Court was fine, indeed...
The Kingdom of Pagan
Ruler: Kyanzittha,
King of Pagan
Capital: Pagan
Religion: Buddhist
Kyanzittha remained in residence at the Palace of King Dvaravati of Mon and continued to place pressure on the locals. In his zeal to draw Mon into Pagan's fold, Kyanzittha would remind the Malays of the dangers they faced as a small realm jammed between three growing (not to say grasping) powers, resurrecting memories of the Mon's past sufferings and encouraging their insecurities. Then, he would switch tack and tell the local princes of his own affection for Mon, the birthplace of his wife, and of his deep desire to assist Mon in maintaining its independence. King Dvaravati was far from happy to find himself pushed and pressurised in this way but, in truth, he understood that Kyanzittha's words were true - Mon could never be absolutely free; she would always be a pawn in someone else's game so the only real freedom left to Dvaravati was to choose the mast to which he would pin his colours...
Towards the end of 1106, his daughter, Nilar, who had been wed to Kyanzitha some years earlier, became pregnant. All the members of both highborn of both kingdoms, together with all the diplomats and courtiers currently attending the Court of King Dvaravati, watched Nilar's pregnancy with keen interest for within her womb she carried the child which might, if it were a boy, be able to cement Mon into the Kingdom of Pagan. During January of 1107, Nilar miscarried. Nor was the loss of the unborn child the only tragedy to occur - Nilar had lost much blood and, naturally, became very weak; when, within only a few days of the miscarriage, a severe infection took ahold of her, she was in no physical condition to resist and died shortly thereafter. It was amidst such sorrow that Prince Gupal Pala of Bengal arrived in Mon, fresh from negotiating the Assamese surrender. Despite personal feelings, Kyanzittha realised the immense importance of maintaining good relations with the Palas and, so, a welcome was given to the ambassador and he was treated with all due deference and as much cordiality as the melancholy background would allow. His Highness, the Prince, decided that he would remain long enough to explain the new policies of the Maharaja, in the wake of the recent Pala victories and the peace settlement with the Sena, and to attend Queen Nilar's funeral ceremony as a sign of the earnest respect of the Bengali monarchy for their Paganese friends and co-religionists.
Of course, Nilar's death caused great political ructions on the Malay
Peninsula. Without the union of the two royal families (a union which the
marriage of Nilar and Kyanzittha had symbolised), Mon's political position had
suddenly become extremely precarious - the King of Mon reasoned that, if the
families were no longer united, there was nothing to stop a Paganese invasion;
the Paganese, though, assumed that the absence of a dynastic marriage would
render Mon more vulnerable to diplomatic overtures from the ever-growing power
of Sri Vijaya or the ancient and formidable Khmer Empire. In truth, both
kingdoms needed a marriage and
so, within a month of Nilar's death, her father and husband had arranged and
agreed that Kyanzittha would we Nilar's younger sister, Princess Atiqah. While
such haste was usually indecent, it was generally held to be a political
necessity. In the aftermath, Mon entered into a formal military alliance with
the Kingdom of Pagan. Gupal Pala was conspicuous in his attendance of the
wedding and, a short time thereafter, he departed
Mon and was able to report to the Maharaja Rampala of Bengal that a mutual
defence treaty had been agreed upon between the Kingdoms of Pagan and Bengal!
All the while, yet more diplomacy was being conducted in Sri Vijaya and Kambuja whither His Majesty sent Prince Yarza Komer and the trusted Ambassador Ma Thida respectively. Ma Thida went on to meet a sticky end shortly after arriving at the court of the Deva Raja of the Khmer but Prince Yarza's expedition was considerably more successful - as well as establishing fairly good relations with the Malays, he managed to avoid dying (which was more than Ma Thida had managed...).
INDIA
The Pala Kingdom of Bengal
Ruler: Rampala
"The Great", Maharaja of Bengal
Capital: Bihar
Religion: Buddhist
After the victories of 1104, all of the Buddhist region of Palas was, once more, under Rampala's rule. Now, he had to decide whether to pursue the war eastwards into Assam, to bring the Hindu Senas, who had once been his vassals, to heel... After some considerable contemplation (and an extended visit from an Assamese delegation who were rather more respectful than the last bunch to visit Bihar), the Maharaja was impressed by the more conciliatory nature of Rahamjit Sena, the new Sena Raja, and ordered his brother, Prince Gupala, to travel to Assam and begin formal negotiatons for the ending of the war.
Gupala spent the greater part of 1106 in Assam where he was treated with
the utmost courtesy. The Prince found that the new ruler and his court
favourites were very much more pacific than those who had formulated Assamese
policy in the days when bold Vijaya had ruled. It followed that the
negotiations were much easier than Gupala had expected - the real question was
not of whether there would be
peace but of how much the Palas could demand from the disillusioned and
exhausted Senas. By the time the monsoons began, a draft treaty had been
prepared under the terms of which the Assamese-held city of Sonargaon would be
handed over to the Maharaja of Bengal (with all Sena forces allowed to
evacuate unmolested by the Palas). Too, the Senas would recognise the right of
the Maharaja of Bengal to rule over the lands of Palas in perpetuity. Finally,
neither party would attack the other nor assist a third party in doing so. It
was a bitter pill for some of the Assamese to swallow, given their recent high
hopes that they might crush the Buddhists for all time, but most people were
simply glad to have done with the war and the terrible losses they had
suffered in pursuit of Vijaya's ambition (some even remarked that the
anonymous slave who had murdered the late Raja had done all Assam a favour).
With the agreement made, Gupala struck off for the Kingdom of Mon to find the
Paganese monarch, Kyanzittha, who, according to popular rumour, was hanging
around in the place...
So it was that, down at Sonargaon, a grubby city on the muddy banks of the mighty Brahmaputra, the Assamese garrison abandoned their posts, boarded their ships and sailed north up the river to their home of Assam. General Mushara, who had been heavily reinforced, marched in at once, finding the approach forts and city walls unmanned and the gates open. About 2,000 men were immediately deployed to garrison the place which was predominantly Hindu and far from pleased at having been bargained away as part of some peace treaty. For all that, the peace held. The Assamese had lost the cream of their army in the conflict along with most of the more bellicose elements of the aristocracy. There was no-one amongst the Senas prepared to challenge the peace. On the Bengali side, Rampala and most of his officers, nobles and courtiers were shocked that they had managed to drag Bengal back from the brink of annihilation and reclaim their ancient lands from the Assamese interloper. They had half-expected to be beaten by the Senas and, perhaps, invaded by their Rajput neighbours to the west. Of course, the never-ending sabre-rattling of the Ghaznavids had done much to draw Rajput attention away from Bengal...
In any case, 1106 saw the birth of a beautiful baby daughter to His Majesty. Would there be no end to the wonders which fate was raining down on Bengal? His Majesty called for a grand ceremony to be held in Bihar as a celebration of the recent victories in the war, the reclamation of Palas and Sonargaon, the signing of a permanent peace with Assam and, of course, the birth of a daughter. The date of the celebration was fixed for May of 1107 and all Bengal knew it would be worth seeing! From the imposing red walls of Bihar, the victorious warbanners of the Pala Clan fluttered and the denizens of the city gathered to watch the serried ranks of the army march through the Great Gates bearing captured Assamese standards. At the head of over 6,000 glitteringly armoured cavalrymen rode the hero of the hour, General Mushara, the most loyal servant of the Maharaja. The procession of soldiers marched past a well-shaded dais upon which had been set a throne seating the Maharaja Rampala; His Majesty was well-attended by scores of thick-muscled and well-armed bodyguards whose sole duty was to ensure that no-one could get close enough to the Royal Person to do any harm - and it was a duty they fulfilled well for the only people who came near to Rampala were members of the Royal Family.
At Rampala's feet the victorious Buddhist warriors laid all the prizes and booty of war - panoplies taken from the corpses of slain Hindu footsoldiers, tattered Assamese banners, great standards topped with images of Hindu deities in silver, even the skulls of enemy warriors who had proven particularly valiant. Yes, Rampala could look on this with great satisfaction. And, of course, within the Palace itself, he retained the embalmed body of Vijaya... A smile, genuine and full of warmth at the goodness of life, cracked Rampala's face - the wheel of fortune had delivered him, his line, his Kingdom and now all would be well. Having received the trophies of victory, the Maharaja made to rise. At once, a certain minor Prince of the Pala Clan, a cousin to the Maharaja, darted forward bearing a particularly pretty garland of flowers; Rampala bowed his neck to receive the gift when, without warning, the Prince whipped out a knotted cord and, with a single deft movement, flicked it around Rampala's neck and pulled hard. Rampala's eyes bulged and he turned a vivid red but his neck failed to break; the would-be assassin had been counting on killing the Maharaja with the first blow and now realised that there was no chance of succeeding in his task. The bodyguards were beside Rampala in a few seconds and hacked the traitor-prince down - his last words: "Next time, we'll succeed..." The whole thing had taken less than half a minute. His Majesty was quickly bundled away to a safer location while the wider population was left to wonder what they had just witnessed - was it an attempt at a coup? Was there some personal slight which the Prince had sought to avenge? Why had he tried to murder his Maharaja, his kinsman, his co-religionist?
Rampala declined to appear in public for most of the rest of the year though edicts were issued: Mushara received the titles of Warlord and Protector of the Realm and received an impressive medallion to mark out his new position. Too, His Majesty decreed that these offices would be hereditary within the family of the loyal Mushara - the General would pick one blood kinsman to succeed him as Warlord of Bengal. It was a quite unprecedented move but Mushara didn't complain - rather, he revelled in his newfound authority and commented, loudly, that it was about time he received some recognition for his enormous contribution to the defence of Bengal. After all, if Mushara hadn't driven the foe from the field, the Pala state wouldn't even exist anymore and it would be Vijaya Sena who sat on a throne in Bihar with Rampala's body embalmed and displayed for his amusement. Aye, Mushara was not merely the Protector of the Realm but its very Saviour.
Little else happened in Bengal - huge numbers of fortifications were thrown up in Maghada and Gaur. The minister, Rahirla, was sent on a mission to Kalinga where he managed to offend the local Hindu grandees enormously by constantly referring to and crowing about the recent victory over the Assamese Hindus (for, Rahirla reckoned, there was not much difference between the Hindus of Assam and the Hindus of Kalinga - they were all enemies in his eyes and they had all been humiliated by Mushara's brilliant campaign). This all pushed the locals to slacken their links with the Pala Maharaja - they continued to pay an annual tribute but would do nothing more. As if to atone for his failure, Rahirla grew ill while still in Kalinga and died in 1110. His death was not the only to attend the Bengalis for Rampala's wife also died, quite unexpectedly, in 1108. His Majesty did not remarry at once for he already had a healthy and full grown son, Annanpala, and felt no real need to bring forth more legitimate children. Instead, Rampala took full advantage of his wife's death and spent ever more time enjoying the charms and attentions of his graceful dancing girls, beautiful courtesans and pliant female slaves within the safe confines of his palace in Bihar.
The Sena Kingdom of Assam
Ruler: Rahamjit
Sena, Raja of Assam
Capital: none
Religion: Hindu
Signed peace with Bengal and slept.
The Lambakanna Kingdom of
Sinhala
Ruler: Prakramabahu
Lambakanna, King of Ceylon
Capital: none
Religion: Hindu
Slept.
The Tamil Empire of the Cholas
Ruler: Kollutunga
Chola Maharaja, the King of Kings, Emperor of the South
Capital: Trivandrum
Religion: Hindu
The Emperor's continued interest in mercantile matters was beginning to pay fine dividends - the city of Mangaloboho, the Malabar Coast's entrepot for goods from all over the Islamic world, effectively doubled in size as merchants (and the artisans, labourers, clerks and all the others who served the needs of the wealthy traders) were drawn to the area to exploit the riches which might be made. Its counterpart city on the east coast, Chidambaram (where ships from around the Bay of Bengal docked to trade), saw a very similar increase in size - indeed, the city walls were torn down to accommodate the influx and were then rebuilt in an even larger and more impressive manner. Finally, the capital, Trivandrum, increased considerably - Trivandrum was not quite so important a trading centre (though Zanj ships from East Africa and merchantmen from Golden Java chose to trade through this port) but there was a sense amongst the wider population that the Tamil Empire's future lay in the cities rather than in the rurality and many were keen to leave the countryside behind and see if they might not improve their lot in the great capital. In Trivandrum, too, powerful ramparts were erected, demonstrating that His Imperial Majesty considered security to be as important a matter as commerce. Of course, to feed such a burgeoning urban population, more food would have to be produced so Kollutunga threw much money and labour into expanding the amount of land available for farming and increasing the number of granaries.
In the Maldives, Prince Gajadhar continued his mission in the Maldives, this time with some help from the minister Ghanendra. Jointly, they managed to browbeat the natives into joining the Empire of the Cholas in a formal manner - apparently, the Maldiveans' sense of independence had withered over the past few years. Further north, in Afghanistan, Koothbiran, the respected Tamil Ambassador to Ghazni, concluded a treaty of non-aggression with Masud III. As His Excellency, the Ambassador, turned for home, he planned to visit Ajmer and Gujerat to parley with the Chauhan and Paramara Rajas respectively. But the wheel of fortune turned against Koothbiran and he died in the Chauhan capital of Ajmer shortly after arriving,
In the Emperor's household, a son was born in 1107 followed by daughters in 1108 and 1109. There was much celebration though not a little disappointment at the paucity of male children. Still, Kollutunga's son was a healthy boy which was more than could be said for Kollutunga himself - having spent altogether too much time indulging his literary interests, the Emperor was becoming increasingly corpulent not to mention sluggish or even downright lazy. Whatever of the Emperor's time as was not spent writing or reading poetry was spent indulging his endless love for food and pleasant-faced Malay slavegirls. It was at around this time that the great Kollutunga developed some heart trouble (indeed, he suffered a minor attack during the Festival of Lights at the end of 1109). The doctors assured His Majesty that it was not serious but, still, it wasn't exactly good news....
The Chalukyan Kingdom of Kalyana
Ruler: Vikramaditya
VI, Raja of Kalyana, Head of the Clan of the Chalukyas
Capital: Manyakheta
Religion: Hindu
The Chalukyan army, a little under 10,000 strong, was camped out in the middle of Dahala. The Raja Vikramaditya was contemplating where his campaign should progress from here. He had crushed the Chandelas in open battles, taken their capital and even captured their Raja, Vidyarha of Khajuraho, but, still, some provinces were holding out against the invader (notably the poor, backwater regions of Pundra and Kosala). Too, spies and scouts were bringing regular reports to Vikramaditya's pavilion to the effect that Prince Burman Chandela, the 17 year old son of Vidyarha, had massed a corps of Chandela loyalists and was preparing for a counterattack. All the while, rumour swept India that the Tamils were preparing for northward expansion and that the Muslim Ghaznavids might, at any time, sweep down from the Afghan mountains. All things considered, Vikramaditya decided it would be politic to quit while he was ahead - he had humbled the Chandelas quite sufficiently and saw that there was nothing to be gained from getting bogged down in a continued war against the Chandela hold-outs (especially if others of his neighbours has hostile intentions towards him...).
In short order, the Raja Vidyarha was brought before Vikramaditya Chalukya (according to popular legend, Vidyarha had been dragged in chains behind the invading army but that was not true - Vidyarha had been treated as an honoured guest and had enjoyed every comfort during his captivity). Between them, Vidyarha and Vikramaditya, who were both civilised men, were able to thrash out a peace treaty - it was, by no means, an agreement of equals and left the Chandelas with no doubts that they were now subject to the Chalukyas. A great annual tribute would be levied on the Chandelas and they would be required to furnish the Chalukya Raja with regiments of warriors should the need arise. The Chandelas welcomed the peace, though some of its clauses stung them, because they recognised that, short of outside intervention, they had no hope of defeating Vikramaditya at this juncture - an uneven peace which allowed them to survive was, they estimated, better than no peace at all.
With the peace concluded, Vikramaditya sloped off to his capital, Manyakheta, leaving the temple-filled lands of the Chandelas largely unharmed. En route, His Majesty stopped off very briefly in Kakatiya where he found the local populace, who were extremelly sympathetic to their Chandela kinsmen and neighbours, celebrating the recent treaty. Not least among those who welcomed the cessation of hostilities was Vikramaditya's own father-in-law, the Raja Samirjit, who had been pained and left with very divided loyalties over the recent war. In any case, Vikram did not spend long in Kakatiya; as soon as he had collected his young wife, Indulala, he continued his march home to his capital, Manyakheta, where things were very very quiet indeed. The year 1107 saw the birth of a son to the Raja and Indulala.
The only other major events to beset the Chalukyas were the death of the minister, Haaras, from malaria in 1107 and the diplomatic mission of the heir, Prince Someshwara, to the court of Raja Chera of Malabar. After some deft negotiations, the young Prince was able to convince the allied Raja to join the wider Chalukyan realm and bow before the Raja of Kalyana. Soon, Chera and his army were inducted into the forces of Vikramaditya and tax collectors from Manyakheta were criss-crossing Malabar extracting local revenues and sending it all off to Vikram's treasure houses. Too, Vikram set his engineers to work constructing a great trunk road running from the capital northwards into Satava. Although the thing was not completed (nor, in fact, was it even close to completion), it was considered a very ostentatious sign of Vikram's absolute self-assurance and confidence.
And that was all that happened to the Chalukyas..... until 1108 when Vikramaditya decided to invade yet another of his neighbours.
The
Campaigns ofVikramaditya
April-July
1108: Vikramaditya began the laborious process of driving
his army, mostly veterans of the recent war with the Chandelas, across the
Horti Mountains from Satava to Pawar. Vikramaditya led some 7,000 foot
soldiers (of whom about 1,000 formed an extraordinary well-trained and
heavily-armed brigade of personal guards), along with 2,000 sappers and 4,000
cavalry (mostly mounted archers but with about 1,500 lancers as well). His son
and heir, Prince Someshwara, had come along as second-in-command and the Raja
of Malabar, recently allowed to join the ruling circle of the Chalukya clan,
brought a contingent of about a thousand each of spear-bearing footmen and
bold cavalry. In a support role, Vikram had been able to secure the services
of a contingent of mercenaries (amounting to about a thousand cavalry and the
same number of footmen).
The Paramara clan had expected that war would come to their lands sooner rather than later (though they had expected their foe to be the Islamic Ghaznavids rather than their Hindu neighbours) and considerable efforts had been expended to raise new troops. Munja of Alwa, leader of the Paramaras, could field a force of some 7,000 spearmen and swordsmen, 2,000 skirmisher and slingers and 4,000 cavalry (all lancers and including some 800 heavy cavalry mounted whose horses even wore barding). At the head of his army, he immediately moved to counter the invader's advance as soon as they had emerged from the mountain passes leading from Satava.
The armies clashed close by the town of Pandakharwada,
just north of the Penganga River. They seemed fairly evenly-matched and, in
fact, Vikram's agents had gone far-and-wide in their efforts to secure the
services of almost every available mercenary to for this war against the
Paramaras. Unfortunately (though not for the Paramaras!), the Chalukyan agents
had only a partial success as the Chauhan Raja of Ajmer had been offering much
higher wages and had attracted the cream of India's mercenaries to his
service.
In any case, battle was quickly joined. There was no doubt in anyone's mind that Vikramaditya was a better general than Munja and handled an army with infinitely more skill but many things militated against him: the long trek over the mountains had left the invading army tired; the unbearably hot weather on the day of the battle favoured the defenders (who had access to a large number of nearby wells while, for the Chalukyans, the closest source of potable water was half-a-dozen miles away); the terrain, which saw the Paramaras occupying a slight slope ahead of a wide expanse of flat sorghum fields and farms, gave Munja a good defensive position with plenty of room in which his heavier cavalry could operate; perhaps most importantly, the Paramara force was determined not to give an inch before the attacker. So, for all his superior ability, Vikramaditya had to watch with increasing despondency as the battle swung to-and-fro with neither side able to gain the upper hand and, more importantly, the Paramaras showing no sign of withdrawing or weakening. The only bright spot (for Vikram) came in the mid-afternoon, after many hours of combat - yet another Chalukyan attack on the Paramara position had just been beaten back when Munja of Alwa personally led a couple of cavalry regiments in a charge against the retreating infantry. Seeing that a successful enemy charge could easily break the will of the army, Prince Someshwara personally rallied a small band of horse archers and boldly rode off determined to thwart Munja! His archers rode in close to the heavier enemy cavalry, unleashed their arrows and pulled back then to repeat the performance. After two or three such efforts, Someshwara was gratified to see the Paramara charge peter out and their cavalry begin falling back to their own lines... More importantly, he saw that the banner of Raja Munja had fallen and that the saddle of his splendidly bejewelled (and rather ostentatious) charger was empty! The rumour that Munja was dead swept through the Chalukyan army and Vikramaditya began organising his exhausted men for another, more concerted, attack on an enemy he now believed to be leaderless...
As it happens, Munja was not dead but had taken an arrow in his shoulder and, more importantly, had fractured his collarbone as he fell from his horse. So, he was carried back to his pavilion to spend the rest of the battle being tended to by doctors while his cousin, Prince Naravarman Paramara, assumed command of the army for the duration of the battle. As it turned out, Naravarman was a rather more effective general than the Raja. He saw, a mile southwards across the field of glory, that the Chalukyan army was regrouping for a new and final offensive. Instead of being worried, the newly-promoted Prince smiled at Vikram's arrogance and began reorganising the battered Paramara line to resist the next enemy assault.
It was late afternoon before the attack came. The entire Chalukyan army, exhausted by a day of hard fighting and harder weather, marched forth across the field with Vikram and Someshwara at its head for what they hoped would be the final act of this affair. The Paramaras merely waited. And waited. The Chalukyas knew that they were coming into ranger of the Paramara archers who had been pouring their quivers into the attacking ranks all day long and they gritted their teeth and wondered how many of them would die before they even got close enough to the enemy to strike a blow with sword or spear... Yet, instead of the intense bombardment of arrows to which the earlier attacks had been subject, there was nothing. The Paramara archers held their fire. And, as Vikram's warriors came to within 50 yards of the Paramara line, Naravarman released his entire army in a ferocious charge! This had not been expected. All day long, Munja had held his men back on the defensive (and it had been an effective tactic, it must be said). Vikram had not expected a counterattack and especially not one as fierce as this! The melee was bloody, surpassingly bloody, and the invading army was driven back but the retreat was becoming increasingly disordered. Vikramaditya tried to rally his army but only his personal guards retained any sense of discipline so he gave up and concentrated on extricating as many men as possible from the disaster.
In the days and weeks that followed the disaster of Pandakharwada, the defeated Chalukyans began filtering back into Satava but it was early in the following year before anything deserving deserving of the appellation "army" was under Vikram's control. It was battered, demoralised and utterly lacking in anything akin to discipline. And its sole purpose seemed to be to escape back across the Horti Mountains to the safety of their own country.
August-September
1108: The news of Vikram's defeat had spread very quickly
through the neighbouring regions and it did not escape the ears of Vidyarha
Chandela who still smarted following his own defeat at the hands of the
Chalukyas. In the couple of years since negotiating the peace with the
Chalukyas, many new advisors and counsellors had been recruited to assist Raja
Vidyarha and his heir, Prince Burman. Many of these advisors were not native
to the Chandela states but were foreigners from some other Indian kingdom;
without exception, they queued up to pour poison Vidyarha's ears and to assure
him that now, more than ever, while the hated Chalukyas were yet reeling from
their setback, was the ideal time to strike and take revenge... In a little
time, the Raja was convinced that this was a golden opportunity which would
never present itself again and, so, while the Ghaznavid invaders poured into
Northern India and the Raja of Kalyana rallied a broken army, Vidyarha
gathered his army and marched to war in defiance of the treaty he had himself
negotiated...
His first target was Kakatiya. When first the Chandelas were seen, many assumed that they were allied forces coming to help Vikram in this time of defeat but they soon saw the error of their ways. During the course of the advance into Kakatiya, a great deal of damage was done to the locale - for no discernable reason, dams were knocked down and irrigation systems deliberately sabotaged; merchants and travellers in areas which had, heretofore, been thought safe would simply disappear without trace; temples, even, were not exempt... Most laid responsibility for these outrages at the feet of the Chandelas but, it must be said, no-one was ever able to provide clear and irrefutable proof.
The Raja of Kakatiya, Samirjit Chandela, who was both the father-in-law of Vikramaditya and a cousin of the Raja of Khajuraho, felt himself under the most extreme pressure as the "enemy" army came marching one - he would have to betray someone: either his own clan, the Chandelas, or his ally and liege Vikramaditya... At last, Samirjit came to the conclusion that, since the Chandelas had an army within a few days march and the Chalukyas did not, he should play it safe and side with the person who had the potential to cause him most harm - namely, Vidyarha of Khajuraho. Too, Samirjit philosophically took the view that Vikram's baby son (who happened to be Samirjit's grandson, of course) would never ascend the throne of Kalyana - after all, Someshwara (Vikram's son from an earlier marriage) was already in his twenties and he would undoubtedly follow his father as Raja. If one looked at the situation like that, it became clear that the marriage of Samirjit's daughter to Vikramaditya had garnered no real advantage either to the state of Kakatiya or to Samirjit personally. So, then, he gathered his vassals and retainers and marched out to join the Chandelas and Kakatiya went over to the Chandelas without a fight!
March
1109:
By
now, Vikramaditya was well aware of the perfidious Vidyarha's treachery. Yet,
there was little he could do for the moment - his army had been mauled badly
during the campaign against the Paramaras and he had too little time to
collect all the scattered survivors together. It was with a severely depleted
army that he would have to drive back the Chandelas...
In any case, Vikram could see how vulnerable Manyakheta was and knew that the Chandelas could easily wreak havoc through the heart of his realm if he did not march at once to oppose them. So it was that, with the remains of his army, who numbered about 3,500 foot soldiers and perhaps 1,000 mixed cavalry, Vikram marched down from Satava to Manyakheta, following the very route that he had personally marked out, only a couple of years earlier, to become the site of a great highway leading northwards from the capital. Unsurprisingly, Vikram's army arrived many weeks ahead of the Chandela invaders who had to negotiate the mountains and unfamiliar territory.
June
1109: At last, Vidyarha's army was in Karnata province
and marching directly for the capital city. Eleven months after his defeat at
Pandakharwada, Vikram once more led an army out though, this time, he was
defending his own country from foreign invasion rather than invading someone
else's country!
Soon enough, the size of the approaching Chandela force became apparent -
less than 3,000 infantry and a little more than a thousand cavalry all
supported by 1,500 solid Kakatiyan spearmen and a thousand solid horsemen.
Vikram was most relieved for he had expected it to be much larger. The two
little armies met at Trimulgherry,
a small and largely irrelevant village in an agricultural district called
Rangareddi. It was soon shown that, despite their recent humiliation at the
hands of the Paramaras, the Chalukyan forces retained some core of soldierly
ability and discipline - they stood proudly on the field of battle, beneath
fluttering banners which had been hastily-repaired after their northern
adventures, and presented a sharp contrast to the poorly-armed and
undisciplined Chandelan force. The battle was brief, bloody and ended in the
humiliation of the Chandelas who were put to flight within an hour of joining
battle. This victory saved the honour of Vikramaditya and his army - although
he had failed and been levelled in his campaign against the Paramaras, he and
his men had succeeded when it mattered and had driven a vengeful foe back from
the heart of their country. Yet, even in this victory there were problems -
the most salient was that Someshwara had been captured by the retreating foe.
While leading one of his trademark attacks on the retreating foe with his
beloved horse archers, he and a squadron of horsemen had overtaken the enemy,
ended up being surrounded by the Kakatiyans (who were neither poorly-armed nor
undisciplined and whose Raja, Samirjit, was a general who was easily the equal
of Vikram) and forced to surrender.
Vikram could not pursue, of course, for his army was too weak to go on the offensive so he set about gathering as many stragglers and deserters to the Colours as he could and waited for the inevitable diplomatic overtures from the enemy.
The Chandelas of Khajuraho
Ruler: Vidyarha
Chandela, Raja of Khajuraho, Head of the Clan of the Chandelas
Capital: Warangal
Religion: Hindu
It was a hard thing to go from being a King in one's own right to being a vassal of others.... That, and a lot of agitation, was what drove Vidyarha to resurrect the war against the Chalukyas who (lest we forget) had unjustly violated the peaceful lands of the Chandelas. Treaty be damned, Vidyarha would have his revenge on the damnable Vikramaditya!
Paramara Kingdom of Malwa
Ruler:Munja Paramara, Raja of Malwa, The Chakravarti, Head of the Clan of the
Paramaras
Capital: Dhar
Religion: Hindu
Having seen off the arrogant Chalukyas, Munja spent a little while trying to work out whether to follow up his victory and pursue the beaten Vikramaditya or to march north in support of his Chauhan allies... At last, honour took precedence over his wish for vengeance and, as soon as was practical, the Paramara army marched north from Avanti to Chitor at a singularly high rate-of-knots pausing for nothing (not even to collect the many stragglers they left behind).
The Chauhan Kingdom of Ajaimeru
Ruler: Ajaipal
Chauhan, Raja of Ajmer
Capital: Ajmer
Religion: Hindu
Ajaipal beheld which way the wind was blowing. War with the Ghaznavids would come, he thought, and most of his nobles agreed it would be sooner rather than later. Great sums of gold were spent securing the services of mercenaries (far more gold, in fact, than anyone could expect Ajmer to possess which led some nosy people to wonder where it all came from). The defences of Ajmer were already formidable with dozens of tough mud-brick hill forts peppering the arid landscape so Ajaipal decided he would raise more regiments of mobile troops - cavalry, in particular, with which to harass any invader. And he would trust, above all, in the loyalty and friendship of the Paramaras to the south who had as much to lose from a Muslim assault as the Chauhans.
Sure enough, after a few years of peace, war did come (see Masud's
Invasion and Ghaznavid
entry) and, in May of 1109, Munja of Alwa, now recovered from the
injuries sustained during the glorious Battle of Pandakharwada, showed up with
his exhausted but gallant army to shore up the already formidable defences of
Ajmer.
Gahadwala Kingdom of Kanauj
Ruler: Chandraveda
Gahadwala "The Enlightened", Raja of Kanauj
Capital: Kanauj
Religion: Hindu
Whatever way you cut it, the people who lived beneath the yoke of the Gahadwala Rajputs were really pretty lucky. Those whose lot it was to live by the banks of the Holy River Ganges under Chandraveda's benificent rules didn't have to look far to see just how fortunate they were - to the east, Bengalis and Assamese slaughtered each other in some bizarre contest that might be over religion or might be over dynastic politics but was, in any case, bloody and pointless; to the west, the Chauhans and Paramaras daily awaited the onslaught of the Ghaznavid horder; to the south, the Chalukyas were wreaking bloody havoc across the ancient lands of the Chandelas (who were, by marriage, kinsmen of the Gahadwalas). No-one knew of anything particularly bad happening up north in Nepal but the people of Kanauj thought it was a fair supposition that the Nepalese were as crazed and violent as everyone else (perhaps they were merely more circumspect about it?). It seemed as though the only other folk in the whole of India who were still at peace were the Cholas but, even then, they were a treacherous and cunning-minded group - if they were at peace, it was only because they were planning their next war.
And yet, for all that peace reigned, the
preparations for war were everywhere. The great fortress built a few years
earlier in Uttar Pradesh was expanded to a frightening degree - approach forts
were laid, moats were dug and the walls were heightened and thickened. It
would make a fearsome obstacle for anyone foolish enough to test it. Further
east, in Rajput, the beginnings were made of a second magnificent castle while
the walls of Kanauj, Thanesar and Benares too were strengthened and expanded.
There was a certain dichotomy in the feelings of the populace upon seeing the
expansion of one fortress, the construction of a second and the walls of their
great cities reinforced - they felt some reassurance that there were now
powerful defences to repulse any invader; on the other hand, they were fearful
that the construction of such great defences could only mean that war was an
inevitability (for surely no King would go to such elaborate, not to mention
expensive, lengths if he didn't expect
war).
Apart from these preparations, life in Kanauj was quiet and uneventful -
exactly how the people there liked it. A certain habit began to grow up
amongst the people whereby they nicknamed their Raja "The
Enlightened" in deference to his wisdom in avoiding entanglements in
bloody and pointless war while actively preparing to protect his lands and
people from the depredations of foreign interlopers. Curiously, the Raja was
rarely seen during this time - his brother, the Prince Dalavaya (you remember
- the one with the cleft palate and the fat wife), took over the job of
running the government which was not a particularly trying job as the civil
service was really very effective in Kanauj. Being a pious, modest and
respectable man, Dalavaya did not
spend his free time chasing comely dancing girls and dark-eyed courtesans;
instead, he was a dutiful (and faithful) husband to his one wife - Rani - and
their marriage, despite their unattractive appearance, bore fruit: in 1107,
twin sons were born to the couple and what fine sons they were! Strong,
healthy and keen-eyed - and there was much rejoicing that the flaws which had
afflicted the Gahadwala bloodline in the form of Dalavaya were not repeated in
his sons. In 1109, an equally healthy daughter was born. And the wags began to
comment that the bedchamber of Dalavaya and Rani must contain a copious supply
of blindfolds.
CENTRAL ASIA
The Sultanate of Ghazna
Ruler: Masud
III, Sultan of Ghazna, Scourge of Allah
Capital: Lahore (was Ghazna)
Religion: Sunni Islam
Masud III was doing very little that would justify the soubriquet
in which he revelled - The Scourge of Allah. Far from scourging anyone, the
Sultan spent most of his time firmly ensconced in his opulent palace in the
capital of Lahore with his favourite wife. And when palace life became
cloying, there were the grand hunting estates close to Lahore where the Sultan
might indulge his love of tiger hunting; this was not even to mention the
endless miles of pleasure gardens which made the city the Jewel of the Punjab.
Truly, the Sultan was finding life most satisfactory.... until his favourite
wife died in childbirth towards the end of 1106 (the child, too, was
stillborn). This threw Masud off his stride a little but he was made of strong
stuff and was not about to let something like that interfere with his ability
to enjoy himself. Over the next couple of years, the Sultan was a permanent
fixture in his seraglio and impregnated an inordinate number of girls.
Unfortunately, not a single child lived to be more than a few weeks old and,
in more than a couple of cases, the mother was lost as well during the
hardships of childbirth.
Away from the Royal Seraglio, there was bad news in the form of the death of His Majesty's cousin, the widely-feared Arslan al-Lahore, who was killed in 1107 at the age of 33. Arslan was, to say the least, an unpopular and fiercely violent man who had gained a reputation as someone to be avoided at all costs - he paid respect to neither age nor rank and even the Sultan himself could scarcely keep him under control. The final straw came when he beat the teenaged son of a certain clan chieftain half-to-death after the youth's horse had outstripped Arslan's own in a race. Barely a month later, on a scorchingly hot Summer's day, a few prominent young noblemen invited the Prince to a small tiger hunt some twenty miles from Lahore; Arslan, always fond of the hunt, eagerly attended and was never seen alive again. His fellow huntsmen returned to the capital and reported that they had lost sight of the Prince, that he was now missing and that they had no idea where he could have gone. A day later, his body, hacked and mutilated in the most brutal fashion, was found in a copse several miles distant from the place where the huntsmen had last seen him. Investigations turned up nothing and the affair was allowed to drop quietly. Few mourned for Arslan although Masud was unhappy at losing his cousin's considerable martial talents.
On a more positive note, Edrosia was fully integrated into the Empire by the sterling efforts of the diplomats Quttabadin and Artaq. It was their pleasure to report to His Majesty that the southernmost boundary of Ghaznavid rule was now marked by the boundless waters of the Indian Ocean.
All this, though, was unimportant to Masud. He had sworn, several years before, to conquer Ajmer and now he felt the time to strike was close at hand. He had watched affairs in India carefully and retained very cordial relations with the Tamils in the south. He knew that the rise of the distant power of Buddhist Bengal would threaten the cowardly Hindu states and keep their attention fixed eastwards. He knew that the avaricious Chalukyas could be counted on to keep the fires of war stoked and ensure that Hindus were forever divided and incapable of unified reaction. He knew that, if he could bide his time, there would soon be an opportunity for him to conquer the Chauhans and perhaps even extend his Empire to the shores of the Ganges. He was not disappointed. News came from the south of another war being waged by Vikramaditya this time against the Paramaras. Masud decided: now, while the Hindus warred on each other, would be the ideal time to strike. And so in August of 1108, he marched forth from his capital at the head of a grand army of some 13,000 mixed infantry, a thousand mercenary infantry hired from the warlike tribes of Afghanistan, seven thousand mounted troops of all kinds, two thousand sappers and a further 4,000 mercenary horsemen hired from the steppe or from Persia. Their target: Tarain.
Masud's
Invasion
August-September
1108:
The
invasion of the Kingdom of Ajmer began. But, while all attention was fixed on
Tarain, the wily Afghans had prepared some surprises for their Hindu victims -
a great Baluchi army, funded by Masud's treasury, had combined with the local
Sind tribes and, in September, staged a diversionary raid on Ajmer... They
soon decided that they had picked the wrong target. The Ajmeri army was
predominantly a mounted force who reacted to the raid with the utmost
alacrity. Too, almost 40 castles and hill forts peppered the region making it
difficult for the would-be raiders to move with any confidence (for they never
knew whether, over the next hill, they might find a Chauhan castle with an
angry garrison). Severely blooded (in fact, the Sind-Baluchi army was no long
capable of making any worthwhile contribution to the war effort), the Muslim
raiders fell back and the Sind chieftains bethought themselves of raising
fresh contingents for the next round of campaigning when their overlord, Masud
III, would surely call upon them to fight and die for him once more.
April-May
1109: Masud's grand army was now well within Tarain's
borders. To their surprise and disappointment, the Chauhans had not marched
out to meet them. Although many bold Ajmeri nobles had wished to go out and
fight for this rich and strategically important province, Ajaipal would not
allow it. He had prepared the defences of the dry and hostile region of Ajmer,
ancestral home of his clan, with a loving hand and he was determined that it
was here, and nowhere else, that he would throw back the Muslim horde. Too,
Ajaipal was a realist - victory favoured him if he brought his foe to bear on
his home ground; were he to march out to Tarain, he would not only be leaving
his capital vulnerable to the jackals in Sind but would be abandoning his
preponderance of forts and risking almost certain defeat. Many bold men (too
bold by far, Ajaipal thought!) criticised him and muttered that the Rajput
blood was thin in his veins but none disobeyed him.
In Tarain itself, the Ghaznavids slowly and deliberately reduced the eight forts which defended the province. The invaders' losses were small due, in the first place, to having a preponderance of artificers and engineers with which to assail the castles and, in the second, to approaching the task in a leisurely fashion. Barely a couple of hundred men were lost in the acquisition of this rich Hindu region. Masud looked upon the success both as a sign of divine approval for his course of action and as a vindication of his military capabilities (he had conquered rich Tarain while his vassals couldn't even manage to stage a raid without leaving thousands of men dead or prisoners of the Hindus).
With this victory in hand, the loyal Vizier, Mehmet, was given command of 2,000 mountain tribesmen and 1,000 artificers and instructed to deal with Delhi while Masud went off to crush Ajmer itself. Meanwhile, another 2,000 Afghan spearmen were set in place as a regional garrison. Mehmet, who was not a great general, decided to starve Delhi out. It was most galling, therefore, when he learnt that the damnable Chauhans had stockpiled food within the city walls. This siege, then, would be a long one...
May saw the arrival of the Paramaras in Ajmer. As he passed through Chitor, Munja had had the idea of launching an offensive of his own against the Ghaznavid invader just to the north in Tarain but he had thought better of it - his army was small and it had done a deal of fighting already, against the Chalukyas, and had marched hard and long to get here in time to help the Chauhans. Better to move to Ajmer itself where he might unite with Ajaipal and rest his army in safety before the inevitable clash of arms.
And one other significant event took place in May of 1109 - Ajaipal was touring a few fortifications to be sure that all would be ready for the coming struggle when his entourage passed by a group of four travellers on the road who appeared to be heading in the direction from which Ajaipal had just come. These travellers, all on foot, wore dust-coloured robes that might have been white once and they didn't so much walk as trudge across the scorching hot landscape, leaning on thick staffs all the while, as though fatigue were in every bone of their bodies. The transients hailed the great man (it seemed they did not recognise him as their Raja but saw that he was plainly a great nobleman) and begged him to spare them a little water for the nearest well was still many hours walk away. A generous man, Ajaipal did not refuse their request but, as his chief bodyguard was handing a flask of water to the leader of the walkers, a dagger flashed in the man's hand and was plunged, up to its hilt, in the bodyguard's chest. The other travellers likewise produce weapons, all hint of tiredness now having vanished, and made straight for Ajaipal. The other members of the royal retinue were able to recover enough to hack down one of the attackers almost immediately but the other two were too close to the Raja (and too far from the bodyguards) for anything to be done... Ajaipal, though, saw that discretion was the better part of valour and kicked his horses sides, prompting it to charge off at a high speed, making a beeline away from the would-be regicides. At a distance of fifty yards, the Raja stopped his horse and turned to see what was happening. His guards had begun to form a kind of circle around the attackers and were slowly closing on them; a fight would ensure and the guards would try to take the miscrents alive for interrogation but, in all likelihood, Ajaipal expected the fiends to be slain. Nor was he disappointed as, a half-minute later, his guardsmen rushed the remaining pair. For a few seconds, steel blades flashed under the harsh desert sun and then the killers lay dead. Their blood stained the sand, spreading further and further from the bodies (five in all - the four attackers and the dead bodyguard); soon, all evidence of the blood would vanish in the harsh light, unbearable heat and dessicated air. Ajaipal smiled. He knew that this would not be the last Muslim blood to be soaked up by the sands of his homeland.
June
1109: Masud wanted to finish the campaign against the
Chauhans as soon as possible. That meant one thing - the capture of the
Chauhan capital, that dusty little city of Ajmer perched in the middle of the
northern Thar desert. It was here he would find the
Chauhan army concentrated (and, though he didn't know it, their Paramara
allies); if he could crush them in combat and take their capital, he was
certain that the rest of the Chauhan realm would fall into his hands. June,
therefore, saw the large (and highly confident) Ghaznavid army begin the
process of advancing on the city of Ajmer.
Outside Delhi, Vizier Mehmet had the city pretty well blockaded and was now simply waiting... He was disappointed that there was no sign of the defenders' resolve weakening. They remained behind their walls and, though they began to ration food, they were far from the point of starvation (in fact, they were far from the point of hunger).
August
1109: The blockade of Delhi continued with the defenders
still maintaining some reserves of food. In Ajmer, the invading Ghaznavid army
spent the remainder of the month crossing over into the desert homeland of the
Chauhans. Masud's scouts, haring off ahead of the main body of the army,
reported that the provincee was far better defended than he (or anyone) had
expected - every strategic point in the region had a stronghold guarding it,
every major watering hole was defended and the whole place crawled with
Chauhan agents who would watch the Mahometan interlopers and report on their
activities.
The Sultan contemplated his options and decided they weren't very good. He had planned to have his cousin, the murdered Arslan, take a major role in this campaign but that was not going to happen now and he was sure the army would suffer because of it. At a push, he had even thought of allowing Mehmet to command an element of the offensive but that couldn't happen because Mehmet was tied up at Delhi. It all fell to Masud's shoulders and he was not at all confident but there was little to be done. He had come too far to give up now. He summmoned his senior officers to discuss the plan of attack....
September
1109: Masud began his assault on the Hindu forts and
castles! It was bloody and dirty work for the Ajmeris were
masterful engineers and had been placed every castle in an easily defensible
position (usually one that couldn't be bypassed by an invader). The Ghaznavids
were hampered by a shortage of trained artificers and, perhaps even more
importantly, a shortage of water. The heavier elements of the army (including
His Majesty's personal regiment of guardsmen where each man was clad in good
steel armour and a stout helmet and bearing a heavy spear, a thick shield, a
broad-bladed sword and even a hatchet) suffered particularly as they trudged
their way across the land and fought their way over castle walls for many
hours at a time in the pitiless heat of an Indian sun.
Losses to attrition were high and seldom could enough water be found - it was no rare occurrence for different regiments or tribal levies to fight each other for control of watering holes and wells (which were never large enough for everyone to drink). More than once, blood was shed and lives lost in such disputes. There were, as it happens, certain large watering points and great stone cisterns where enough water could be drawn to slake the thirst of a very large contingent of men but the Chauhans, whether from cunning or cruelty, had ensured that their finest efforts at fortification guarded these vital resources. Often, great wells and cisterns stood perhaps fifty or a hundred yards beneath the walls of some hill fort - easily within bowshot. Plenty of stout Afghans and doughty Turks from the steppe perished at the end of a Hindu arrow in an attempt to draw this water. As the weeks rolled by and the end of the month approached, most of Masud's mercenary contingent lay dead along with most of his engineering corps and fully three-quarters of his light horsemen. He had succeeded in reducing a dozen Hindu castles but he hadn't managed to get within even a week's march of the Chauhan-Paramara army nor, it seemed to him, was he at all likely to.
On one of those cold nights you can only get in the desert, Masud sat in his pavilion surrounded by his senior officers and tribal commanders. Masud liked sitting in his tent - during battle, he liked to give orders to his officers and watch as they scampered off to carry out his will; he wasn't used to this kind of situation where he had to lead from the front. He toyed with some very skillfully-carved chess pieces (for chess was another of his passions and he'd been having a hard time, on this campaign, finding anyone to play against) and wondered whether he'd have been better off staying in Lahore where he could always find a decent opponent.]
"The men are on the verge of leaving," said one of the Afghan nobles, breaking Masud's reverie.
"Correct me but I do not recall giving an order to leave," replied the Sultan. "And I think, though again you must correct me if I have erred, that I am the one responsible for issuing such orders... Am I not?"
"Indeed," conceded the noble. "But the morale of the men is poor. They have suffered much in this infernal desert and want to return either to Tarain or to Lahore."
"I see," was all that Masud said. He contemplated his army - it was a polyglot affair with members of dozens of tribes speaking perhaps half-a-dozen major languages (not counting the local dialects). It was a difficult thing to manage at the best of times because, inevitably, the members of this tribal contingent would want to pursue some generations-old grudge against the members of that tribal contingent but to handle the army when things were going badly (as they plainly were)... That was far beyond Masud's ability. Perhaps it was far beyond anyone's ability. Arslan, as Masud recalled, had always been good at handling troublesome internecine grudges though usually only because fear of what Arslan would do eclipsed the resentment provoked by ancient slights and insults.
"Our losses have been high," the nobleman went on. "The mercenaries are gone - either dead or deserted - and the army is in no condition to assault many more of these forts. They're too well-defended, Majesty. As if that were not bad enough, I don't even know where most of the men of my regiment are! They're scattered all over the place! At any given time, I can guarantee that at least a third of my men are off foraging for water and Allah only knows how many of them are ambushed by the Cow-Worshippers or just get lost in this God-forsaken desert."
"Your point is made," the Sultan barked. "We cannot fight. Your men will not fight. You will not fight. I understand what you have said now, prithee, be quiet and let me think." After an interminable silence he continued quietly: "We will begin withdrawing to Tarain but rest assured - I'll be back."
So it was said and so it was done! Masud surveyed his army's withdrawal (or "cowardly retreat" as he was sure his opponents would call it). It was said that the Sultan never forgave his troops for letting him down and refusing to press on against the Hindus. Whatever the truth, they left Ajmer (and the bones of many of their fellows) without even having fought a battle against the enemy army.
1110:
As his army began flooding back into Tarain, the Sultan found himself once
more contemplating what to do. Having failed to take the dustbowl of Ajmer, he
could, perhaps, still grab Chitor and press on down even to the banks of the
Ganges... Yet, his scouts informed him that the Paramaras had moved down into
Chitor and Masud fancied that his army was not yet in a condition to risk an
open battle. He remained quietly in Tarain and spent the rest of the year
trying to regroup and recover as many stragglers and deserters as possible;
his officers scoured the province hunting down anyone who might have been a
soldier and they succeeded in no small way - hundreds of men, whether they had
simply been unable to keep up with the main army or had deliberately deserted,
were caught and dragged back to their regiments.
While the Sultan busied himself in this way, Mehmet continued the blockade of Delhi. Even after the food reserves ran out at the beginning of 1110, the city refused to surrender and the inhabitants fell to eating grass to fill their bellies. A plague struck the city after a couple of months and it was plain that their choice lay between surrender to the Mahometan or the slow death from hunger and disease. And, so, Delhi surrenderd. Mehmet was sufficiently impressed by the inhabitants to allow them to maintain a vestige of independence. At his command, a few of the leading citizens were appointed to govern the city in the name of Sultan Masud III of Ghazna. This generous act was Mehmet's last for, a week later, he contracted a fever (the very one which had struck the inhabitants of Delhi) and died within ten days. Masud took the news badly and wondered what else could go wrong (on the other hand, those with a more positive attitude pointed out the great successes which Masud had achieved - the capture of the unbelievably rich region of Tarain and the strategic city of Delhi).
The Beylik of Baluchistan
Ruler: Lakhud,
"The Faithful", Khaireddin of Siahan
Capital: None
Religion: Sunni Islam
Lakhud received great chests of gold from Lahore with which to raise more
soldiers; by and by, he also received a summons from his master, the Sultan of
Ghazna, to march the Baluchi army into Sind and begin operations against the
Chauhans. In August of 1108, Lakhud did just that and soon wished he hadn't (see
Masud's Invasion).
The Seljuk Great Sultanate
Ruler: Berk
Yaruk, "The Despoiler", the Great Sultan, Qhaqhan of the Seljuqs,
Shahanshan of Persia, King of the East and the West
Capital: Isfahan
Religion: Sunni Islam
The once-prosperous and densely-populate region of Turkmen had been
reduced to a dusty wasteland in which scarcely anything moved. The people who
had dwelt here had either been killed by the merciless Seljuk raiders or had
fled north with their Shah to escape Berk Yaruk's depredations. It was, in no
small part, as a result of his army's activities in Turkmen that the Great
Sultan had earned his soubriquet "The
Despoiler".
His Majesty was keen to show that he could be as generous in peace as he was brutal in war and so he gave grants of land in Turkmen to his loyal Seljuk tribesmen. There was, of course, more to his activities than simple generosity - Turkmen had been rich in the past and could be so again. Of course, it was of such great strategic importance, being astride the frontier of the Qara Khanate and close to the great Silk Road, that only a fool could abandon the place to brigands, squatters and wandering tribesmen. Within a couple of years, a small Turkic-speaking population had made its home in the province and with them they had brought a much larger population of Persian-speaking peasants, bureaucrats and artisans to serve their needs.
In Khiva, once capital of the proud Khwarizimi Empire, the Great Sultan magnanimously granted a grand audience to what remained of the region's rulers - a few Turkic overlords who had stayed behind when their Shah had fled, hoping that they might find some role for themselves under the new rule of the Seljuks; and, of course, the bureaucrats who had governed Khwarizim, all Persians, were present having now sworn to serve the Seljuk Great Sultan with the devotion and loyalty they had given the Khwarizimi Shah.
Tellingly, the audience took place in the Great Palace of the Shah (now the Great Palace of the Shahanshan of Persia). His Majesty had spent many weeks in residence in the palace enjoying the pleasant distractions it offered - a seraglio which, in terms of its numbers and the grace and beauty of the girls, compared favourably with those of Isfahan, Baghdad or Cairo, and a very fine store of sweet Persian wine. He received his subjects reclining on a soft couch while a pretty, dark-haired and milky-skinned little Slavic harem-girl, inherited from the former Shah, fed him dates.
"It does not escape my attention that you were swift to accept my rule over Khwarizim. Your willingness to serve the Sultanate shall not go unrewarded," and here he paused as the green-eyed girl pushed some more sweet dates into his mouth. Berk shooed her away. To be sure, she was an exquisite creature but one couldn't conduct the business of government while a girl, however charming, was pushing fruit down your throat.
"Yes, you will be rewarded. Let there be no mistake that I have
conquered your land. I am your lord and master now by right of conquest and
the power of my blade, my lance and my strong right arm. Recognise these most
salient of facts and you need have no fear for your future. I shall allow you,
so long as you prove yourself loyal, to govern yourselves within reasonable
boundaries." His tone took on a darker edge: "
Understand, you men of Khiva, that I shall place no garrisons upon you
and shall not make your people slaves. I shall not drive you from your homes
nor shall I take what is yours. But this
generosity will hold true only so long as you pay me all proper loyalty. Let
but one of you take up the bow or the spear against me and I shall visit upon
you a retribution ten thousand times worse than
that which the Turkmen met."
At once, the clan chieftains, noblemen and bureaucrats swore or renewed their oaths and set about creating a quasi-autonomous administration for the region of Khwarizim and city of Khiva. Professional bureaucrats, men who had no loyalty to this khan or that sultan but who existed only to serve whichever potentate was on the throne at any given time, were appointed to high posts in this the most distant of the Empire's provinces. Once Berk Yaruk was satisfied, he made ready to depart, taking with him every single slavegirl and eunuch from the captured Khivan harem plus a goodly number of poets and courtly scholars who happened to have been employed in Khiva at the time of the conquest. Before he could leave he set his sappers to demolish Khiva's strong walls for the Great Sultan reasoned that, without these powerful defences, the Khivans would be much less likely to revolt. But the loss of the walls terrified all the people of Khiva for they were deeply fearful of what would happen should raiders from the steppe come or, perhaps worse, the vengeful young Ala al-Din Aziz who was gone but had sworn to return to reclaim his lands. As if the loss of the fortifications were not bad enough, the Sultan's kinsman, Jamuka, Qhan of Khurasan, gathered every last Seljuk soldier from the region leaving the place utterly undefended. Never before, not even when they had faced the threat of Berk Yaruk's invasion a few years earlier, had the Khivans felt so vulnerable. But that was not the Sultan's concern and so he set off with Jamuka and the army arriving in beautiful Isfahan, his wonder-filled golden capital, before the end of 1106.
Once in the capital, some things of real importance happened to the Great Sultan. Berk Yaruk was not a well-liked man but one of the few people he considered a true friend was has kinsman - Qhan Jamuka of Khurasan - and, not unnaturally, Jamuka spent a considerable amount of time in the Sultan's palace whether to discuss the business of government and warfare or simply to talk, drink and dine. During one of these visits, Jamuka brought his young sister, the Qhanum Anahid, with him. The Great Sultan had last met Anahid seven years before - he remembered her as a gangly little child of ten years, perpetually getting underfoot. She was presented to him as a striking girl of 17, tall, confident, intelligent and, above all, wonderously pretty - her mother had been a Circassian slave, favoured by her master for her looks, and Anahid had inherited her blue eyes, pearlescent skin and delicate features. Truly, the little girl had blossomed into a great beauty. Berk was, simply, very taken with young Anahid and quickly made up his mind that she would be an ideal bride but a marriage would require the blessing of Jamuka...
The first step the Sultan took was to reward Jamuka for his outstanding services in the recent Khwarizimi war. Without any warning, the Sultan dispatched slaves leading a strings of the finest horses, taken as war booty from the stables of the Shah at Khiva, to Jamuka's palace outside Isfahan. Qhan Jamuka was somewhat taken aback - to be sure, he knew that he deserved fine rewards but he hadn't expected actually to receive them! When Jamuka remarked, in an offhand way, that the silverwork on the Sultan's saddle was the finest he could remember seeing, His Majesty actually ordered slaves to fetch the saddle, then and there, and give it to his loyal servant Jamuka. For the greater part of the Winter of 1106-07, Jamuka received gifts and rewards on a daily basis - the Sultan's agents attended the slave markets and bought the most fetching girls and strongest eunuchs for Jamuka's seraglio while a train of servants tripped back-and-forth between the royal treasure houses and Jamuka's estate fetching ornaments of silver and gold as marks of the Great Sultan's esteem. And were material benefits not sufficient, the Qhan of Khurasan also received high political honours - at a grand council of all the greatest Seljuk nobles, Berk Yaruk announced that he was naming Jamuka as Atabeg of Persia, virtually regent, chief minister and heir combined! In riches and power, Jamuka had been made second to none in all Persia...
...but inevitably, thought Jamuka, there would be a price to pay and it would probably be too high... Imagine his relief when Berk Yaruk finally broached the subject which had been on his mind. The two men sat on cushions in the perfumed and fountain-filled garden of the Palace of Isfahan far from the prying ears of others with not even a slave in attendance.
"You are aware, Jamuka, that there is no man among the Seljuks who sits as high in my estimation as you," began the Sultan earnestly.
"Indeed. Your Majesty does me much honour with the favour he has shown me. May Allah grant that I prove worthy of your confidence," said Jamuka in response.
"You are far more than a servant or a vassal or even a kinsman. I'm sure you must know that you are more like a brother to me and I have always sought to treat you as such."
Jamuka paused upon hearing this. "Majesty, I beg your indulgence but did you not have your brother killed before you ascended to the throne?"
"Well, yes," conceded the Sultan. "But if I hadn't, he'd have become Sultan. That's not important. You're like the kind of brother I absolutely would never murder."
"Again, you must correct me if I am mistaken but you had all your brothers murdered, Majesty," said Jamuka and then thought a little harder. "I am fairly certain that I actually killed one of them on your behalf... It must have been ten years ago, now."
Berk Yaruk thought about this but couldn't recall - so many brothers, so many murders. "Look, that's not important. None of it is. What matters is that I want you to stand by my side as I reign over this Empire and I want..."
"Yes?" asked the Atabeg, wondering what price would be demaned.
"Anahid," said the Sultan simply. "I want her. To wed. She must become my wife. She... What can I say about her beauty, Jamuka? I am a coarse man - a warrior - and I have not the command of language to express how she captivates me. It would take a poet to do her justice."
Jamuka was fairly shocked by this. He was aware, in a vague way, that his little sister was pretty but there had been no shortage of men seeking a match with her (mainly for political or financial reasons) but he'd never guessed that the Sultan could be so smitten and, plainly, his feelings must be very deep given the pains to which he had gone to gain Jamuka's approval.
"If my Sultan wishes to wed my sister, I can think of nothing better and grander," smiled Jamuka while little wheels went round and round in his head as he calculated what benefits he would accrue from this remarkable match.
The Despoiler wanted to be wed as soon as possible but the recent emergence of romantic feelings had had a slightly unusual effect upon him. In the normal course of events, Berk simply took the women he wanted and didn't much care whether they wanted or loved him. Now, though, it was different - he wanted and needed Anahid's approval; it was not enough that she should wed him, she must be glad to do so and feel that she had gained a good husband. It was in an effort to improve himself and to convince Anahid that he was a pious and deeply devout man that he set off, as soon as he had Jamuka's agreement for the marriage, on a hajj to Holy Mecca! His Majesty eschewed the usual magnificent caravans favoured by potentates taking the hajj and even declined to take the landward route (which would have allowed him to visit the Abassids of Baghdad and the other Princes of the West and receive their oaths of fealty). Instead, he boarded a fast ship at Bandar Abbas and sailed along the well-used pilgrim route to Arabia. He returned from this uneventful trip in 1108, just in time to hear the lurid reports of the terrible wars in the West, and was promptly wed to his Anahid (now an even more charming young lady of 18).
Despite being a fairly unpleasant man, the Sultan treated his new young wife with all the indulgence and affection that one could possibly imagine. Never did he strike her or raise his voice, which led people to mutter that he was henpecked. The couple's happiness was repaid with the birth of a healthy son in 1109. Anahid became pregnant a second time shortly thereafter but miscarried in mid-1110 - the loss of the child did not affect her own health excessively.
In matters away from the Sultan's Palace, the tributary Afghan tribes in the far-off and rugged province of Kash were on the receiving end of the Sultan's diplomats who distributed booty, taken from Turkmen, as proof of the power and generosity of the Great Sultan. The locals were very quickly convinced to align more fully with the Seljuks - their languages and, even, religions were quite different (for the tribes of Kash were Shi'ite and spoke Pashtun) but they were good at recognising an opportunity when they saw it and realised that there was more to be gained from obeying the Sultan's wishes than by opposing him.
The Qara Khanate
Ruler: Jibril
Arslan, the Qara Khan of Samarkhand
Capital: Samarkhand
Religion: Sunni Islam
The Black Khan oversaw the fortification of his little empire - the
province of Otarsh, which bordered the lawless and limitless steppe, saw the
construction of a few new castles while many abandoned, centuries-old hill
forts were quickly renovated, their walls shored up and garrisons installed.
In the sprawling city of Tashkent, rich from the silk trade, the city's
garrison was bolstered by the addition of a regiment of engineers. Some at
court expressed the opinion that Jibril was afraid lest the exiled Khwarizimi,
now roaming somewhere on the steppe beyond the eyes of civilised men, might
seek to make themselves a new realm by attacking the Qarakhanate. Well, if
they (or anyone else) tried, they'd find the Khanate ready to defend itself
for, even at Samarkhand itself, a place usually better known for
cultural and artistic endeavour, there were martial preparations. The general,
al' Khwarzim, received command of the entire army and immediately set about
training some six thousand light cavalry in the style of the Persian askaris;
too, light-armed local troops were re-equipped with more heavier weapons and
even a little armour, all in the Persian style, and trained to fight in close
order.
Away from matters of a military nature, the Qara Khan continued to earn his reputation as a champion of learning and the arts - great quantities of gold were, yet again, handed out to Samarkhand's renowned university. The existing library was greatly expanded by Jibril's bounty - indeed, each year, a caravan of some four hundred camels ambled up the Silk Road up from Baghdad and Isfahan bearing a cargo of books, both classics and the newest work of foreign scholarship. These books were duly lodged in the library which, not unnaturally, overgrew the space currently assigned to it even to the point where most of the newly-arrived monographs had to be installed in storage houses because of a lack of space. As it happens, the library was adjoined by a couple of large and very finely constructed buildings one of which had been allotted to the professors of religious polemic as a lecturing area while the other had been assigned to the teachers of Persian literature as a hall of residence... To the custodians of the library, it seemed that one could lecture just about anywhere and a professor could easily find a new place to live but books were different - the books were much more important and the books needed these two buildings (especially if the expansion of the library was to continue at its present exponential rate). So, early one Spring morning in 1109, the librarians decided to evict the scholars from these vital buildings and annex them to the library. What followed was very nearly a revolt for the polemic students threatened to burn the library down if their lecture hall was not left alone; the literature teachers simply blockaded themselves in their hall of residence and proceeded to pelt with fruit any librarian (or, in fact, any human being) who came too close to their building.
For the Black Khan, who daily expected to deal
with the normal tribulations of being a monarch - war, plague, raid and revolt
- it was a severe shock to be called upon to mediate in a territorial dispute
between rival groups of scholars (though, as the professors and teachers
pointed out, the librarians were not real scholars). With the patience of Job,
His Majesty sought to intercede but he found that, unlike Khans, Shahs or
Princes, the scholars and librarians could not be reasoned or negotiated with
- each of the three sides clung tenaciously to their position (although the
polemicists showed some willingness to compromise when they suggested that
they would not object if the literature teachers were evicted and their
dormitory occupied by the librarians). After a hard day's negotation (possibly
the hardest of his life), Jibril came up with the idea of giving the
librarians a small nearby palace to become the new site for the university
library thus allowing the librarians to get the enlarged facilities they
claimed to need while the academics kept their existing buildings. This
settlement was not without its problems - the literature teachers, upon
hearing that a palace was available, offered to surrender their building in
exchange for the palace - but Jibril, who was getting a bit annoyed with
academia as manifested by these people, explained that anyone who did not want
to abide by his decision could be replaced... His stipends were
very generous, after all.
Apart from this, the greater part of the Black Khan's time was spent dealing with the real (and much easier) business of government - the rich lands around Samarkhand saw great improvements to their irrigation systems, local road networks and grain storage provision. Too, those parts of the province which had not yet been used for agricultural purposes were doled out to existing landowners and nobles and were soon brought under the plough. Outside the realm, the diplomats of Samarkhand were able to convince the tributary Tadziks that they should commit not just their money but their troops to the Empire; the Tadzik Khan, a young man of only 21 who had been educated at Samarkhand's university, agreed to closer links and to commit his troops to the defence of the Qarakhanate but he would not compromise his independence in his own little Kingdom. The Uzbek Khan also received a visit from Jibril's emissaries and he was much more easily convinced of the wisdom of becoming a vassal of Samarkhand.
In his personal life, the Black Khan fathered two daughters (in 1107 and 1108). Also in 1108, one of his prettier harem girls became pregnant and bore him twin sons but it was a difficult pregnancy, attended by much sickness, and the boys were born premature and sickly, dying within a day of their birth; the girl followed suit a couple of days later - the rigours of the pregnancy and labour had been too much for her delicate frame to take.
THE MIDDLE EAST
The Seljuk Sultanate of Rum
Ruler: Kilij
Arslan, Seljuk Sultan of Rum
Capital:
Religion: Sunni Islam
The Turks were awaiting the inevitable - the
botched raids of the past few years would be repaid; the Greeks and Franks
would come seeking vengeance... And, as it turned out, Kilij Arslan didn't
have to wait very long. (see
The Anatolian Crusade for
details)
The Danishmendid Emirate
Ruler: Emir
Malik Danishmend Ghazi
Capital: none
Religion: Sunni Islam
Malik Danishmend remained quietly in his mountainous kingdom though he observed events in the neighbouring regions with interest and wondered what the future would bring. Too, his health grew considerably worse...
The Christian Kingdom of Georgia
Ruler: David
II the Builder, King of Georgia
Capital: Tblisi
Religion: Armenian Orthodox
Slept.
The Burid Emirate of Damascus
Ruler: Emir
Tughtigin
Capital: Damascus
Religion: Sunni Islam
Things began well enough for Emir Tughtigin. He was able to secure a wife, the daugher of one of the great families of Damascus, and within 9 months of the wedding a son had been produced! Outside the great city, the Emir could look upon huge areas of land which were now being irrigated and brought into use for the growing of olives - the revenues from this would soon be pouring into the Emir's pockets!
From the Sinai, came more good news for it was reported that the local Berbers, impressed by the generosity of Damascus, had pledged their blades to the service of Tughtigin! And, just in case things went badly, His Highness had ordered that the old Byzantine fortress at Damietta in the Sinai be repaired and brought back into use. Too, Damascus had been able to secure the services of a great many condottieri including a goodly number of stout Frankish men-at-arms who were happy to take Tughtigin's gold and promptly trotted off to the Sinai, under the command of the general Yusuf al-Findalawi, to guard against incursions by the Heretics of Cairo.
In 1107, things started to go less well....
The Seljuk Emirate of Mosul
Ruler: Mahmud
Nur, Atabeg of Mosul
Capital: Mosul
Religion: Sunni Islam
A Syrian emissary, 'Abd ar-Rahman al-Halhuli, arrived in Mosul in 1106 to begin making diplomatic overtures to the Atabegs of Mosul. His arrival was expected and the Atabegs were perfectly ready to receive him - at Mahmud's order, ar-Rahman was clapped in chains and dragged off to a dungeon! Treachery! Perfidy! And to ensure that word of his crimes would not leak out, the members of the ambassador's entourage - all his slaves, servants and scribes - were put to death. Not only would Mahmud not negotiate with Damascus, he actually planned on making war and conquering Syria for himself.
Great numbers of new troops had been recruited and new levies placed upon the feudal lords who owed service to the Atabeg. Command over these forces was given to the Turkish officer, Atelmalgut, who would oversee the coming campaign against Damascus. It was well-known that the Damascenes and the Fatimid Heretics were at odds over control of the Sinai... An intelligent man would guess that the eyes of Damascus would be turned southwards and that their armies would likely be arrayed along the frontier with the Shi'a Caliphate; if that were so, the rich province of Syria and its famous city of Damascus might easily fall to a daring man! Mahmud decided that he was just daring enough to grasp the opportunity that chance had offered him.
The
Syrian Wars 1106-1108
1106: Unfortunately for Mahmud, he was not the only daring man in the
vicinity. Only a little while after receiving command of the main army,
Atelmalgut struck out northwards from Mosul into Carrhae where he proclaimed
himself Emir of Mosul! His claim was backed by 5,000 footmen, a thousand
cataphracts and a regiment of artificers!
Throughout the Summer, Atelmalgut made ready for war against Mahmud (who, according to popular rumour, was skulking in Mosul because he was too cowardly to face the rebel general in open battle). During late July, however, stories began circulating the rebel army - that the Atabegs would give one hundred silver dirhams to each man who left Atelmalgut's army, that the families of rebel soldiers would be put to death if they had not returned within forty days, that Atelmalgut was in the pay of the Abassids and sought to re-establish the Caliphate...
It all added to the degree of uncertainty which the rebels felt about the course they were undertaking. Most of the army cared not whether they served Atelmalgut or Mahmud - one king was the same as any other; they had followed the rebellion because Atelmalgut happened to be the man giving the orders - now, though, they began to think about what advantages (or disadvantages) they might personally begin to accrue.
As July turned to August, the rebel officers were perturbed to find desertions and defections striking their force. Worse, throughout August, Mahmud's agents made overtures to certain of the more important rebels - high nobles and respected commanders - and managed to lure most of them (and their troops) back to Mosul to rejoin the service of Mahmud, the legitimate ruler of Mosul. By the end of the month, the rebellion was left with only a skeletal army and all but a tiny cadre of the conspirators had defected back to the loyalist.
Faced with the complete collapse of his coup (and without even the satisfaction of meeting the foe in battle), Atelmalgut abandoned his plans and his army and fled from the land of the Atabegs to seek a life as a mercenary captain.
Most of the rest of the year was spent reorganising the army after this unpleasantness and purging it of such elements as were held to be unreliable. It would be 1107 before they were ready to march on the Damscenes! Damn...
Mid-April-June
1107:
Yusuf al-Findalawi, at the head of a mixed army of mercenaries and local Bedu
tribesmen, was watching the borders of the Sinai very carefully. Tughtigin of
Damascus was wary lest the sneaky Fatimids should launch an attack on the
newest province of the Burid Emirate so he had bent all his will towards
ensuring the Sinai's integrity.
That being so, it was a shock to everyone when a Fatimid army - 4,000 cataphracts, 3,000 each of lancers and horse archers and a contingent of 2,000 skirmishing footmen armed with bow, javelin and sling - appeared out of the Sinai Desert and began closing on al-Findalawi's army! Where could they have come from? The only solution to which the Burid general could come was that the Fatimids must have snuck into the region secretly before he and his mercenary army had arrived. Damnable perfidious heretics! All the while he had been guarding the frontier, the foe had been behind him and probably drawing supplies by sea.
Well, there was nothing to be done but to resist the invader though they outnumbered him (al-Findalawi disposed of about 3,000 solid-looking Iraqi, Frankish and Lebanese footmen, a thousand Syrian horsemen and 2,500 Turkish horse archers). The Damascenes had only a few advantages in face of superior enemy numbers - first and most obviously, Yusuf was a gifted commander who, in spite of the surprise with which the enemy had approached, had been expecting an attack and was prepared; second, the desert terrain put the heavy Fatimid horse at a real disadvantage; third, the mercenaries in Damascus' pay were of better quality than the Egyptian force...
The two armies skirmished for some weeks with no real battles being fought and neither side able to achieve anything truly decisive - the Damascene mercenary foot would be set upon by Egyptian light cavalry; the Fatimid cataphracts and lancers would find themselves subject to the same treatment.
During this period of stalemate, both the Fatimids and Burids poured considerable efforts into espionage. Fatimid spies and scouts roamed around seeking out details of Burid defensive positions while Bedouin tribesmen took Burid gold to feed false information to the Heretics. The spies, though universally despised for the slinking creatures they were, proved vital to the campaign's outcome for agents in Yusuf's pay managed to deceive the Fatimids brilliantly and led them into a bloody ambush.
The Fatimids were fed false information to the effect that Yusuf had concentrated his little army near the village of Taba on the border with Petra. The quickest route to this place, where they could force the enemy either to fight a decisive battle or to withdraw from the region once and for all, would take the Fatimids across the Al' Tin Plateau and down to the shores of the Gulf of Aqaba whence they could march across the desert and close on the Syrian army. The path to the Plateau, though, was treacherous - rocky hills and many narrow ravines with only a single point, near Abu Rodeis, where mounted men could ascend the plateau... Yet, the Fatimids judged, the risk was worth taking because speed was of the essence.
But Al' Hafiz, the Fatimid general was not to be cozened easily - he sent a few contingents of mounted scouts far ahead, across the route he planned on taking; they returned and confirmed that they had seen Burid mercenary contingents deployed in the general direction of Taba... They had been chased off quickly, though, and had been unable to confirm precise numbers. It mattered not - Al' Hafiz was now convinced of the veracity of the reports he had received. Had he been more wary, the Egyptians might have avoided the trap but they were supassingly keen to push through this worthless desert land and into the rich regions beyond. They certainly were not going to be held up by some pathetic band of swords-for-hire.
Entering the vicinity of Abu Rodeis, outriders and pickets began to notice the presence of small numbers of Burid troops scattered around the region but their reports were dismissed as unimportant - after all, was it so unnatural that the Damascenes should deploy a few scouting posts in this area? It signified nothing. Pushing deeper and deeper into the ravines, the Shi'ites found themselves coming under attack - not a major assault on the main body of the advancing host but smaller hit-and-run attacks on pickets, outriders and the supply trayne. Annoying though these were, Hafiz was not perturbed. The handful of Burid hirelings in this area were obviously trying to earn their wages by making these brave, bothersome but utterly pointless attacks. Hafiz, a man whose very name in Cairo was a byword for honour, approved of the tenacity of the raiders but could not comprehend that their activities were in any way serious.
The gallant Fatimid general was to be proved mistaken. Almost the whole of the Burid army was secreted around the Egyptian route-of-march (the troops deployed around Taba had been placed there as a deliberate ruse - and it had worked!). For the remainder of the day, the hit-and-run attacks came faster and more furiously until four or five parts of the line might be under attack at any given time - attempts to counterattack came to nothing and a sense of panic began to set in. Egyptian losses were real but not huge - the real blow was to the army's morale. The Fatimid forces were not renowned for their steadiness at the best of times and here, attacked without warning by a foe they could not see, they began to panic. Night fell and every Egyptian campfire became subject to attacks by hidden archers who had crept within range and then snuck off leaving one or two unfortunates with arrows in their backs or chests. Morning came and so did the inevitable, despite Hafiz's best efforts to regain control over the situation. The advancing Egyptians turned tail and began flooding down, back along their route of march, to safety. The Burids followed, harrying them for some days, and giving them no rest until they had left the Sinai.
The defence of the Sinai was a great victory for the Burids and celebrations would have been held in Damascus but for the regrettable fact that yet another of her neighbours had invaded.
June-July
1107:
The army of the Atabegs of Mosul, with Mahmud Nur himself at their head,
finally began rolling into Syria. After the excitement of the preceeding year,
Mahmud disposed of almost six thousand ahdath infantry, four thousand light horsemen - a mixture of Turks bearing
their composite bows and Bedu tribesmen armed with cane bows - along with two
thousand askari lancers, a moderately sized siege trayne and a couple of regiments of
armoured Saracen infantry equipped with spears, swords and large round
shields. It was formidable armament...
The Damascenes had fewer men - just over three
thousand ahdath spearmen of their own, two thousand horse archers and a little over a
thousand askari. What they had aplenty of was castles - perhaps twenty of them sitting
astride most of the main routes to Damascus and the region's more important
strategic points.
July was all but over by the time the invader had finished crossing over into Syria. In Damascus, news of the imminent approach of an invasion force caused panic! At first, the inhabitants thought that the invaders were Christian! They wailed at the descent of the barbaric Franks and foresaw a bloody and brutal end for themselves and their families for all had heard tell of the Christian atrocities at Al-Quds a decade earlier. Their spirits were only a little improved when they heard it was an army from Mosul that was advancing on them.
August
1107-May 1108:
With his finest general (al-Findalawi) still off in the Sinai, Emir Tughtigin
had no option but to lead the Damascene army himself. He was an able-enough tactician
but he lacked flair or the hint of genius which makes a truly great commander
(which was not to say that Mahmud was by any means an Alexander!).
Tughtigin elected not to fight a pitched battle with the odds as they were. Instead, realising that the Atabegs would have to subdue Syria's many castles before they could conquer the region, he decided that he would wait until the invading forces had moved to besiege or assault a position and then move to threaten them. This strategy was successful enough - Mahmud was forced to divide his army while attacking castles, always keeping a strong force to screen the besiegers - and the Damascenes won a number of small-scale skirmishes during the Autumn of 1107.
The first real battle of the campaign came in
late September near the Syrian castle of Ash
Shadadah.
While the Atabeg siege engineers and most of the infantry regiments were bent
on the task of reducing the fortress walls, Tughtigin began advancing from the
north (from the direction of At Hasakah). Mahmud at once moved with the more
mobile elements of his army and deployed for battle a few miles north of the
besieged castle. When Tughtigin arrived, he showed no disinclination for
combat and battle commenced...
The battle began as a cavalry melee. Atabeg
and Syrian ashkari charged and countercharged one another for most of the afternoon while
the horse archers on either side did their best to make life difficult for
their opponents. The Syrian horse regiments acquitted themselves better than
the Iraqis but there were somewhat fewer of them and the weight of the Atabeg
cavalry was soon pushing them back. At this point, Tughtigin committed his
well-drilled infantry to the fray, fighting as a virtual spear-block. The
tired Syrian cavalry reformed behind the infantry while the overconfident
Atabeg horsemen massed together for a single decisive charge which, Mahmud Nur
was certain, would rout the Damascene infantry. The charge, though it shook
the very earth, could not disconcert the Syrian infantry and the Atabeg
mounted regiments broke all round the phalanx like the tide around a rock. At
this point, the battle was effectively won. The Atabegs withdrew southwards,
lifted the siege and withdrew to a more defensible
positions; the Syrians, meanwhile, were disinclined to pursue but were
satisfied with their achievements that day.
Both armies paused in their campaign and waited for Winter to pass them by - the Atabegs rested in Busayrah while the Syrians passed the Winter in Dayr az Zawr not far to the northwest. Spring came and the war restarted. This time, Mahmud was quicker off the mark and managed to reduce a couple of Syrian forts before Tughtigin had broken his Winter camp but such successes were not without a cost - more than third of Mahmud's engineers and artificers were lost in the effort and many hundreds of his best infantrymen died as they swept over the ramparts of Syrian castles. Nor did things improve when the Damascenes began moving against the rear and flanks of the Atabeg army. The castles of Tadmur and Dayr Atiyah on the line of advance to Damascus were stormed but the assaults were staged with much haste because the Atabegs did not wish to be caught by the approaching Syrians while they were committed to a siege; at least five hundred men fell at each castle though losses could have been much lighter had the Atabegs had more leisure to operate.
At last, with morale plummeting and losses mounting, Mahmud Nur, Atabeg of the Seljuk Emirate of Mosul, stopped at the town of Ma'lula, not far north of Damascus, and signalled the retreat. The withdrawing force was harassed by the Damascenes but to little effect. By June of 1108, the Atabegs were back in Palmyra to lick their wounds.
The Abassid Sultanate of Baghdad
Ruler: Al'Mustahazir
Sultan, Commander of Commanders, the Caliph
Capital: Baghdad
Religion: Sunni Islam
Al'Mustahazir observed the chaos ripping loose around with a mixture of horror and bemusement. Muslim fought Muslim; Christian fought Muslim; Shi'a fought Sunni... There was no doubt about it - this was an interesting time to be alive. Still, so long as the princelings of the world - Infidel, Heretic and even those infernal Turks - fought amongst themselves, the Abassids in Baghdad could sit quietly and gather power into their hands.
To that end, the Abassids did little but sit back and watch the world go by - in matter diplomatic, the tribes in Seleucia were visited by emissaries from Baghdad and agreed to give free passage to Abassid forces. In Mesopotamia itself, great areas of fallow land were brought into use and the irrigation systems were extended as unprecedented amounts of money poured out of Abassid coffers. As the years rolled by, the region began to look more like the limitlessly rich paradise it had once been decades ago before the endless wars and invading armies from Egypt and Persia had trampled back-and-forth across it.
Back in the city, the Sultan began rearranging
the affairs of the Court and State. The Abassid polity, ever since the
liberation by the Turks, had been feudalistic by nature. The military and
governmental systems had long been based on the ikta
system by which military officers and governmental officials received
allotments of land in lieu of payment and were obliged to raise troops from
these estates to serve the Abassid overlord. Given the hard decades of war and
occupation to which the Abassid domains had been subject, it was perfectly
natural that such a system should have evolved but now things were different -
now Al'Mustahazir was certain that peace and stability were on the horizon.
The professional class of jurists, bureaucrats, scholars and clerics who had
formed the ruling class of the Abassid state since time beyond memory were
re-introduced to the offices from which the military aristocracy had displaced
them. These nobles, with the military at their command, were not very happy to
be brushed aside and stripped of authority in favour of the weak-kneed
quill-pushers who had failed to defend Baghdad against the Heretic Fatimids
but they were bought off or, at least, mollified when their ownership of their
allotments (the source of their financial wellbeing) was confirmed in
perpetuity and their supremacy in matters of military policy was guaranteed.
So it was that Al'Mustahazir could look with some satisfaction at a military
and bureaucracy organised in careful strata; peasants, nobles, scholars all
working together like cogs on a giant mill.
The Azeri Emirate
Ruler: Eldigiz,
Yazdid of Shirvan
Capital: Tabriz
Religion: Sunni Islam
Slept.
The Crusader States of Outremer
Ruler: Baldwin
I, Latin King of Jerusalem, Defender of the Holy Places of Christendom
Capital: Jerusalem
Religion: Roman Catholic
Representatives
of the Greek Emperor were in Latin Jerusalem, closeted away with Baldwin in
closed session discussing God knows what... And that could not be a good sign.
To the mind of the average Crusader, whether Frankish, Norman or German, the
damnable Greeks were the epitome of dishonesty, with their slick
silver-tongued lies and constant politicking. The Latin knights who had come
east in the service of Christ knew exactly what they had fought for - their
Faith, their Church, their God - simple concepts which anyone could
understand. With those effete Greeks, though, there was no telling what was in
their crafty minds - they would play the left hand against the right,
manoeuvre others into doing their fighting for them... Hadn't the ungrateful
wretches begged the Holy Father to send warriors east to shore up an ailing
Byzantium? And had they not then spurned the very hand of aid and friendship
as soon as the Knights of Christ extended it? Pah! A pox on the slinking,
slimy Greeks and their cowardly lies!
As
it turned out, most of the Latin East's inhabitants were about to get a severe
shock... After the departure of his Byzantine visitors, Baldwin summoned the
few dozen important Latin nobles and clerics of the High Court to Jerusalem to
hear a proclamation. Usually, when a proclamation was made, its contents would
be known some time in advance for it was not the King's habit to issue a
decree or take an important decision without prior discussions with Outremer's
upper echelons - the Haute Cour. This time it was different. This time only
Baldwin and Bishop Hugh of Jerusalem knew what he would announce...
From
the Counties of Tripoli and Edessa, from the allied Kingdom of Armenia, from
the great fiefs surrounding the Holy City they came - knights from every
corner of the Christian world who had given up their homelands and ancestral
fiefs to come here and defend the Holy Land, where the feet of Christ had
trodden, against the depredations of the Infidel. There were men of all kinds
- a couple of Spaniards whose fief lay around the hill of Montjoie not far
from Jerusalem; many Franks, some from Crown France, others from Burgundy; a
goodly number of Occitans who had come out with their Duke, William the
Troubador, and had opted to remain when he returned home; Normans, most from
Southern Italy but others from Northern France and not a few from England;
there was even a single English Saxon, barely out of his teens, who ranked
high enough in Baldwin's eyes to sit in the councils of the Haute Cour. So
many men from so many lands but one was missing -
alone of all the great Crusader nobles, Bohemond of Taranto and Antioch was
absent. Why, wondered the members of the Court, had he not been invited?
"Brothers-in-Christ,"
began the King to the throng of knights and counts. "Comrades-in-Arms.
Loyal subjects."
Baldwin
paused and there were several unhappy looks from around the table. The King of
Jerusalem's supremacy over all the Princes of the Latin East was never in
question but there were some who did not take kindly to the kind of
centralised government which Baldwin, backed by the Count of Edessa, strove
for. There were some, most notably Bohemond of Antioch, who saw the States of
Outremer as a loose alliance rather than a hierarchy. Here and now, though, at
this convocation of the Haute Cour, Baldwin was leaving no doubt that these
men were his subjects, his inferiors. Some guessed that whatever announcement
he was about to make would prove less than popular with the Crusading nobles
and that he wanted to make clear, from the start, that obedience to his will
was not optional but obligatory.
"It
is Our pleasure, with the full support of God's
Most Holy and Catholic Church as represented by His Grace, the Lord Bishop of
Jerusalem, that the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem and all its attendant and
allied fiefs should forthwith enter into a solemn pact and covenant of
alliance with our Christian brethren in Constantinople."
The
statement was made in flat and formal tones and was met with a gasp from those
around the table. The objections were immediately raised :
"The
Greeks are heretics!" shouted more than a few.
"Antioch!"
decried another. "They continue to lay claim to a city for which we spilt
our blood!"
"They
cannot be trusted," declared most. "The Greeks are as treacherous as
snakes. They'll betray us to the Musselmen as soon as it suits their
purposes."
Baldwin
allowed them to bluster and shout and sat, quietly, steepling his fingers and
waiting for his High Councillors to tire themselves out with their
exasperation. By and by, the raised voices and protests subsided and things
grew a little calmer as the Haute Cour looked to him to say something...
"His
Imperial Majesty, the Roman Emperor Alexius, has sent a
number documents to me, marked with his personal seal. While I
comprehend your distrust of the Romans and, indeed, share your disquiet at the
many insults to which the Knights of Christ have been subjected at the hands
of the Romans of Constantinople, I am convinced of Alexius' good intentions.
"Now,
truly, it has been said that the Roman Empire of the East is heretical and
that they are not to be trusted and have wronged us in the past. None of this
can be denied. No man of honour could overlook their many transgressions and
yet no man of good conscience would spurn an apology for past wrongs and that
is what Alexius offers us. As an earnest of his goodwill and his keen desire
that all Christian men might unite in the service of God's Holy Plan, he has
offered me the hand of his daughter, the Princess Maria, in marriage. And I
have accepted. I might add that certain other matters have been agreed upon
between the Romans and myself, matters which I
choose not to reveal at the moment."
The
meeting of the High Court broke up in disquiet. No wonder
Bohemond hadn't been invited - he would have exploded with rage! And
doubtless he would explode whenever he happened to hear of the underhanded
deal between Baldwin and the Greekling for a rumour began to sweep the Latin
East that the price of the Byzantine alliance and this dynastic marriage had
been Antioch. Those who looked at the matter pragmatically could see the many
tangible advantages which this alliance might grant to Outremer - Byzantine
aid, military or financial, could easily prove vital in holding back the
Saracen horde. And, from a personal perspective too, it was widely seen as
advantageous for Baldwin to wed Maria Comnena for his own wife, Godvere of
Tosni, had died in 1097 and the girl, Maria, was known to be a remarkable
beauty. Others, though, were unlikely to be so pragmatic about the Byzantine
treaty....
The
footsteps could be heard far down the corridor. Baldwin slouched wearily on
his chair and folded his arms, all the better to convey an impression of calm
indifference to the storm about to break.
The quick and steady pace of the footfalls could only belong to one man
- Bohemond of Taranto, sometime Prince of Antioch. How the king wished his
nominal subject would go to his lands and attend to matters there rather than
stalking the corridors of Baldwin’s palace.
The
sturdy door to the room flew open with such force that it creaked and sagged
on its heavy hinges. To a ruler
accustomed to respect, especially in his own chambers, this would have been a
most serious breach of etiquette but the king had known his fellow Crusader
for long enough now. Such formalities as awaiting formal invitation into the
king’s presence meant nothing to the headstrong Bohemond.
The Norman Count scowled at the chamberlain and functionaries in the
room and, with a contemptous nod of his head, indicated their continued
presence was not required.
As
the king’s servants scurried from the chamber, Baldwin steeled himself for
the coming tirade. A most valiant knight and true Christian warrior though
Bohemond was, he was equally possessed of a headstrong - even rash - nature.
He revelled in the clash of combat and had scant patience with the subtleties
of diplomacy and sound governance. Baldwin let an inaudible sigh escape his
lips as the door was closed behind the last of the retreating servants.
This
was Bohemond’s cue. His eyes ablaze, he fixed Baldwin with an almost
scornful stare. "Well?" he exploded. “What is to be done?
“By
your counsel do we turn the other cheek to the insults of the effete Greeks.
We are told that God’s will would not be served
by laying low the proud Alexius and his gaggle of cowardly lackeys. And what
purpose has been served by this, if not to encourage the foul Turk to descend
upon our lands? Were it not for the mighty deeds of Thosos the Armenian,
surely the heathen would even now be at the gates of Jerusalem! Is this
insult, too, to pass without redress?”
Baldwin
returned Bohemond’s stare with a steely countenance of his own. Though he
declined to admit it, he also harboured suspicions that the Turk had seized
upon the impassive relations with the Empire as a sign of weakness. It was a
feeling shared by many of the Haute Cour. Whether this was, indeed, the
impetus for the northern raids, though, mattered little. Bohemond had a point.
In his direct manner he was doing no more than voicing the concerns of many
throughout the kingdom.
Though
the cries had been for revenge in the immediate aftermath of the attack,
Baldwin had, again, first trusted to an exchange of despatches with the Sultan
Kilij Arslen. Beyond any doubt
these had shown the Rum leader to be a man ill-disposed towards negotiation
and possessed of limitless arrogance. That his armies had been sorely routed
by the Crusaders on their initial advance into the Holy Land had not dismayed
him. His intemperance and insults demonstrated his overweening confidence and
ambition. He remained defiant of the will of God and no-one in Outremer - nor
Christendom - could let that pass.
“No.
It will not”, replied the king. “While we will not agree about the wisdom
of bearing arms against Christians - though they be Greeks and heretics - in
redress to the insults rendered Our Lord, with the Mahometan it is another
matter. They have sought to despoil our lands and carry away our people into
bondage. It would be well that they be punished for their transgressions.”
Baldwin
allowed a wry smile to cross his face as he regarded Bohemond’s reaction to
his words. Conflicting emotions were visible in his face as the momentum of
anger fought with the joy at the prospect of action. With the wind momentarily
taken from his sails, Baldwin capitalised on the opportunity.
“And
I would have you to come with me into the land of the Turk that we may benefit
from your skill-at-arms.”
Would
it not have been below his station to do so, Bohemond would have let out a cry
of celebration. Yet his obvious delight was discerned in the change of his
tone.
“Indeed,
sire. That would be my wish.”
Sire?,
thought Baldwin. And not a hint of sarcasm? How
easy it was to manipulate the respect of this princeling. His joy at the
prospect of warring against the Turk had effectively buried the protests,
complaints and threats about the Byzantine alliance and marriage with which
Baldwin had been expecting to be deluged.
Over
the weeks that followed, Baldwin and Bohemond worked side by side planning the
forthcoming expedition. While Baldwin prepared the route of march
to be taken, the Prince of Antioch set to summoning the lords of Outremer,
their households, retainers and levies. The
mighty force that assembled in Jerusalem in early 1106 demonstrated the
differences already manifesting themselves in the composition of the Christian
armies of the East. While many
Frankish lords arrived leading contingents
recognisable to Western eyes - armoured knights, spearmen and crossbowmen -
others brought with them troops reflecting the varied nature of the peoples
now under Christian rule: archers from the Maronite community, spear-armed
hillmen from the Lebanese Druze and even Christianised Arabs equipped in their
native manner - the Turcopouli. The Latin host was further swelled by the
engagement of many Moslem mercenaries. Such religious differences as may have
existed between the hirers and the hired were of little account - to the
Syrian swords-for-hire, Christian gold was as good as any in such
circumstances.
By
March, 1106, the time of preparation had ended and the time to act had come¼.
Three
days into the march north, Baldwin received a despatch from the Bishop of
Jerusalem. It bore welcome tidings. In a most pious act of Christian faith and
charity, Duke Borivoi of Bohemia had sworn a sacred oath upon the skull of St.
Calixtus that he would send every stout-armed and pious-hearted knight in
Bohemia to the defence of the Holy Land and the service of Christ while the
Duchess Zuzana had sworn that she would personally make a pilgrimage to the
Holy Sepulchre! More than half-a-thousand chevaliers had sworn to defend Her
Grace with their lives during this most glorious of pilgrimages. Both king and
bishop were struck by the stark contrast between the devout actions of the
modest duchy and the apparent disinterest of the great Christian lords of the
West for, while true and faithful Bohemia would show its commitment to God
Almighty in such a potent manner, had not the Western kings taken to warring
amongst themselves? That they would spill good Christian blood in their petty
quarrels while the heathen pressed upon blessed Jerusalem was most disturbing.
It was with such thoughts in mind that Baldwin
replied to the bishop’s missive. Heeding the ecclesiast’s reminder that
the holy places needed to be robustly defended, the king granted the bishop
sundry properties, fiefs, lands and even gold specie to be given the Bohemians
on their arrival. Too, he delegated the authority to accommodate them in a
manner best fitting the defence of the most sacred sites. (as it happened,
the Bohemians never arrived - see the Bohemian and Bavarian
Fax entries to find out what happened!)
A rather peculiar event took place at the
Arab-controlled village of Hebron. The Muslim elders there had sworn fealty to
Baldwin and, in return, the King respected authority of the waqf and left the local Mahometans unmolested. Hebron, as it happened, was
home to the Tomb of the Patriarchs - a holy site for Muslim, Christian and Jew
alike. Late one evening, a Christian knight accosted the two Muslim guards at
the Tomb, blockaded himself in the shrine's chapel and announced that he would
hold the Tomb in the name of Christ against all comers! When, at last, the
Muslims broke down the door, they were fairly overpowered by the reek of wine
from the man (who was not a Frank but was surely one of those other tribes of
European Infidels); a struggle ensued during which one of the Muslims had his
nose broken and, eventually, the Christian chevalier was dumped in the local
well to sober up. After climbing out of the well, he wandered off suitably
chastened. The Muslims kept his horse as recompense for his disgraceful
behaviour.
In
more sombre news, Raymond of St. Gilles, Count of Tripoli, died in 1107, at
the age of 61, after a year of declining health during which he was subject to
fevers and fits on a near weekly basis. He had been a popular man, highly
respected by his fellow Crusaders. His character and virtues had marked him
out as a fit mediator between the Emperor Alexius and the Crusader Princes, an
office in which he did all in his power to heal the constant breaches that
existed between the Latins and the Greeks. Count Raymond. He was sorely missed
by the Princes of Outremer.
Some
cheer, though, came from the birth of more children to Count Baldwin of Edessa
and his beautiful wife, Morphia of Melitene - a daughter named Agnes in 1108
was followed by a strong son named Hugh in 1109.
The
Anatolian Crusade 1106-1108
March
1106:
The Crusader army struck out from the environs of Jerusalem at the start of
the 1106 campaign season and moved northwards towards Rum at a reasonable
rate-of-knots. A thousand Druze spearmen from the Lebanese hill country made
up the van with another thousand Turcopouli scouting ahead of them lest the
Syrians or Seljuk Atabegs attempt to intercept the army as it made its way
towards Anatolia. Eight thousand fine men-at-arms were in the main body of the
army but the real heart of the Crusader war effort was six thousand Frankish,
Norman and Occitan knights - all wearing mail hauberks, bearing lance, shield
and sword and riding on iron-shod horses. And that was only a small part of an
army which, it was said, could be seen stretching from horizon to horizon if
the watcher had a high enough vantage point... The Arab peasants along the
route of march were most impressed at the fierce armament of their Frankish
overlords (not to say a little perplexed at what motivated these Christians to
such efforts) and enjoyed watching them pass before turning back, like
peasants the whole world over, to their agricultural tasks.
The army's route of march would take it along the Mediterranean shore and into the allied Kingdom of Armenia where King Thosos I Ruben was busily been fortifying his lands and preparing to repulse any Turkish incursion. From Armenia, the Crusading army would crosse the Taurus Mountains into the dry and arid region surrounding the Seljuk city of Iconium. There, they would wreak revenge for the wrongs done to them by Kilij Arslan!
June
1106:
There were mixed feelings in Sinope when the Byzantine war fleet showed up not
far offshore. One hundred ships, of many different sizes, under the leadership
of the trusted general, Tatikios, set about blockading the port. To the city's
sizeable Greek and Armenian population, it seemed as though liberation from
the Turkish yoke might be at hand; to those Turks who had made their home in
Sinope, it seemed more like a bloody struggle had just begun. They began to
wonder, if they fell under Christian rule, what their lot would be - the enemy
commander, Tatikios himself, presented them with one possibility for he was a
Turk by birth who had adopted Christianity and
Hellenistic culture and had risen high in service of the Roman Emperor.
September
1106-May 1107:
Emperor Alexius cooled his heels in Phrygia for the greater part of 1106,
letting the campaign season pass by without acting. He was awaiting
reinforcements - a column of three thousand stout prokoursatores horsemen led by his son sixteen year old son, John the Beautiful, whose
first campaign this would be. With his arrival, in August of 1106, the advance
into Turkish-held territory could begin - 15,000 Byzantine troops accompanied
the Emperor into Galatia and the blockaded port of Sinope.
Scouts reported to the Emperor that the main Seljuk army was just south of his route of march, in Psidia, but they seemed to be waiting and showed no sign of moving to counter the Greek invasion. Alexius was surprised by the inaction on the part of the Turks - after all, could they really be so blithe as to allow the loss of the whole Black Sea coast with its strategic ports? Apparently they were and his entry to Galatia went completely unopposed.
April-August
1107:
In the south, Baldwin and Bohemond had entered Pamphyla and could now begin
the process of teaching the Seljuks of Rum a lesson they would not soon
forget. The province was undefended and fell to the Christians without any
resistance - the city of Iconium, Tukish I'konya, remained free, with the
flags of Rum fluttering abover the dusty stone towers and walls, but Baldwin
showed no interest in assailing it. In truth, he showed no interest in
actually conquering Pamphyla - he had entered the place in the hope that the
incursion might draw the Infidel out into open battle and, thus, the
opportunity be gained to crush the Turk squarely by main force. But it was not
to be. Kilij and Malik Shah remained in Psidia refusing to budge an inch in
defence of the provinces. The Latins could understand this - Pamphyla was a
place of little importance and, other than its important city of Iconium, it
had few features which rendered it valuable or worth defending. Psidia, on the
other hand, was rich and had become Western Anatolia's centre for both the
Islamic faith and Turkish settlement. It was natural, so the Crusaders thought,
that the Turks should not risk conflict in the worthless deserts. For all
that, in an act of incredible spite, the Franks looted the region - Muslim and
Christian, Turk and Greek, none were spared! What little agriculture there was
in the region fell apart as the Christian vandals smashed down irrigation
channels for no reason other than malice; wandering shepherds found their
flocks stolen by the knights - and whatever sheep the Franks could not eat,
they killed and left to rot; anyone who protested or attempted to resist was
slain out of hand.
In the north, Alexius spent June and July driving out all those fiendish Turks who remained in Galatia. Local Greek magnates, former subjects of the Empire who were not unhappy to be back under Byzantium's protection, were appointed to administer the provincial government until such times as His Majesty's civil service could arrange for the formal induction of the region back into the Empire. The whole thing was accomplished with almost no bloodshed.
As August began, Alexius' army completed the landward blockade of Sinope. Defensive trenches were dug lest those within the city sally forth but the artificers made no attempt to assault the well-defended city walls. Alexius calculated that Sinope could be starved into submission quite quickly and this hypothesis was about to be put to the test...
Inside the city, the officers of the garrison found that they had almost no supplies! As a port, they had expected that food could always be brought down from Trebizond. Now, though, the sea lanes were closed to them and they had only such food as the city contained. Swiftly, Turkish officers tore through the city requisitioning every last item of food they could find - and all the horses, camels and any other domestic beast which was not forbidden by religious stricture. To avoid having to feed these animals, they were slaughtered within a few days of the siege beginning and their carcasses were smoked or salted or cured with honey to preserve them. All the food, now under the garrison's control, was carefully rationed. No-one starved for the first month of the siege though many were left hungry.
September
1107:
The Crusaders had finished their depredations in Pamphyla and now moved north
to their real prize - Psidia! All the while, Sinope remained under blockade.
Until the third week of September, the situation was not absolutely terrible -
there was little food but everyone received enough to survive. Yet, it was
becoming increasingly clear to the garrison that they would soon run out of
food and that they might have to wait for a very long time before a relief
force arrived... So, it was decreed that civilians were no longer to be issued
rations; only Seljuk warriors would eat for the duration of the siege.
Naturally, this left the citizens of Sinope, Turk and Greek alike, in a
quandry - the wealthier could bribe soldiers to sell food surreptitiously but
the poor had no such recourse and were left to get by as best they could
eating whatever scraps of "food" they could acquire - cats, rats,
dogs, any street animal. Trees growing within the city were stripped of bark
to make soup. The people wondered how long this could continue.
October-November
1107:
As the campaigning season wound down, Alexius' men had built a comfortable
camp beyond Sinope's walls - supplies flowed into their camp without
interruption and well-built lean-to's and huts, warmed by fires and braziers,
had replaced the tents favoured during the Spring and Summer.
Within the walls of Sinope, October saw the first cases of starvation. Shortage of food had given way to a dearth and dearth to a complete absence of anything to eat. The lucky could hope to catch a rat but the unlucky were more numerous and they began dying - the very young and very old first but even the healthy would not remain so in this environment. By late October, disease appeared and decimated the garrison (who, as it happened, had completely exhausted their food supply and were now in the same boat as everyone else). A black pall of misery settled on the city and rumours crept out that certain citizens were subsisting by consuming the flesh of the dead. As November arrived, the cold began to claim as many lives as hunger and disease while the cannibalism rumours were now sweeping the city. In this atmosphere, those who were suspected of such reprehensible behaviour were swiftly executed not, as one might have expected, by the mob but by the Turkish garrison. Evidence of guilt was seldom provided or sought.
At last, in the final week of November, the increasingly emaciated garrison (such as remained) sent for an emissary to seek terms. The Byzantines' terms were simple - the city was to surrender. With no viable military alternative (and a full-scale citizens' revolt only a few days away if the siege was not ended), the garrison agreed and handed over the keys to the city gates to Alexius. The blockade was lifted and food was made available once more to the unfortunates of this besieged city.
Young John Comnenus entered the city on horseback, following behind his august father, and seemed particularly affected by what he saw. The youth's normally handsome and delicate face was a mask of horror - he showed not the traditional aristocratic disdain for the hardships which the common folk suffered in times of war but, rather, revulsion at the hardships these poor people, these innocents, had endured. Alexius noticed his son's reaction and was not certain what it presaged: perhaps John would witness many such scenes as this and become inured to it (most Kings did, after all) or perhaps he would never become accustomed to such scenes of suffering and would become a weak ruler afraid of making hard decisions because he spent too much time worrying about their effects on the innocents. In truth, a ruler's subjects were the coinage of war - they existed to be spent, carefully or wantonly, in the hope of gaining an advantage. The deaths, the agonies of the people of Sinope had bought the Comneni an important new province and could, perhaps, be a start on the road to reclaiming all the Empire's old lands. So lofty a prize was worth a little starvation, Alexius reasoned, and one day these people, his newest subjects, would be grateful that they had been liberated even if the price of that liberty had been high.
March-April
1108:
The new campaign season began with Baldwin's Latin army marching forth from
the devastated region of Pamphyla, in March, heading for Psidia, heart of the
Rum Sultanate. Further north, along the shores of the Black Sea, Alexius'
Greeks moved out of newly-subjugated Galatia in April and made for Pontus to
the northeast and the large port of Trebizond. It was June before they reached
their destination.
May-June
1108:
Baldwin entered Psidia virtually blind - the lightest mounted elements in his
army were the thousand-strong Turcopouli and they were too few in number to
provide accurate reports of the enemy's dispositions; as if that were not bad
enough, the accursed Seljuks disposed of around 8,000 light horsemen and, so,
were able to keep an almost constant eye on the location of the lumbering
Latin army.
As the Crusaders pressed into the province, they ran across a good many strongpoints and castles that the Turks had prepared at strategic points - there were perhaps a dozen and a half in all. While the Turkish efforts at engineering were crude by comparison with the great walls of distant Antioch or Constantinople and while they certainly would not have been a threat to the Latins in normal times (for the Crusader army contained some thousands of quite brilliant sappers and engineers), Baldwin's problem was that he would have to split his army, sending part to subdue the castles and keeping the rest ready to repulse a Turkish attack which might come at any time (with precious little warning, of course, because of the shortage of Latin scouts and pickets).
None of this was not lost on Malik Shah, commanding of the Sultanate's army; he saw that the Christian enemy - though numerically superior and probably far tougher in a head-to-head fight - was facing a stark disadvantage and, naturally, he was going to take advantage of it. The route of march chosen by Baldwin and Bohemond was a fairly straightforward one (for the Christians lacked sufficient knowledge of the region to follow anything other than the most obvious path) and the Turks, with their superior knowledge of local topography, were able to make life difficult for the advancing army - ambushes in the narrow valleys became a normal part of life for the Crusaders as did mounted attacks by night and raids on the long supply trayne following on behind the army. The hardest times, though, were when the Crusaders were bent on subduing Seljuk strongholds for it was then, when the besiegers were most vulnerable to attack from behind, that small bands of Rum horsemen would slip through the patchy Latin picket lines and skirmish with the less mobile Crusader forces.
The net result of all the skirmishing was more psychological than physical - the Crusaders did not lose huge numbers of men and, on a few occasions, they even managed to best their ambushers but, for all that, the constant exposure to attack from every and any direction left the Franks demoralised. In any case, Baldwin and Bohemond drove the army onwards, deeper into Rum territory, until in mid-June they reached a wide flat plain on the edge of which rested the the town of Synnada (which, by way of an aside, had once been the bishopric of the Catholic St. Michael of Synnada who had opposed the Iconoclasts with such zeal three centuries earlier). Sitting directly astride the route which the Crusaders had planned on taking, just a few miles northeast of the town, was Malik Shah with the entire Rum army numbering about 16,000 men, almost all of whom were mounted but for a few brigades of Greek conscripts. Baldwin and Outremer's senior nobles were informed of the enemy's presence and rode out, ahead of the Latin vanguard, to a low hill where they might observed the Turk's dispositions.
"There shall be battle this day," said King Baldwin distractedly. His mind was on the fact that a quarter of his army was a day's march away liquidating a couple of troublesome Infidel forts.
"Then this shall be a great day!" replied Bohemond of Taranto zealously. "We shall split many a Turkish skull in twain and they shall learn not to transgress against God's Elect!"
Whether they were encouraged by Bohemond's
words or not, the Frankish nobles returned to their contingents and began the
process of deploying for combat and, by early afternoon, both sides were ready
to begin the engagment - the Battle of Synnada...
The battle was mainly an affair for the mounted arm - about half the Crusaders and perhaps four-fifths of the Turks were on horseback so footsoldiers were relegated to a supporting role. The Franks pursued no complicated strategy on the battlefield but simply utilised the superior weight of their knights and charged, time and again, at the main body of the Turkish army. The Turks, by the same token, fell back on the tried-and-tested tactics of the steppe - their light horsemen constantly evaded the Frankish knights. As the Franks charged, in a great wall of iron, horseflesh and good Frankish muscle, the Turks would dodge the onslaught and empty their quivers into the mass of Christian cavaliers. Lamentably, neither tactic proved frightfully effective - after a couple of hours and many attempts at engaging the foe, neither side could claim any advantage. A goodly number of the ironclad Frankish knights were simply too exhausted to continue their fruitless charges while, on the Turkish side, the Seljuks looked on in horror as they fired arrow after arrow into the Crusaders to no effect! With such strong armour, the Frankish knights could safely withstand the Turkish archers and, indeed, many of the knights (not to mention their steeds!) were so filled with arrows that they ended up looking like porcupines!
Seeing that the light horse could achieve little, Malik Shah released the very heavily armoured regiments of Turkish cataphracts, numbering about fifteen hundred men, who crashed into the exhausted but numerically superior Frankish knights - chaos ensued as the Franks were pushed by the sheer momentum of the Infidel onslaught! Bohemond attempted to relieve the pressure on the knights by leading over a thousand Flemish and Occitan chevaliers, whose armour was not so heavy as that of the Franks, in a charge against the Greek conscript infantry who made up the left of the Seljuk army - the Latins horsemen rode the wretches in the ground, scattering thousands of Greeks in all directions. Bohemond, despite his martial skill, got carried away by the thrill of the charge and rode off the field with most of his knights to hunt down and spear the fleeing conscripts! Had he wheeled around and joined the main fray, he might have been able to save the Crusaders from the fate that befell them...
Most of the Latin knights were either regrouping in exhaustion or had left the field altogether - some rode off with the intention of rejoining their scattered comrades and returning to the battlefield; others were exhausted by the hot day's fighting and the inability to come to blows with the Infidel; and others still were disoriented by the Turkish countercharge and believed that the whole battle was lost. Only the doughty infantry - European men-at-arms, archers and crossbowmen backed by Druze, Maronite and Arab spearmen and archers - along with the Turcopouli and perhaps six hundred chevaliers of Baldwin's personal contingent remained. Malik Shah now bent all his attention to them. In his overconfidence, he ordered the cataphracts, who were just rallying after having swept the Frankish knights from the field, to charge! The cataphracts obeyed and suffered. The European crossbow proved a very effective weapon against the armour-clad Turks and, for those who escaped death at the end of a bolt, they found that the enemy pikemen, hardened by years of service on the fields of Europe, did not break and run. This was quite a shock for the Turks who were used to seeing formations of infantry collapse at the first approach of a determined cavalry charge.
Malik signalled to his askaris
and
horse archers to join the fray and extricate the cataphracts from the debacle.
The askaris met the same fate as the cataphracts though, with their lighter armour,
were better placed to escape. The horsearcher, though, were able to make the
Latin footmen suffer as they poured clouds of missiles down into the tightly
packed ranks. Wherever a soldier fell, Frankish sergeants would jam men
together to ensure that no opening was left which the foeman's cavalry might
exploit. Losses mounted and Baldwin saw that continued conflict could avail
him of nothing - his knights, upon whom he had been depending for victory,
were for the most part gone; even Bohemond had left the field (albeit in a fit
of enthusiasm and in pursuit of glory rather than because of cowardice). The
King had no option but to try to begin retreating and this was easier said
than done given that the infernal Turk and his damnably-fast light horse
outnumbered the whole of what remained of Baldwin's army. The small contingent
of household knights made a brave counterattack in the hope of giving the
infantry an opening. To an extent, it worked and many of the Turkish horse
regiments were convinced to give up the fight and allow the Christians to
retreat. Why, Baldwin was even able to save his honour by catching and
exterminating several squadrons of the less careful Turkish horse. Yet, Malik
Shah himself, leading a thousand archers of the Sultan's own household
, also joined the fight and took delight in harassing the retreating
Christian infantry. Baldwin's attempts to chase Malik off ended in failure
and, for the whole hour that it took to withdraw in good order from the field
of honour, the Latin nobles had to watch as Turks on horseback charged
suddenly into range, shot down good soldiers and fled before a response could
be made.
It had been a hardfought battle - as the armies withdrew, it became clear that most of the bodies on the battlefield were Turks. Malik Shah was informed that some regiments had lost as many as three-quarters of their members dead, injured, captured or just missing. Naturally, losses had been singularly high amongst the conscript infantrymen who had broken ranks and fled as soon as they had been able. On the side of the Crusaders, they found that their casualties, in terms of dead and injured, were fairly light (certainly by comparison with those of the Turk) but great numbers of knights had disappeared either having got lost or having gone missing while pursuing enemies off the field.
That night, Baldwin looked back on the events of the day with less pessimism than he had earlier felt. Bohemond had returned from his excursion with most of his knights and was feeling suitably embarrassed at having abandoned the main army to its fate; messengers, meanwhile, had been sent over the horizon recalling those forces still engaged in besieging distant Seljuk forts. Truly, Baldwin thought, the campaign was not over yet. He could regroup, attack once more and beat the Infidel resoundingly....
....but it was not to be. Irrespective of who had won the battle, what mattered was that the Christian infantry believed that they had lost. Their morale, already in a parlous state, had taken a battering and, as was usual, discipline began to wane. Knights and barons decided to return, of their own volition and without the King's approval, to the Holy Land. Even a few of the greater nobles announced that they would take no further part in the campaign. Baldwin abandoned all hope of continuing the campaign and agreed to retreat.
July
1108:
The Crusaders, if they had not actually been beaten, acted like a routed army
as they withdrew towards Pamphyla. All order was lost and the cunning Turks
managed to ambush many columns of Crusaders; instead of fighting, though, the
Crusaders mostly fled, sometimes reaching safety and sometimes meeting death
at the hands of the pursuing Seljuks. The army's line of retreat was marked by
abandoned armour, weapons and the other accoutrements of war. It was a sorry
sight indeed.
Malik Shah could feel some pride at having inflicted so humiliating a defeat on his hated enemy - especially as it recovered some of the honour he had lost following the botched raids of a few years earlier. Instead of pursuing, he set to gathering up all the stragglers and deserters he could find and pushing them back into the ranks of the army.
August
1108:
News came from the north that Alexius the Roman had subdued Pontus. Trebizond,
the walls of which had been torn down by the Turks for fear that the city's
huge Greek and Armenian population might revolt against Turkish rule,
surrendered to a squadron of Greek scouts while the main army was still a
couple of days march away.
The
Aftermath:
The Crusader army limped into Antioch much smaller than when it had passed
though the towering city-fortress at the beginning of the expedition in 1106.
Morale was low and the nobles were perplexed - by all rights, they should have
swept the Infidel from the field but they had not... Had their ignominious
defeat been mere bad luck? Was it a sign of Divine displeasure? Had the
conduct of Baldwin or Bohemond somehow contributed to defeat? No-one could say
for sure but it made fertile ground for the imaginings of clerics, knights and
itinerant preachers and one of the immediate results was that all the women,
both European and native, who habitually followed the army to provide, ahem,
services for the soldiers were driven from the camp with dire warnings of what
would happen if the harlots and slatterns dared return! Too, certain of the
more zealous knights and barons took to thrashing any of their fellows who
partook of the grape excessively. It seemed feasible that, at the very least,
the lust and drunkeness of the Crusaders had contributed to the Lord's
decision to forsake them.
Other knights, though, sought other explanations for the defeat and found them...
"Baldwin is not fit to lead us. We have need of a stronger hand at the tiller of the ship of state. And you, Count Bohemond, are the man to keep our Holy Cause from floundering." So spake a Norman knight from Southern Italy's Twin Duchies. He and a small group of others were in one of the innermost chambers of the private apartments of Bohemond of Taranto and Antioch high in one of the citadel towers. Bohemond sat with his arms folded, one leg resting on a stool in front of him, his face a deep frown. He said nothing.
Another Crusader, a German, cut in: "My Lord, we have followed Baldwin whither he led us and served him with all the loyalty that was his due. He led us to shame and defeat. We beseech thee, here and now, to depose him, take the Crown of Jerusalem and begin the task of defending the Holy Places and smiting the Unbeliever with the Wrath of the Lord."
"Baldwin..." said Bohemond, as though turning the word over in his mouth. "Baldwin... In truth, there has oftentimes been little love lost 'twixt us. Oftentimes I have doubted his ability and have questioned his decisions in council and in private.
"This, I think, is no secret," he went on, eyeing each of the men in the candlelit room in turn with a bellicose look. "Else why are you here, bending my ears with your plots? You think us great rivals, do you not? You think that I desire the Crown of the Holy City?"
"If it please Your Highness," began an oily French cleric of middling years in the most obsequious tone Bohemond had ever heard - he also happened to be the only priest in the group. "It is not that we suspect you of base ambition nor even that we think Your Highness a 'rival' of Baldwin. Rather, I invite Your Highness to consider the matter in this way: we have suffered an humiliating setback and that must surely be a sign of the Lord's displeasure. It follows that Baldwin does not enjoy Heaven's favour. That being so, we must seek a new leader, Highness, a man of courage, resolve and, above all, Faith.
"And I am inclined to believe," said the priest looking around the room, "that there is no finer candidate than your good self, no Prince amongst all the Knights of Christ who so embodies the essence of Christian virtue and martial glory. If Baldwin is to be displaced from the Sacred Throne of the Holy City, who other than Your Highness could possibly rule in his stead?"
There was a long pause while Bohemond pondered. At length he seemed to reach finish some internal dialogue, shifted in his chair and stretched over for something... His hand settle on his sword which he laid, still in its scabbard, on his lap. Then he spoke:
"Good Christian gentlemen, are ye? Loyal sons of the Church and servants of Christ? WRETCHES AND TRAITORS!" he shrieked leapt to his feet, knocking over his chair and half-drawing his sword. "You blame Baldwin for the Lord's disfavour? Blame thyselves! You, traitors with your plots fit only for Greeks, have brought this disaster on the Faithful! The Lord has put us through these sore trials of defeat to make test of our loyalty and virtue and you, treacherous dogs, have failed. You would betray your master as Judas betrayed Our Lord! Get gone from my presence and vex me no longer!"
The would-be conspirators left while they still had the option and, with Bohemond's loyalty to Baldwin no longer in any doubt, all talk of deposing the King died.
King Baldwin, though, was not so charitable and made no secret of his belief that the cause of the defeat had been Bohemond - both because his intense bellicosity had forced the Crusaders into this war and because his stupidity on the day when he had led his knights off the field in pursuit of a bunch of conscripted Greeks thus leaving the Army of Christ to face the Turkish onslaught alone.
Happier news came with the arrival of the Byzantine Princess, Maria Comnena, in 1109, to be wed to Baldwin of Jerusalem. The ceremony was to be held in Antioch - a city still claimed by the Greeks - and talk, naturally, turned to the question of dowry. The Count of Edessa was heard to remark that the Greeks would likely lift all claim to Antioch by way of dowry but Bohemond said that, since Antioch was not Alexius' property, he couldn't very well give it away as a dowry! No, ventured the Prince of Antioch with the certainty of one who knows, the dowry would surely be the island of Cyprus. Young Prince Roger of Salerno thought that the dowry should take the traditional form of lots and lots of gold. Everyone knew the Byzantines had far too much of that.
In any case, the marriage went ahead sealing the new spirit of cooperation between Greek and Latin. Whether it would prove to have any real value remained to be seen but consensus seemed to be that the union of Baldwin and Maria marked a final recognition that Latin dominion over the East was to be a thing long-lasting and that the Franks would not return home to Europe. No issue was immediately forthcoming from the marriage.
EASTERN EUROPE
The Byzantine Empire
Ruler: Alexius
I Comnenus, August Emperor of the Romans, Basileus kai Autokratos, Head of the
Eastern Rite
Capital: Constantinople
Religion: Eastern Orthodox
The clerics of the Orthodox Church observed
the events in mountainous Cappadocia with increasing concern. The place was
isolated enough that, if left unchecked, the flames of heresy could easily
spread unchecked and who was to say that the Armenians as a whole would not be
contaminated by the lies of the Saracen-Minded? The Patriarch, Nicholas III
Grammatikos, despatched trusted emissaries to the Armenian Catholikos,
residing in Tarsus, and the two men (and two Churches) came to an agreement -
while they conceded that there were many differences between them and that
these were unlikely to be solved in the short-term (or, even, at all!), the
heresy was a threat to all. With Byzantine assistance, representatives of the
Catholikos stormed off to Cappadocia where they spent more than a year
crushing the heretics wherever they found them! Heretical bishops were driven
out of their sees and new ones, personally picked by Gregory Martyrophile,
were installed; the monks and common folk proved fairly easy to cow into
submission - the incoming clerics simply played upon their love of icons and
installed scores of new ones in every church in the province, a reminder of
what they had given up by adhering to the heresy. It took only a little while
before the whole affair of the Sarakenophrontes
was consigned to the dustbin and things in Cappadocia were restored to their
proper status.
In
matters political, the Emperor was bending all his will to the question of the
Crusading Franks and the Rum Turks. He trusted neither - whether Catholic or
Infidel, they both looked on Constantinople the Golden with unconcealed
avarice. His truest fear was that they should make common cause - if the Turks
were to recognise Catholic control of Jerusalem, the Franks would likely be
happy to turn a blind eye were the Turks to war once more on Holy
Constantinople; in the worst case, Frank and Turk might fight alongside one
another to despoil what remained of the Roman East. It was a dark thought
though, Alexius conceded, he had done himself no favours by his absolute
insistence that Antioch be turned over to Byzantine control. He had no option
but to try to rescue the affair one way or another....
"MARRIAGE TO A FRANK?
ARE YOU COMPLETELY MAD?!?!" shrieked Maria, the second daughter of
Alexius who had not her sister's way with words.
"Daughter,"
began Alexius in a soothing voice and continued in condescending tones.
"Sometimes a girl must make sacrifices for her family. You are a valuable
commodity. The Latins have agreed to ally with us and defend us against the
Turk but a seal is required if this arrangement is to hold. You will be that
seal and, through this marriage, you will be responsible for preserving our
City, our Empire and our dynasty."
"But
he stinks!" Maria retorted and, when she saw that her father couldn't
really deny the fact, she went on. "You marry poor Anna off to that
yokel! You marry me off to a Frank! A heretic! A man who probably hasn't even
ever had a bath in his entire life! What kind of father are you?"
"I'm
a father to the Roman Empire! A father to The City! These things matter more
than the happiness of some slip of a girl, an ungrateful girl, I might add,
when you consider how powerful Baldwin of Jerusalem is. You will become a
Queen, Maria, and will rule over a fierce and bold people. Why, any other girl
would be grateful! And Baldwin is a fine-looking man - strong, bold, brave
as a lion. Admittedly, he may be lacking in the social graces but you can
polish him, can't you? That's what women do. They marry men and then they
shape them, mould them, into something better.
"I
have made a fine match for you," he said finally. "You may accept it
and be joyful or you may accept it and be miserable but accept it you
will!"
As so it was that the Imperial Princess, Maria
Comnena of Constantinople, was betrothed to the Latin King of Jerusalem,
Baldwin I, to set the seal upon the treaty of alliance which the Empire and
the Kingdom had negotiated. The principle target for this alliance was the
Seljuk Sultanate of Rum who, over the past few years, had attacked the Empire
and the Latins alike. With the treaty in place, Alexius began making
preparations for a campaign with which he would reclaim the Black Sea
coastline and the great cities of Sinope and Trebizond. The Turk would regret
transgressing against the Comneni. (see
The Anatolian Crusade).
In
matters away from the war, Princess Anna sloped off to the Balkan province of
Bosnia where she met the foremost of the Slavic chieftains - Igor the Fat who
now gloried in the name of Igor Curoplates. The lady spent several years
lodged in the backward frontier region and, though she could have wished to be
back amongst the comforts of The City, she welcomed the opportunity to be away
from her imbecilic husband, Leo Maniaces. According to popular rumour in
Constantinople, Anna and Leo had not spent a single night together in all
their married life - she would not allow it! Of course, there was no way of
confirming this and it could easily have been fabrication but still...
In
any case, the mission to Bosnia was largely a failure. Anna, in her father's
name, granted to Igor the coveted title of Grand Zuphan of the Serbs in the
hope of drawing him further into the Empire; he accepted the title gratefully
and renewed his oath of loyalty and his willingness to contribute his troops
to the service of his overlord, the Basileus of the Romans, but he would give
up none of his independence yet. The idea was posited that Igor was hoping for
more than provincial titles and power and that he sought elevation to the
urban nobility. If that was so, he was to be disappointed on this occasion.
In
other news, Alexius sent forth his emissary Eumathios Philokales to the Magyar
frontier where he was to intercept, welcome and guide the great trayne of the
Duchess of Bohemia on her pilgrimage. He kicked around the borderlands for a
long time but was forced, at last, to accept that the Duchess was not coming.
Eventually, he heard of events in Bohemia and understood why Zuzana would not
be completing her pilgrimage any time soon. But Zuzana was not the only
expected visitor who didn't show up - in the City, court officials
awaited emissaries of the Fatimid Caliph and were most put out when none
arrived. At the Mosque of Constantinople, where the City's Mahometan populace
could indulge in their strange rites, His Majesty's officials (escorted by
some large Varangian gentlemen) convinced the Imam and Mullahs to remember the
Shi'a Caliph in their prayers and to acknowledge him as the spiritual centre
and chief of the Islamic world. The Muslims of Byzantium were, predominantly,
Sunni but were pragmatic enough to obey whatever orders the Christian Emperor
(and his large Varangian friends) might give.
The
only other matter of real import to take place in the Empire was when, in
1109, the luckless Leo Maniaces met with a sticky end. While leaving his
personal apartments in the Palace, three black-clad men, who had been
concealed in the shadows and behind pillars, burst out, seized him and
manouevred him to a nearby bannister over which they promptly threw him! He feel
thirty feet, head first, to the cold marble floors below. The results were
messy. Servants looked around in shock and the three assassins disappeared
never to be identified nor seen again. When news of the happening was brought
to Princess Anna in Bosnia, she tried very hard not to yip with joy.
The Grand Principality of Kiev
Ruler: Sviatopolk
II, Grand Prince of the Kievan Rus
Capital: Kiev
Religion: Eastern Orthodox
Sviatopolk
was taken aback by how far his government had grown in the past few years -
where he had once governed all his vast realm with nothing more than a few
dozen administrators, now he had hundreds upon hundreds of tax collectors,
magistrates, ministers and other officials of all kinds - many of them were
Rus but many others were Greeks brought to teach the Kievans the secrets of
Byzantine administration. Through these officials, Sviatopolk's will was done
in the furthest corners of the lands of the Rus Princes and his full due in
tribute was received from everyone in the realm, from the lowest to the
highest. The centre of the sprawling government and state of the Rus was a
rather unassuming longhouse by the banks of the Dneipr; and it was here that
the Grand Prince spent the greater part of his time, listening to the
long-winded accounts of his treasury bureaucrats, the requests from
magistrates for this or that law to be clarified, the petitions from townsfolk
and merchants, the carefully-worded letters from his subject princes in the
corners of the realm who sought to remind him, politely, that he was not yet
their master and they still retained some independence... All in all, it was
not an exciting time for the Grand Prince of the Kievan Rus.
Nor
did his brother, Vladimir Monomakh, have a particularly happy time. To Vladmir
fell the thankless task of rearranging the taxation system and counting the
population not only of Kiev but of all the subject states.
Despite his intense dislike of such tasks which, in Vladimir's opinion, were
beneath his dignity, the job was done not only quickly but with incredible
efficiency. Every village headman was required to give a full account of those
who lived in his village; every local chieftain had to collect these details
from every headman in his region; the chieftains then passed the information
to their Dukes, Princes and Grand Princes who, in their turn, passed it all
along to Vladimir who lodged it with the ministers in the large collection of
government buildings which sprung up around the Grand Prince's longhouse in
Kiev. Ironically, in 1108, just as Vladimir completed this herculean task, his
wife, Gyda of Wessex, died of pneumonia at the age of 56. She had been the
daughter of Harold Godewinson, the last Saxon King of England.
In
the city of Smolensk, the of Vladimir and Gyda, Mstislav Harold Monomakh, was
busily attempting to convince the independently-minded citizens to bring
themselves more fully into Kiev's sphere for, although the city paid tribute
to Kiev and acknowledge the Grand Prince's supremacy amongst all the Princes
of the Rus, Smolensk remained effectively outside Kiev's direct control. After
presenting an authoritative and cogent series of arguments in favour of
further integration into the wider polity, Mstislav was gratified when the
city parliament approved the surrender of almost all of their sovereignty to
Sviatopolk II. Of course, having completed this task successfully, the
unfortunate man was then greeted by the news that his beloved mother was dead.
This rather took the shine off his diplomatic acheivements.
The
minister, Rostislav, who had been in the vicinity of Novgorodi for a number of
long years now, was tasked with similar negotiations with Prince Vsevolod of
Novgorod. Despite his best efforts, Rostislav failed to make any headway with
the Prince who reaffirmed his commitment to the alliance with Kiev and his
loyalty to the Grand Prince but declined to surrender his own political
liberties.
The
only other interesting news came from pagan Livonia where the Rus settlement
at Verchnjadvinsk on the Dvina River almost doubled in size though it was
still barely more than a little town. The forward-thinkers among the Kievan
mercantile class had begun to establish a presence in this growing town in the
hope that, one day, they might send boats down the river and out into the
Baltic to trade. Monks arrived too and set about spreading God's word to the
pagans; they had very little success in convincing the locals to abandon the
old gods.
The Kingdom of the Couronians
and Latgallians
Ruler: Valdismir,
Chieftain of the Kursi and Latgali
Capital: None
Religion: Euro-Pagan
For
a couple of centuries, the Balts had maintained distinct tribal realms. Their
small size, low populations and general insularity had long retarded any
chances of growing great but, now, they seemed ready to burst onto the world's
stage. The foremost of the Balt leaders was Valdismir who led the largest of
the Baltic tribes - the Kursi (known to most Europeans as the Couronians);
quite unexpectedly, he had just inherited the leadership of that other great
Baltic tribe, the Latgali, thus making him ruler of a large swathe of
territory stretching from the Gulf of Finland down to the Dvina River.
Valdismir
was a young man and it was unclear what his course of action would be. Besides
his youth, he was also a man of ambition and fiersome martial ability. He was
also a devout pagan who had never made any secret of his contempt for the
Cross-Men whether from the Rus to the east or the Germans to the west. All
were equally worthless in his eyes.
(GM Note:
this position was put together, using historically accurate data, as a special
favour to a Danish friend with an interest in the subject).
The Kingdom of Poland
Ruler: Boleslaw
III Piast, King of Poland, Defender of the Western Slavs
Capital: none.
Religion: Roman Catholic
All
was bustling activity in the realm of the Poles! In both Poland and Kauyavia,
forests were being cleared, marshes drained and new allotments of land granted
to nobles and knights who, in their turn, would parcel them out to peasants
and serfs. Poland seemed to be taking steps to end it position as a backward,
isolated and largely undeveloped region; one day, though Wladyslaw Herman knew
he would never live to see it, the dark and forboding forests would be swept
away and, in their place, the Poles would have a well-ordered and well-farmed
countryside. It warmed the old man's heart to know that his son would rule
over a land more prospeous than that which Wladyslaw himself had inherited.
In
any case, old Wladyslaw remained behind in Poland to see to the affairs of
government while his son, Boleslaw, went off on a diplomatic mission to the
pagan Baltic tribesmen of Obodria and Pomerania. In both regions, the tribals
were asked to guarantee freedom of passage for the officials and soldiers of
the Polish Crown. The Obodrians rejected, out of hand, any Polish interference
in their internal affairs and were not slow in expressing their contempt for
the Cross-Men. The Pomeranians were a little more pragmatic and acceded to
Boleslaw's request while making very clear that they would not compromise
their independence any further.
The
Obodrian tribes were soon given cause to wish that
they'd been rather less bullish in their negotiations for, shortly after they
dismissed the Polish Crown Prince's requests, Count Mieszko and the Polish
army came barreling out of the Lausatian Marches just spoiling for a fight.
Six thousand spearmen, trained to fight in close order, approximately fifteen
hundred lighter-armed skirmishers, twelve hundred mounted crossbowmen and
fifteen hundred knights. The Obodrian tribes could rustle up a serviceable
army of less than three thousand sword, spear and axemen. The showdown between
the two armies was brief, bloody and left most of the senior tribal chieftains
dead or imprisoned. Mieszko quickly installed a garrison before hurrying off
to Poland and the Royal Court.
The
reason for his desire to be home quickly was, unfortunately, that news had
come telling of King Wladyslaw's death in November 1107 at the ripe old age of
73. Crown Prince Boleslaw, quickly and without any objections being raised,
assumed control of court and government and was finally crowned King of
Poland, with all due pomp and circumstance, by the Archbishop of Poznan in
July, 1108. The nobles of Poland, including the subject Dukes Zdamir of
Volyhnia and Bolko I of Silesia, came to swear fealty while Count Mieszko, who
found himself in the position of conceivably being able to play the Kingmaker
through his control of the royal levy, immediately turned over all forces to
the new King as a mark of his loyalty.
As
new came across the Sudeten Mountains of bloody warfar in Bohemia, it became
clear that Boleslaw would soon face a test of his ability to rule Poland.
The Kingdom of Hungary
Ruler: Koloman,
King of the Magyars and the Croats
Capital: none.
Religion: Roman Catholic
The
Magyars had not yet pressed their lawful claim to the Kingdom of Croatia. That
these lands were, by all rights, the property of Koloman was beyond any doubt
- the treaty of 1090 guaranteed that Croatia's Crown would pass to the
Hungarian monarch. That being so,
it was deeply troubling to Koloman that he not only had to deal with Peter
Svacic and those Croat nobles who sought to obstruct the transfer of power;
now he had the meddling Venetians finessing away regions that were, by all
rights, Hungarian! As though it were not enough that these bloated merchants
had stolen Verona from the Imperials, now they lured Illyria into their sphere
and where would they stop? If Koloman was ever to see Croatia brought under
his rule rather than fall to Venice, he had no alternative - he would have to
conquer the Croats!
Before
the first snows had cleared, His Majesty had begun assemble his entire army in
preparation for the coming campaign - about two thousand spear-armed infantry,
three thousand archers and crossbowmen, five thousand light horsemen and about
three thousand knights armed with the lance and sword and wearing light mail
armour. This was augmented by a contingent of two thousand mercenary infantry
- Varangians, Rus, an assortment of Balts, even a few Greeks.
The
whole force set out in March of 1106, crossing the Danube into Bakony and
thence to Croatia itself. The campaign was not terribly
exciting nor full of daring plans or cunning manoeuvres - Koloman
marched at high speed into the heart of the Croat Kingdom and his opponent,
the honourable but tactically-challenged Peter Svacic, marched with his much
smaller army to oppose the invasion. Tragically, Peter could field less than
fifteen hundred spearmen, perhaps three thousand poorly-armed and ill-trained
feudal levies and just over a thousand nobles on horseback.
The "battle" for Croatia's future
took place close by the market town of Bjelovar.
As soon as the armies came within sight of each other, the Hungarians began
moving, with their larger numbers of cavalry and correspondingly superior
mobility, to cut off any chance of retreat - the Croats could do nothing in
respons and, so, having resigned themselves to battle against impossible odds,
found a suitable hill to defend. Kolomar deployed his army and began making
preparations for the attack. The Croats, inferior in number, arms and ability,
would be slaughtered but the one-sided nature of the attack did not seem to
bother Kolomar. In any case, while he was planning the extermination of the
Croatians, a number of horsemen detached themselves from the Croat lines
began, raised a banner identifying themselves as heralds and began heading
towards the Magyars. When they came within range of the Magyars lines, they
shouted that they sought permission to parley with Koloman; permission was
quickly granted and they were ushered in Koloman's presence...
The
Croats, representatives of their King Peter Svacic, made an interesting offer.
In formal tones and language, the leader of the party of heralds began:
"His
Majesty, the King of Croatia, is a man of peace and of surpassing honour. In
the interests of his people and yours and for the avoidance of unnecessary
suffering and bloodshed, King Peter wishes to begin earnest negotiations in
the hope that a settlement to the disputes between the Crowns of Hungary and
Croatia might be found."
Koloman
was not a fool. He recognised that the Croats were prepared to surrender but
wanted to save face. Not being vindictive by nature and not having any
particular wish to see blood spilt, he nodded to indicate his approval and
asked:
"What
are the terms that the Pretender and False King Svacic offers?"
(although he was willing to negotiate, Koloman
could not, for an instant, relax his claim that he alone was the rightful King
of Croatia).
The
heralds seemed not to hear the jibes and continued as though reading a script:
"While it is well-known that the Pacta Conventa, from which the Hungarian
claim derives, is a spurious document written, signed and approved by those
who had neither legal nor moral authority to make any such agreement and while
the rightful King, Peter Svacic, in no way acknowledges the legitimacy of Your
Majesty's claim to the Croatian throne and crown, His Majesty, King Peter, is
most generously prepared to compromise. In return for certain guarantees of
legal autonomy...." and the herald paused in his speech. "His
Majesty is willing to sign the Articles of Abdication and name Your Majesty as
his heir."
Koloman
contemplated this offer. It amounted to what he had sought - control of
Croatia - and was gained without bloodshed. Yet, there was an implication that
Svacic was the rightful King and Koloman ruled only because Svacic had given
him the crown....
"It
is unacceptable. The Pretender Peter cannot abdicate for he is not a King. Nor
can he sign anything on behalf of the Croatian Crown for I am the King of
Croatia and he is no more than an upstart rebel. This is my counteroffer -
Peter Svacic will at once renounce all claim to the crown; he and all who
follow him will, further, publicly recognise the Pacta Conventa as a
legitimate document and swear, upon Holy Relics and in the presence of Bishops
of the Roman Church, a sacred oath of loyalty to myself and may their souls be
damned to perdition for all eternity if they break it. In return, I shall sign
pardons and allow all who have taken up arms against me to return to their
homes."
"Yes,"
said the herald drily. "May I make the following proposal....."
The
negotiations went on for several hours, much to Koloman's discomfort. Both
sides wanted the same thing - for Koloman to assume the Croat Crown in return
for allowing the Croatian army to depart and Svacic's supporters to retain
their lands and rank within Koloman's new and enlarged domain. The problem was
with finding a suitable way of expressing it - Svacic could not agree to
anything that cast him as a rebel (and, thus, could not possibly accept the
Pacta Conventa of 1090) whole Koloman could not agree to anything that did not
have the Pacta Conventa as its basis - for, without that treaty, Koloman was
not a legal king who had inherited Croatia but merely a warlord who had
conquered her.
The
final wording of the agreement was something of a fudge:
they agreed that the Pacta Conventa was a treaty which may or may not have
been legally binding. They further agreed that Peter Svacic had no legal claim
to the crown but was, instead, a possible candidate put forward by the
Croatian nobility in the absence of any legitimate heirs. Finally, they agreed
that Peter should withdraw his candidature in favour of the Hungarian King. In
return for this, Croatia would retain a considerable degree of independence
while still coming under Croatian rule.
In
a final act of bloody-mindedness, the Croat nobles, before departing to their
homes, staged an impromptu election and chose Koloman of Hungary as their
candidate for the Crown. They did this as a face-saving measure - they could
pretend that, instead of surrendering to overwhelming military force, they had
actually voted Koloman into power. Koloman, in expansive mood, let them have
their moment and then turned to other affairs...
...News
had reached him of the Bavarian attack on Bohemia. Koloman had concluded,
fairly recently, a treaty of alliance with Borivoi of Bohemia and was known to
feel the utmost respect for the pious and beautiful Duchess Zuzana. Well, this
act of perfidy would not go unanswered!
"To
Bohemia!" shouted the King.
"Not
again," muttered his nobles who were annoyed at having to fight one
campaign and didn't want to face a second adventure in as many years. The mere
fact that they hadn't fought anyone during the conquest of Croatia didn't
really enter their minds.
In the aftermath of the Field of Bjelovar, the provinces of Croatia and Slovenia came under Hungarian control but
Dalmatia, far away over the mountains, simply drifted off and went its own
way. Illyria remained under the control of the Venetian Republic.
(for the rest of Koloman's adventures, see Zuzana's Pilgrimage)
The Kingdom of Croatia
Ruler: Peter
Svacic, King of Croatia
Capital: none.
Religion: Roman Catholic
The Kingdom of Croatia ceased to exist as an
independent entity on the Field of Bjelovar on the 14th of June, 1106....
The Khanate of the Volga Bulgars
Ruler: Khan
of the Volga Bulgars
Capital: none.
Religion: Sunni Islam
Slept.
The Duchy of Bohemia
Ruler: Borivoi
II Przemyslid The Righteous,
Duke of Bohemia, Cupbearer to the Emperor, Prince of the Empire, Grand Master
of the Calixtine Order of Libuse and Zuzana Przemyslid The Militissa, Duchess of Bohemia
Capital: Prague
Religion: Roman Catholic
At
first glance, Her Grace, the Duchess of Bohemia, did not seem a terribly
unusual young lady. She had married her cousin, the Duke, at the age of
sixteen; now twenty-one, she was the mother of two small boys. She was a very
pretty girl - tall, willowy, red-haired - and surpassingly pious, too.
Admittedly, she was known for her fierce temper and supercilious wilfulness
but, apart from that, she was precisely what one might expect a typical
noblewoman to be and it would have been hard for anyone to have foreseen what
was about to happen to her...
It was the 1st day of January, 1106, the Feast
Day of Mary, Mother of God, and the Holy Day of Obligation. Zuzana knelt
before the altar in St. George's Chapel in the castle of Ceskż Krumlov.
The chapel was an unremarkable and unassuming little place which could be
considered important only because it housed most of the earthly remains of St.
Calixtus the Merciful, a Pope who had been martyred during the reign of
Alexander Severus in the year 222. No-one was entirely clear how the relics
had come to Ceskż Krumlov but relatively few people worried over such a
pointless question; the skull and a few bones of Calixtus were kept in an iron
casket and the casket itself was housed in an aperture in the wall of the
Chapel. They were taken out only twice each year - once on the Day of Corpus
Christi when, in fact, all
relics in the Duchy were taken out and displayed to the Faithful; and, again,
on the Feast Day of St. Calixtus on the 14th of October every year. Relics of
every kind were deeply venerated by the Bohemians but those of Calixtus were
honoured above all others.
So,
then, on this Holy Day and in the Holiest place in the whole of Bohemia,
Zuzana was deep in prayer. Above the altar, sparkled
a fine stained glass window depicting the Martyrdom of St. Eulalia. The glass
and the Saint it depicted were particular favourites of the Duchess - she had
spent many hours in prayer before St. Eulalia in thanks for the birth of each
her sons and, indeed, for any other bounty, great or small, which the Lord
sent. On this day, though, something was different - a couple of young
clerics, attending to some minor matters in the rear of the chapel, noticed
that Her Grace raised her head from her prayers and devotions and now seemed
to be staring directly at the coloured window through which streamed bright
Winter sunshine, now tinted blue and green and red. The priests paid no
attention other than to note that she kept her eyes fixed on the image of
Eulalia for a surprising length of time. Still, they did not question her
behaviour - Her Grace's reverence for and devotion to the Lord was well-known;
it just happened that she occasionally demonstrated her piety in rather
unusual ways. No sooner had the young priests turned away to leave the chapel
than they heard a sharp exhalation of breath and the sound of a body crumpling
to the floor. They turned back and, seeing Zuzana in a heap before the altar,
one rushed to her side while the other raised the alarm. The Duchess was found
to be alive but in a swoon. She was rushed to her private chambers in the
castle to be attended by her physician and ladies-in-waiting while her husband
was summoned.
Zuzana
regained consciousness only slowly while her husband, confessor, physician and
a few maids crowded round her bed. She mumbled a few words, none of which
could quite be made out, while a servant drew a wet cloth over her head in the
hope of reviving her.
"What
has happened, Zuzana? Has some sickness befallen you?" asked Borvoi
bending his face close to his wife's and speaking slowly and distinctly.
"Vision...."
she mumbled to be met by a nonplussed look from her confessor.
"A
vision?" asked the priest with doubt and confusion in his voice.
"Your Grace, what happened? Exactly what happened? What did you see"
Borivoi
shot a sharp glance at the cleric. His wife was probably sick and had just
fainted - she did not need to be interrogated by some puffed-up priest.
Zuzana, though, was now fully awake and seemed perfectly aware of her
surroundings so, in a most lucid manner, she answered:
"A
vision came to me, Father, while I prayed in the Chapel," and she sat up
on the bed and shooed away the servants. "Libuse came to me. I think she
came as an emissary of all the Martyred Saints. She told me much."
"Your
Grace must be mistaken," replied the priest smugly. "Libuse is not a
saint and so could not come in a vision"
In
fact, Libuse was a legendary figure amongst the Bohemians. She had been one of
the first members of the Przemysil dynasty (and, thus, a progenetrix of both
Borivoi and Zuzana) and the founder of Prague. It was also said that she had
the power of the second sight - no-one openly mentioned it at the time but it
passed through the mind of each and every person in the room (including the
priest, had he been honest enough to admit it) and they wondered if the gift
had been passed to Zuzana by her ancestor.
"I
did not say that Libuse was a saint," replied Zuzana simply and went on,
ignoring the disparaging countenance of the priest. "Libuse spoke to me
of sacrifice. She said that we had offended the Lord and all the Saints,
Borivoi. You and I had raised the Lord to anger by our selfishness. She told
me to look to the East and the Terra Sancta where Our Lord's foot has lain.
There we would see the true Christian spirit of self-sacrifice.
"Borivoi,
I must go to Jerusalem and pray before the Holy Sepulchre. Libuse told me that
only by doing this can we gain the Lord's forgiveness for our sins. We must
all go to the Sepulchre."
"What
sins?" asked Borivoi in exasperation. "Zuzana, we have done nothing
wrong. We have committed no sins. Have we, Father?"
Zuzana
gave no chance for the cleric to reply but immediately retorted: "Our sin
is not that we did something wrong but that we did nothing right! All the
knights of Christendom put aside their rivalries and liberated the Land of God
while we stayed here and played games with Welfs and Salians and Piasts and
every other petty dynasty you might name! Where were the Sons of Przemysl when
the Knights of Christ took Jerusalem? They were nowhere to be seen, Borivoi,
because we were too selfish to do our duty to our God and join the Crusade. We
might be ten years too late but it is time that we did something as penitence.
Libuse has decreed it and she speaks for the Saints."
The
tone was one that Borivoi recognised. It was the tone that mean the discussion
ended here and now and that Zuzana was not only right but would brook no
further questioning of her innate rightness. He knew better than to argue. The
priest did not...
"Your
Grace, only the representatives of God's Holy Church may set down matters of
penitence and judge what is sin and what is not. Now, I shall not question
that you saw a vision but you ought, perhaps, to consider the source of that
vision... It is not only the Lord who can send visions, My Lady." And he
left the implication hanging in the air.
"Priest,"
said Zuzana in her haughtiest tone, for she had now fully recovered from her
fainting spell and was not at all happy about being questioned by a
second-rate preacher and was growing increasingly frustrated. "In the
very chapel that houses the mortal remains of the Martyred St. Calixtus,
beneath a window bearing the image of the Martyred St. Eulalia, with the
emblem of the Cross before me - the Cross on which Our Lord sacrificed Himself
for Our salvation - the Blessed Libuse came to me and reminded me of all the
sacrifices of all those generations of Christians who have come before us. How
many countless thousands have been martyred over the centuries by pagans and
Infidels? How many knights were martyred in glorious battle for the Holy Land?
How many innocents were martyed by the Heathen Turk as they followed Peter the
Hermit to Jerusalem?
"Do
not you dare to question the truth of my vision, you addle-headed dolt! Our
Faith is founded on the sacrifice and I ask you, what sacrifices have you ever
made for your God and your Saviour? Answer me!"
"I...
Your Grace is confused... It is not..." but the priest was quite thrown
and unable to formulate a reply (not least because he had never given
self-sacrifice much thought before and wasn't entirely certain of the Church's
doctrine on the matter).
"Spare
me your noise, windbag," barked the young woman cutting off any
possibility of his answering (Borivoi realised, at this point, that his wife
was now completely recovered from whatever had come over her). She jabbed her
finger at a rich gold cross, embossed with gems,
that hung around the priest's neck. "You stand before me
with the price of a thousand meals hanging from your flabby neck and you dare
to lecture me on anything? We have sinned. We and our neighbours and our kin
and all those who have not undertaken the journey to the Sepulchre... All are
sinners. All must do penitence.
"We
must suffer if we are to gain Our Lord's Grace but our sacrifice and the
hardships we will undergo are nothing - NOTHING - compared to the agonies of
the first Christians and all the Saints who suffered the tortures of the
Romans. By going on this pilgrimage, though the way be long and hard, we may,
perhaps, convince the Saints that we are worthy in their eyes and demonstrate
our gratitude for all the Martyrs, new and ancient alike, whose steadfast
Faith has opened the way for Our Salvation.
"Borivoi,"
she said turning to her sheepish-looking husband once more. "You are with
me?"
"Could there have been a moment's doubt, carissima?" he asked with a smile.
News
of the vision swept the Duchy and beyond. Far from being met with the kind of
scepticism that her confessor had demonstrated, Zuzana's vision was widely and
readily accepted as truth. The Bishop of Prague himself became one of its
leading exponents and began preaching loudly - in the streets as well as in
the cathedral - of the need to make pilgrimage to Jerusalem as penance for the
Duchy's collective sins and general lack of Christian zeal. Before long,
volunteers were assembling - in the main, the pilgrims were nobles, knights
and wealthy free-holding commoners (few other Bohemians could afford the high
cost of going on such an expedition); Zuzana, whose influence over the people
of Bohemia far outstripped that of any churchman, reasoned that the peasants
probably did not need to go on a pilgrimage because, unlike the nobles, the
life of a peasant was one of almost constant hardship. All things considered,
the wealthier one was, the more one needed to do penance.
For
all that, even the rich found it hard to finance the journey. After all,
everyone who sought to make the pilgrimage to the Sepulchre was aware that
they would not have an easy journey - they would travel far through the
Balkans where wild pagans still lived and there was no telling what the
Heretical Greeks might do; then, they had the journey through Asia - the
constant danger of Turk, Saracen and Moor... They would be lucky to reach
Jerusalem without fighting at least a few battles. That
being so, the pilgrims needed to equip themselves as though going on campaign.
And that would be expensive. It was estimated that a season's campaigning
would cost a knight the entire revenue of his estate for an entire year; the
cost of a single pilgrimage to the Latin East was four times that sum..
Borivoi
supported the would-be pilgrims by casting open the Duchy's coffers and
donating as much as he could (though Bohemia was far from rich). The Bishop of
Prague helped to equip many poor knights and yeomen using the church's silver.
Zuzana gave up every scrap of personal property she owned: every precious
jewel, every ring, every necklace - all was sold to
help pay for armaments, fine warsteeds, provisions.
Yet,
even so, it was not enough. The Duke decided to waive his rights to
one-twentieth of his rightful feudal dues thus freeing up much of his vassals'
revenues for use in funding the expedition. A further twenty-part was waived
for those farmers and peasants who cleared extra lands for farming and
participated in the draining of swamps. And, it must be added, His Grace was
equally generous in doling out allotments of such newly-cleared land - instead
of handing everything off to the most powerful nobles, lesser knights and even
poor freemen were to receive much of this land from the hand of their beloved
Duke. Truly, there could have been fewer more popular rulers in all
Christendom than Borivoi and Zuzana - and it was noteworthy that she was now
generally seen as the Duke's equal rather than as a mere wife.
Fearful
of the dangers that might beset Bohemia if the Duke himself were absent,
Borivoi decided to remain at home in Prague and to continue to oversee the
government and defence of his small country jammed, as it was, between so many
larger kingdoms. Zuzana, though, would depart for the Holy Land to make her
pilgrimage. Borivoi cared very deeply for his wife and, naturally, was anxious
about the dangers she might encounter; at the same time, the Duchess had
achieved something of a legendary status across many strata of society and a
good many knights were voluntarily pledging themselves to guard her person on
the perilous journey.
Duke
Borivoi and the Bishop of Prague summoned all these great chevaliers and their
vassals and lesser-knights to the castle of Ceskż Krumlov where Zuzana's
had first been granted. There were close to seven hundred of them, in all. One
by one, Borivoi called each man forward and called upon him to swear a sacred
oath, upon the very skull of St. Calixtus, that they would guard the Duchess
through every step of the journey to Jerusalem, that they would not flinch to
defend her life with their own, that they would give up their lives to fulfil
the injunctions of Libuse and that, having reached the Holy Land, they would
remain there to guard the Holy Sepulchre and serve all those pilgrims who
sought Jerusalem so that, through this spirit of noble sacrifice, the sins of
Bohemia might be expiated.
After
each cavalier had sworn his oath, he placed his personal seal upon a great
charter. When the final seal had been added, the Bishop placed his own upon it
and announced to the assembly that their brother would be known as the
Calixtine Order of Libuse! Their patron would be St. Calixtus himself. The
castle of Ceskż Krumlov was given over to them as their spiritual home,
Duke Borivoi was appointed First Grandmaster by acclamation and dozens of
oaths were sworn of the bloody vengeance these gallants would wreak if any
Mahometan were foolish enough to trifle with them! As one of their first
duties, the Calixtine Knights presented the Duchess with a suit of armour and
a longsword with which she might defend herself as they marched through
hostile lands. Nor was this gift an empty one - Zuzana, like many women of her
class, was competent with a blade and knew how to defend herself.
Besides this seven hundred strong bodyguard, the Bohemians managed to
field some two thousand armoured knight -
virtually every landed family in the country had sent forth at least one son
for the Pilgrimage - and about twelve hundred mail-armoured spearmen, a
mixture of horseless knights and pious yeomen.
Such
was the state of religious affairs in Bohemia...
In
more prosaic matters, Magyar representitives arrived in Prague and an
all-encompassing treaty of defence and cooperation was agreed with the Magyar
King, Koloman. Borivoi soon had cause to be thankful for his wisdom in
concluding both this treaty and the earlier treaty with his Piast kinsmen in
Poland.
Zuzana's Pilgrimage 1106-1107
June-July 1106: The whole of Bohemia was bent on preparing for the great expedition to
Jerusalem which had come to be known simply as Zuzana's Pilgrimage. With their
attention so firmly engaged on this task, they were surprised, to say the
least, when news came from the southern frontiers of Bavarian outriders
entering the Przemyslid Duchy and, later, of whole columns of troops under the
Welf banner.
Suddenly,
all the careful plans for the great expedition eastwards were thrown into
chaos. Virtually on the eve of departure, the Pilgrims were faced with a stark
choice - to fulfil their vows and abandon their homeland to invasion by the
Welf or to remain behind and fight alongside the army of Duke Borivoi. Rightly
or wrongly, Zuzana and most of the Pilgrims opted for the latter course of
action - the Pilgrimage, they reasoned, could be staged at a future date after
the enemy was repulsed. A few voices, crying in the wilderness, said that the
loss of their homeland was irrelevant, that their most important duty was to
fulfil their oaths to pray before the Sepulchre in Holy Jerusalem.
In
any case, Zuzana with the Pilgrims, almost four thousand strong, joined
Borivoi's army outside Prague. The Duke could muster a lightly-army peasant
levy of about two and a half thousand men and three thousand reasonably sturdy
footmen. Bohemia was defended, too, by four decent castles but the
proliferation of engineers in the invading army probably meant that these
strongholds would not be too much of an obstacle.
As
the Bavarians advanced further into Bohemia, Borivoi began to get the idea
that perhaps, if suffering were truly necessary to achieve God's grace, the
Bohemians would not have to travel all the way to Jerusalem to do it. Zuzana
retained her zeal and absolute confidence - not only would the invaders be
swept away, the Pilgrims would eventually be able to carry on with their holy
task and she would see the Sepulchre of Christ before long.
August-September 1106: Welf's Bavarians, initially, cut through Bohemia like the proverbial
hot knife through butter. The handful of garrisoned
castles in the region were quickly and efficiently reduced by the very
large numbers of siege engines which his artificers produced. Borivoi
attempted to counter the enemy but he was not a particularly skilled general
and certainly no match for the seasoned old Duke Welf, who had already passed
his sixtieth year and had notched up many campaigns during them. Even the
natural advantage of fighting on familiar ground was lost the Bohemians
because Welf's spies had been so successful both in gathering intelligence on
the Bohemians and in disseminating misleading data about the location and
disposition of Welf's army.
As the end of a rainy September approached,
Borivoi opted to make his stand against the Bavarians near the little town of Gistelnitz which lay about halfway between the Austrian frontier and Prague. Old
Welf was more than pleased to accept the challenge - he expected, not without
good reason, an easy victory; Welf was a better and more experienced general
than Borivoi plus he had a lot more soldiers than the Bohemians. Such things
served to convince him that he was likely to win. Borivoi, on the other hand,
had no such expectations and simply put his trust in God and hoped.
The
two mud-splattered and thoroughly wet armies camped five miles apart on the
eve of battle. In the Bavarian camp, the traditional conference of the great
nobles was not staged for it was generally felt that there was no need for
complicated battle plans. On the morrow, the Bavarians would simply engage the
enemy, who were definitely going to stand and fight somewhere in the vicinity.
The first or, perhaps, second charge would sweep them from the field. It
seemed, to the confident Germans, like a sound plan.
In
the Bohemian camp, it was quite a different matter - Borivoi had summoned
almost everyone of import in the Duchy to his pavilion. Each one had a
different plan for how to extricate the army from the impending disaster and
the talk went on, from dusk until late in the night, without settling on a
firm plan. A site had been chosen for the battle (Borivoi himself had chosen
it - a long defensible ridge which would, hopefully, take the momentum out of
any enemy cavalry charges) but no other plan had been settled on; as the night
drifted by, the most cunning plan of which anyone could conceive was to sit
back on the defensive and hope.
Zuzana
swept into the pavilion almost unnoticed. Her hair was in plaits and she wore
a pretty green dress; one would scarcely believe that she was in the camp of
an army at war. She and her lady-in-waiting sat, happy to remain in the
background, while one plan after another was advanced and rejected. At last,
she spoke:
"On
the morrow, I shall lead the Calixtine Knights into battle personally. May I
ask where you would have them deployed?"
The
response was silence. The nobles respected Zuzana and knew her to be many
things - clever, resourceful, pious and, above all, strange beyond their ken -
but there was no chance, not even a remote one, of her participating in battle
let alone leading the Calixtine Knights who were, in truth, the best force in
the whole Bohemian army. Be that as it may, none of the nobles particularly
wanted the task of explaining this to her.
"Zuzana,"
began Borivoi in his most patient tone. "You may not lead the knights
into battle. You may not participate in the battle in any wise. Not even if
the Virgin Herself were to appear to you in a vision would I let you fight. It
is not proper."
"It
was proper enough for that dried up old hag, Matilda di Canossa, to fight. She
fought her first battle at the age of fifteen."
"That's
as may be..." and that was as far as Borivoi got.
"It
was proper enough for Emma of Norfolk to defend the city city of Norwich. It
was proper enough for Gaita of Lombardy to ride into battle alongside her
husband when they were terrorising the Greeks. Do not you try to outwit me,
husband; you've never been able to do it before and you will not start now!
"And
before you all begin shrieking that the Calixtines cannot be entrusted to one
as untried as I," she said, now turning to the rest of the nobles.
"I would remind you that I have heard all your 'plans' and I know that
not one man amongst you has the faintest idea of how to win this battle. At
the very worst, if God Himself turns His back on me, I cannot do a worse job
than any of you."
There
really wasn't much to be said. The woman had made up her mind and it would be
harder to shift her than to beat the Welfs. But there was more to come.
"So,
that's settled. I shall lead the Calixtines. But, tell me, why are you all
seized by such zeal to defend this little ridge against the Bavarians?"
she asked in a curious voice.
"Because the alternative is to stand and fight on open ground.
This is not something I relish given the numbers and weight of the foeman's
cavalry. They would ride our footmen into the dirt." Borivoi answered.
"Husband,
have you looked closely at the place you've chosen for battle?" and then
she made an expansive gesture to take in all the nobles in the tent, "Has
any one of you actually walked the field on which you'll fight and die?"
"Of course! I personally chose that ridge. It's the steepest and most defensible
place that I can find."
"Well
and good," Zuzanan replied dismissively, "but you have, perhaps, not
surveyed it closely enough. I rode there not an hour before dusk and I say
that the ridge is deceiving you. Oh, the ridge is fine enough for the centre
of the line but, on the right, you must place the lightest armed men well
forward of the slope - out onto the open field where they'll be exposed. And
far enough forward to tempt the Bavarian knights out."
"Your Grace appears not quite to grasp
the purpose of battle," said Borivoi in a sharp and annoyed tone. He
always used formal titles and honorifics when he was angry. "The point of
battle is to avoid
having our men ridden over roughshod by a charging wall of iron and
horseflesh. Were we to follow your advice, I fear we might lose the battle and
it is my contention that losing battles is a bad idea."
Zuzana
sighed and proceed to explain why she was right. After she had finished, the
knights and nobles (and, not least, her husband) looked at her with their
respect renewed and a sense of awe imparted. This girl, barely more than a
child, was quite the strangest creature any of them had ever come across -
fierce and confident with brains enough to have the makings of another
Matilda. Strange though she was, there was not a man in the pavilion who was
not glad that she had spoken up and given her counsel.
The day of the Battle of Gistelnitz was cold and opened with a nasty drizzle. It had been a particularly
rainy month. In the cold misty afterdawn, the Bohemians deployed their lines
of regular infantry - both Ducal troops and Pilgrims - along the ridge, as had
been Borivoi's original plan. All their mounted forces were on their left
ready to charge onto the field at an oblique angle (this did not worry the
Bavarians particularly for the ground at that end of the battlefield undulated
very slightly and any cavalry charge would probably lose some of its momentum
before reaching the target). On the right, the lightest troops - a few thin
and ragged ranks of peasant spearmen with, fifty yards behind them, some
shortbowmen and lots and lots of crossbowmen (the crossbow was especially
popular amongst the Bohemians owing to its accuracy).
The
Bavarians began arriving on the field in large numbers just after eight in the
morning. The arrival of the noblemen with their contingents was extremely
haphazard. By the time Duke Welf arrived to begin the battle, only two-thirds
of his army were on the field and most were not fully deployed.
In
any case, Welf IV made a very grand entrance, surrounded by his household
knights and with a huge blue-white lozenge flag of Ducal Bavaria fluttering
overhead. For Welf, there was no better time than this - the hour before
battle was joined; in the silence, one could see the enemy opposite and the
green field soon to be stained with human gore; banners, flags and pennants
fluttered everywhere; steel and iron glittered... It was an inspiring sight
and Old Welf had never grown tired of it. He was accompanied by his son and
heir, Welf the Younger, for whom the field of honour held no such attractions.
For the younger man (who was not young at all having already passed thirty
years), battle was something to be endured rather than enjoyed.
When
Duke Welf's presence was noticed, there came a loud cheer from his men - the
Bavarians and the foreign mercenaries alike. Revelling in his popularity and
the army's general mood of confidence, Welf rode around the field enjoying to
the acclamation. This, thought Welf, was what life was truly about - the glory
of victory, the thrill of the charge, the joy of smashing down a foe in mortal
combat, but, most of all, the sound of an army ready to fight and die. Welf
signalled for the battle to begin...
Lacking
any more sophisticated plans, the Bavarian knights, at just after nine in the
morning, began to charge against the weak Bohemian right. Over a thousand
German horse were released and they should have had an easy time of it - the
ground between the Bohemian right and the Bavarian lines opposite was
absolutely flat. The charge got halfway across the field and began to slow for
the ground had turned out to be muddy - this was not terribly worrying for one
could not have a month as wet as this without expecting mud. A few arrows and
quarrels began to hit the mass of German cavalry almost as soon as they
entered range but no real trouble was caused and the charge continued... The
knights collided with the peasant infantry who didn't stand a chance and were
swept completely aside. The knights charged on... and soon got into trouble.
From
her vantage point, Zuzana, clad in thick mail armour and sitting atop a fierce
charger, watched all this and smiled. She had noticed, during her visit to the
ridge on the preceding day, that there was a large area of flat ground that
was very, very badly waterlogged. And it was immediately in front of this
marshy ground that she had deployed the levy infantry. By placing the weakest
infantry in the open, Zuzana had hoped to tempt the enemy into an
overconfident charge - and when the charge succeeded, the enemy knights would
find themselves bogged down in mud which went up to a man's calf (and a
woman's calf, as Zuzana had found when she'd sent her maid to wade through
it); better yet, the barely mobile Bavarian knights would now be stuck within
range of virtually every archer and crossbowman that Bohemia could muster.
Such
had been the Duchess' plan and it seemed to be working. Missiles rained down
on the knights as they tried to struggle out of the sucking mud. The levy
infantry, meanwhile, were being rapidly rallied and regrouped - most had
broken and fled before the Bavarians hit them (and, being very lightly armed
and almost completely unarmoured, many of them had been easy to escape across
mud where a mounted and armoured knight would simply get stuck).
Welf
observed the collapse of this attack but was not overly worried (such things
happened from time to time). He signalled for a general advance to begin
against the Bohemian centre on the ridge - he would win the battle by simply
having his infantry push the enemy lines back, advancing foot by bloody foot.
Margrave Leopold II of Austria led the advance of the infantry while Old Welf
himself took control of a great body of about fifteen hundred knights on the
Bavarian infantry's right flank (these knights, Welf reckoned, would ward off
the menacing Bohemian cavalry who looked like they might charge at any
moment).
The
advancing Bavarian footmen - and about eight thousand had been committed to
the initial push with more held in reserve - found that the ground was more
solid here and they were in no danger of sinking into the mud. Unfortunately,
the ground for a hundred yards in front of the base of the ridge was scattered
with triboli and caltrops - triangular iron spikes intended, primarily, to
break cavalry charges. The Bavarians and their mercenaries cursed. Although
they suffered no real harm (for they were moving slowly enough to pick their
way through this field of traps), their ranks became broken and their ability
to engage the tightly-packed and bristling ranks of enemy spearmen was much
reduced. A few companies of Bavarians and mercenaries tried to form up and
engage but they were soon sent packing - the Bohemians were able to push their
foes back down the slope of the hill with little effort. As time passed, a
disorganised sort of shoving match broke out between the two phalanxes - a
shoving match in which the outnumbered but far better organised Bohemians had
the best of it.
This
tactic, too, had been Zuzana's idea. She had heard stories, from Norman
knights passing through on their way back home from the Holy Land, of how the
Greeks had used these little traps - the triboli and caltrops - to break the
charges of Norman chevaliers. It had dawned on Zuzana that, though fatal to a
cavalry charge, the same devices could be used to slow an infantry advance and
break up ranks. And this was just what she had done.
While
the Bavarian attack on the centre devolved into a chaotic scrum, Old Welf kept
his cavalry aloof from the fray (partly to avoid the caltrops, partly to avoid
giving the Bohemian cavalry an opportunity to outflank him). Now, he looked on
as Zuzana ordered the Bohemian knights forward - their target was Welf IV
himself, his distinctive fluttering banner. The Bohemian charge was slower
than it could have been; this was largely because they were crossing such
rough ground but Zuzana, given the choice between deploying her cavalry on the
marshes to the right or the rough and uneven ground to the left, the uneven
ground gave her the best chance of victory. The Bavarian knights did not move
to attack but opted to receive the charge, trusting in their discipline and
weight to throw the enemy back.
Welf
cursed as he realised that he now faced two problems: first, he could not
bring up mounted reinforcements because all of the open ground behind him was
filled with his infantry - either his reserves, as yet unbloodied, or
disorganised companies reeling from the assault- hence the reserve horsemen
had no way of reach him; the second problem was connected - if the ground
behind was occupied by milling mobs of infantry (lacking leadership, it must
be said), he had nowhere to retreat if the Bohemian charge succeeded! But
there was nothing to be done but to grit his teeth...
...and
wait. The Bohemians, with Zuzana at their head, crashed into the Bavarians
with an almighty bang like the walls of Jericho falling down. A confused melee
followed but losses on both sides were surprisingly light - amidst the mud,
drizzle and steam from horses, the shouting and clashing of steel, the
important matter was that few blows found their mark in the chaos and, when
they did, they usually bounced off of mail or shield or plate. Zuzana herself,
her hair hidden under a helm and her identity unknown to the enemy, managed to
claim a kill when she personally struck down a Bavarian chevalier - one of
Welf's bodyguards no less. A well-placed blow split the man's helm letting her
blade bite deep into his brain; a second blow, although the man's armour
prevented it breaking his skin, knocked him from his horse to the muddy ground
below where, if he wasn't already dead, he soon would be.
The
Bohemians fell back to regroup perhaps five hundred yards away. The Bavarians
quickly dressed ranks and pursued, albeit in a fairly ragged fashion. Zuzana,
by sheer force of personality, was able to rally her knights very quickly and
lead them in a countercharge. For thirty minutes, as the rain grew thicker,
the two sets of cavalry hacked away at each other. This time the losses were
high on both sides though, without a doubt, the Bavarians took the worst of
it. Once more, the two sides disengaged but this time neither side attempted a
countercharge.
While
the knights had been so engaged, the Bohemian centre had been reinforced by
the arrival of the archers and crossbowmen (having done their worst to the men
who had got bogged down in the marshes, they had decided to lend their weight
at the centre). The Bavarians had not committed many of their archers to the
attack hence they were at a singular disadvantage - their lines were ragged
from the caltrops while their enemy was tightly organised; arrows and quarrels
were beginning to pour into their ranks; the infantry contingents who were
actively engaged against the Bohemians could not withdraw because the men
behind, who were still in good order and unaffected by the Bohemian traps,
were pressing on their heels. At last, the jumble and confusion spread through
the troops in the rear so that men who had not even come close to being
engaged that day began to grow nervous and sought to withdraw.
Observing
the disorder into which the Bavarians had fallen, Zuzana saw that another of
her opinions had been vindicated: she had maintained that this field was far
too small for an army as large as Welf's to operate effectively. By now, the
armies had been engaged for about five hours, on and off, and both sides were
ready to withdraw. The Bohemians, although they were winning the battle, did
not seem to be aware of the fact and were inordinately keen to get off the
battlefield. The Bavarians had simply degenerated into a mob although, once
he'd brought them away from the vicinity of the enemy, Welf was quickly able
to restore them to order. By the time darkness fell, neither side held the
battlefield (thus, both could claim victory) although the Bohemians had
departed last and in far better order.
Losses
had been smaller in this battle than might have been expected. The Bavarian
cavalry took the heaviest losses due to their debacle in the marshes - the
hours of pointless struggle in the centre had been a shoving match rather than
a bloodbath and had ended because the Bavarian combatants were simply too
disorganised to carry on (while their opponents had an unperturbable sense of
order and discipline as well as an easy position from which to defend).
Winter 1106-07: The Bavarians wintered at the little town of Strakonice in the
southwest of Bohemia while Borivoi's army went back to Prague to spend the
season in relative comfort. Zuzana's pivotal role at Gistelnitz had been
inflated, if that were possible, in the popular telling of the story. Her
popularity reached almost religious levels and she became the centre of a very
intense following amongst at all levels of society - to the poor, she was
simply the Lady Zuzana, who had been granted the gift of the Vision by the
Lord and worked to save the souls of all her subjects; to the nobility, she
was La Militissa, the Female Knight, saviour of the Duchy and victor of Gistelnitz. To
everyone, she was marvellous, unnatural and more than a little frightening.
Old
Duke Welf, upon being told that the mastermind of Gistelnitz had been a
women, was heard to remark:
"God
preserve us! This one's worse than Wulfhilde! How, in the Name of Heaven, does
poor Borivoi put up with such a female?"
But
Welf, though a gruff old man, was not so bitter that he grudged the girl her
successes. She had been cunning and bold and had been entirely deserving of
her victory. Indeed, once or twice Old Welf was even heard to raise a glass to
Her Grace's health. She was a worthy opponent, in spite of her unfortunate
gender.
Back
at Prague, a messenger arrived from Croatia promising that Koloman would march
north as soon as Winter had broken and the roads
were free of mud and snow.
March-May 1107: The Bohemians were the first to break their winter camp, setting out
from Prague at the beginning of March when some of the last snows could yet be
seen on the fields. This time, Zuzana was the unquestioned leader of the army.
Those who were uncomfortable at following a woman (and especially a slip of a
girl not yet twenty-two) kept their mouths shut because they were aware that,
but for her ability, the Bavarians would have swept all Bohemian resistance
aside at Gistelnitz and would have had a clear march to Prague and victory.
By
setting out early, Zuzana had gained the initiative and she did not intend to
surrender it. When Old Welf finally led his men forth in April, he found the
Bohemians waiting for him, ready and in high spirits. Many small-scale
sparring matches took place between mounted detachments - neither side could
have claimed, in any meaningful way, to be the victor of these skirmishes but,
at the same time, it was significant that the Bavarians did not have
everything their own way. Pushing on towards Prague, Old Welf found himself
out-thought (if not out-fought) on a dozen occasions; he had always thought
himself a solid strategist and tactician - indeed, he was a successful veteran
of many wars and his prowess commanded much respect - but Zuzana's army would
constantly appear in the place where he least expected it; Bavarian spies
would often bring details of her location and the composition of her forces
but, by the time he moved to attack, the Bohemians would have departed only to
reappear somewhere else, skirmish with his pickets and withdraw...
Directly
on the road from Strakonice to Prague lay the River Sazawa. It was here that
the two armies would meet again in proper battle. Zuzana saw, ahead of time,
that there were only a couple of fording points which could accommodate an
army as large as that of the Welfs so she deployed her forces there and waited
and she was not disappointed. On the 3rd of May, the Bavarian outriders
spotted her army spread just behind the north bank of the Sazawa holding both
fords. Welf was impressed at the skill his foe had shown and realised that to
fight here would put him at a real risk - his army, though larger by far than
the Bohemians, could never bring its full weight to bear on the enemy line if
they had to attack across these little fords (worse, the banks above the fords
were very steep and were defended not by the Bohemian Ducal army but by
Zuzana's pilgrims). Yet, if he declined battle and tried to find some other
route to Prague, there was no telling what would happen - Zuzana would never
fight unless and until the odds favoured her and the Bavarians could never
assault Prague unless and until they had defeated the Bohemians on the field
and crushed all resistance.
It
was no easy decision but Welf chose, with cold pragmatism, to try to force a
passage of the River Sazawa at this point. He knew that his losses would be
high but he reckoned that he could wear down his numerically inferior foe and
perhaps achieve the decisive victory he needed.
From
eleven in the morning until dusk, wave after wave of Bavarian soldiery went
across the fords, wading ankle deep through the water, were met with hails of
arrows, struggled up the banks and were repulsed. With each assault, the
number of bodies at the foot of the river bank increased and the waters were
gradually coloured red with men's blood. However many men died, Welf signalled
for more to march until, at the last, the attackers were walking over the
bodies of their dead comrades. During one such attack, the Margrave of Austria
was injured by a Bohemian pike which pierced his mail armour and left a deep
wound in his shoulder. His loyal guardsmen carried him back to southern bank
and thence to his pavilion. Yet the Bohemians did not have it all their own
way - the Bavarian archers and crossbowmen deployed on the south bank left
many hundreds of Zuzana's soldiers dead; Zuzana herself escaped death by a
hair's breadth during one such bombardment for she had removed her iron helmet
to wipe the sweat from her forehead and only just replaced it when an arrow
struck the rim and bounced harmlessly to the ground... It escaped no-one's
attention that Bohemia's saviour had almost met her Maker then and there.
Her Grace, seeing how her ranks were being
thinned by the enemy missiles, was beginning to contemplate a retreat when,
just as the sun began to set, the Bavarian army began leaving the field. The
withdrawal was orderly enough but its morale was broken. The soldiers would
make no more assaults across the fords of the Sazawa. The Battle of the Sazawa had ended with a victory for Bohemia against the invading Bavarians!
So, far from retreating, Zuzana's battered
force began to press upon the Bavarians, giving them no respite until they had
crossed over into Austria at the end of the month. Both sides began licking
their wounds, gathering their stragglers and reorganising but the actual
conflict - which came to be known as Zuzana's Pilgrimage - was over. And, as May ended and June began, the Hungarians began
entering Bohemia in accordance with their treaty obligations.
The Aftermath: The enemy were gone and Koloman, Bohemia's Magyar ally, sat outside
Prague alongside the battered but victorious Bohemian army. Borivoi and Zuzana
had much to be thankful for yet fate had not finished with them. Zuzana and
the Pilgrims opted not to leave for the Holy Land yet - they would go one day
and fulfil all their vows but not until they could be certain of Bohemia's
safety. Perhaps as punishment for failing to go, 1109 saw Danousek, the
younger son of Zuzana and Borivoi, grow ill from a fever, slowly sicken and
finally die. Ironically, Zuzana had fallen pregnant only a little while before
and, in 1110, gave birth to a healthy girl who was christened Adriana. Some
wondered if the little girl would take after her mother. However that may be,
Zuzana assumed that the death of Danousek was Divine Retribution for failure
to fulfil her vow to pray in the Sepulchre in Jerusalem and nothing could lift
her from the belief that she had caused it to happen.
With
the enemy gone, Borivoi sent envoys to his nephew, the new King of Poland,
requesting military aid under the terms of their treaty. Koloman of Hungary
had but a low opinion of the Poles and began pushing Borivoi to agree to a
joint campaign against the Bavarian Welfs without waiting for the Poles to
mobilise. As it was, the Duke of Bohemia had a lot of damage to repair before
he could think about pursuing the path of vengeance. Besides, there was no
telling what way the Emperor would jump if the Bohemian - not strictly members
of the Empire - were to introduce the hated Magyars into an Imperial Duchy.
NORTHERN EUROPE
The Kingdom of Denmark
Ruler: Erik
I the Evergood, King of Denmark, Duke of Holstein
Capital: Copenhagen
Religion: Roman Catholic
Having
annexed the Imperial province of Holstein during the recent war against the
Welfs, Erik of Denmark was now eager to see his rule recognised as legitimate
by both the Emperor and the great families of Northern Germany. The beginning
of 1106 brought much news in this regard - the virtual surrender of Lothar
Billung and, with it, Welf acknowledgment of Imperial supremacy; the defection
of the Margrave of Meissen to Bohemia; the Saxon renunciation of all claim to
Holstein... Erik waited, anxiously, to see how this would affect his own
situation.
At
last, during the final week of February, a messenger in the yellow and black
livery of the Emperor arrived in Holstein bearing a missive under the seal of
Henry V, King and Emperor. Erik's chamberlain broked the seal and read the
contents out, translating the Latin into Danish as he went:
"From Henry, by the grace of God Emperor of the Romans, to his brother
Erik, King of Denmark, greetings!
"It is Our pleasure that the lands of
Holstein, having fallen under Your Majesty's sway, should remain under Your
rule. It has escaped not Our attention that the
venerable and ancient Crown of Denmark has demonstrated a rare loyalty and
faithful commitment to Our rule and that of Our father before us, the August
Henry IV of Blessed Memory.
"In recognition of such service as Your Majesty has done Us and the
Empire, it is Our Will that Erik, King of Denmark, called the Evergood, shall
henceforth bear the Imperial title Duke of Holstein and that the Ducal lands
shall be His and His descendants in perpetuity. Let the Duke of Holstein
henceforth sit in the Highest Councils of the Empire and let His voice be not
absent from the Imperial Diet.
"Signed, Henry V, Rex Imperatorque."
Erik
was, to say the least, pleased by this. He had half-expected that the Emperor
might demand the return of Holstein. Now, though, that his rule had a legal
basis, he could begin the task of convincing the local nobles to accept his
rule. Virtually his first task was to take a local woman as wife - he chose a
girl named Litwinde, the daughter of an old family of Welf loyalists who had
been most resistant to Danish rule (for, by bringing them into his camp, Erik
hoped to encourage everyone to accept him as their sovereign).
Taking
his new wife with him, Erik returned to his court on the island of Zealand and
began rearranging his court a little. With his elevation to the ranks of the
Imperial nobility, the King felt it was time to bring the quasi-independent
jarls of Jutland into line; law after law was promulgated stripping the local
nobles of their legal authority and centralisation of the most important
powers in the hands of the King. There was considerable resentment at this -
Erik was, to be sure, a highly respected man but the Danish nobility
considered him to be nothing more than "first among equals".
Needless to say, his popularity in certain quarters decreased exactly as his
personal power over Denmark increased.
When
Litwinde bore Erik a son in 1107, some wondered whether it marked the start of
a line of tyrants and still others wondered what Erik's brother and heir, the
Crown Prince Niels, would do if and when he ascended the throne...
Back
in Holstein, the Danish charm offensive paid off and, although the local
nobles insisted on retaining a goodly degree of independence and bluntly
refused to place their personal levies under the Crown's control, the
economies of Denmark and Holstein became very closely aligned. Tax collectors
of the Danish Crown became an increasingly common sight in Holstein. The city
of Hamburg, which had been toying with its newfound independence, decided to
follow suit and become a subject of Ducal Holstein (and, by extension, the
Danes).
The Kingdom of Norway
Ruler: Magnus
II "Bareleg", King of Norway, Earl of the Orkneys, King of Man
Capital: Christiana
Religion: Roman Catholic
The Norsemen threw off a long period of
indolence and, once more, looked to vital matters at home and abroad.
From his Great Hall in Christiana, Magnus "Bareleg" began the
re-institution of the leidang (a muster of the King's Yeomen under which each region undertook to
supply a fully crewed warship for royal service); too, Magnus began the
Herculean task of resurrecting the old system of naval and coastal defences
stretching the length of the Norwegian littoral, that had first been set in
place by King Haakon between 945 and 960 to protect against the menace of
foreign invasion and Viking raiders. A little gold was set aside to see the
plan through and plans were drawn up for a whole series of bonfires and wooden
watchtowers to be set atop mountain peaks. The exponents of the system
theorised that the news of an attack anywhere on Norway's coast would reach
the whole kingdom within a mere seven days.
As
well as seeing to the governance of the wide Norwegian sea empire, Magnus
demonstrated his Christian piety - the Shrine of St. Olav in Trondheim
received much attention from the Crown and a detachment of a couple of hundred
warriors was sent north from Christiana to guard the routes favoured by the
thousands of pilgrims who flocked to the site each year from all over Northern
Europe.
In foreign affairs, emissaries from the
Swedish Crown arrived to negotiate the border between the two countries.
Neither Magnus not his Swedish guests were in particularly bearish moods and,
so, a treaty was drafted and acceded to very quickly although a rider was
added at Swedish insistence that the monarchs of the two Scandinavian polities
would come together in 1116 to ratify the treaty once more. (The precise wording of the treaty may be
found under the Swedish
entry).
While
such matters were being undertaken, the Jarl Thorvald was sent off to pay a
visit to the tributary Lords of the Shetlands. A flotilla of half-a-dozen
impressive looking warships accompanied him though what effect that had on the
final outcome of his visit is anyone's guess... After a number of long months
of residence in the Longhouses of the Shetland Chieftains, Thorvald convinced
one local lord after another to bow to the authority of the Norwegian Crown.
In the fullness of time, he was pleased to be able to send back despatches to
"Bareleg" informing him of the willingness of the Shetlanders to
commit troops as well as gold to the service of the King in Christiana. By and
large, the mission was a brilliant success. On a more personal note, Thorvald
found the leisurely pace of life in the Shetlands to be far more conducive to
his personal happiness than the bustle and hectic way in which the people of
Christiana lived. He hoped the King would allow him to remain in these rugged
and windswept islands a while longer for he had come to like them even more
than the fjords and mountains of his homeland.
Back
in the Great Hall, Magnus' heir, Eystein Magnusson, fathered a daughter in
1109. This was the signal for much merriment and the quaffing of unfeasible
amounts of mead and ale.
From
Ulster, though, came news that Vikings - not Norwegians, obviously - had
sailed up the Irish sea and had raided three
villages in the vicinity of Carrickfergus. Magnus wondered what it meant and
pledged that no man would loot lands that were his and go unpunished...
The Kingdom of Sweden
Ruler: Inge
II, the Younger, and Philip
Halstensson, the Champion of Tyr,
Co-Kings of Sweden
Capital: Stockholm
Religion: Roman Catholic (sort of)
The Reflections of a Swedish sailor...
The seasons are heavy on my shoulders.
I have waited many years for this to happen, and finally a man of strong
will and cunning has come amongst us to champion the traditional ways. Philip
Halstensson has come like a storm, and has brought together many who were
before divided, but he is a man of action, not thought.
Since he returned from the seas, I have pledged my lands and family to
Philip, and have guided this youngster through the dangerous mires of the men
who seek his favour.
In far Stockholm, Inge continues his pretence of the “good king”,
although all see that he aspires to absolute power. His actions and new laws
are unseemly in the eyes of the Elder Kin, and a reckoning will come for it.
But that is for later - for now I have finally convinced Philip that true
loyalty is not built on drunken words, but on the desires of men’s hearts:
wealth, security, strength. Only a few days ago we set sail for Gotland where
we will see if young Eyvindr truly looks for his peoples benefit - or only his
own.
Other things concern me. If Sweden is truly to be a great Kingdom, we
must be rid of this rulership by council - it is divisive and counter
productive - but neither Inge or Philip have enough
support to gain complete control. While we have the strongest navy in the
Baltic Seas, Catholic Inge sits safely in Stockholm with a well equipped army
manning the walls. We need our own army! But now with the new laws, the nobles
are unable to raise their own armies without the permission of Inge - who will
never allow any armed men unless they be his own.
Perhaps it can be done. There are other Swedes who would follow Philip
besides the catholic cronies who surround Inge¼
But enough - the sea calls, and I must take my turn at the helm.
Knut
Magnusson, Jarl of Västmanland.
Inge
the Younger was more worried than ever about the effect his Co-King, Philip,
was having on the Swedish people. Redoubling his efforts to turn Sweden into a
united, peaceful and prosperous Christian realm, Inge first sent forth a
number of trusted emissaries to the Court of Magnus "Bareleg" in
Christiana to negotiate a treaty. The ease with which said treaty was
concluded was a sign of encouragement to Inge though, at the insistence of
some of Philip's partisans, the treaty would expire and require further
ratification in 1116 of the Christian era. The text of the treaty ran as
follows:
”It
is agreed that the northern lands of our forefathers shall be divided by the
Kjólen mountains between the Norwegians and the Swedish. All lands which lie
before the western face shall be the territory of the Norwegian King Magnus II
and his subjects, while those lands which lie before the eastern face chall be
the territory of the Swedish Kings Inge II,Philip
Halstensson and their subjects.
“Let
no man cross this boundary while bearing the instruments of war.
“In the year of Our Lord 1116, let the rulers of both the Norwegians
and Swedish come together to again ratify this agreement.”
While Inge gave his attention to foreign diplomacy, Philip was more concerned with finessing Sweden's vassal rulers and the nearby independent regions and clans. So it was that, in the Summer of 1106, he arrived in Gotland and remained there until the end of 1107. Philip spent most of his visit in the company of Eyvindr Tallberg, the foremost nobleman amongst Gotland's ruling clans, for the two were close friends and shared the same vision of the future. To the delight of the populace, the Swedish Co-King distributed, with a liberal hand, gifts of gold to the people of Gotland; no-one asked where he had acquired it though some of the coins were plainly of Moorish stamp while others bore the eagle seal of the German Imperium. Philip placed only one condition upon the gifts he had given - that every penny should be used to better the lot of the Gotlanders, to improve their villages, pay for the importation of the tools and agricultural equipment... His generosity won him many friends.
For his part, Philip Halstensson had his own reasons to be glad - his mistress, Astidis Hallbjornsdatter, returned from her recent sojourn in Poland. The two had been many years apart and, in some ways, Astidis seemed to show a certain coolness towards her lover; indeed, the members of Philip's retinue came to the conclusion that the long separation had effectively killed Astidis' love (for she was a passionate and fickle woman and, if the stories from Poland were true, she had shown herself not to be a great believer in the concept of absolute fidelity during long separations). In spite of all that, Philip was simply glad to be in her company again and the two spent many long nights together. Even if Astidis did not truly love Philip any longer, the fires of her lust had certainly not been quenched.
In any case, this peasant-bred pagan woman was able to succeed where even Philip, with his bottomless reserves of gold, had failed - with her sly arguments and winning personality (not to mention a copious supply of very convincing threats), she managed to bounce young Eyvindr and the great nobles of Gotland into sign an agreement which placed Gotland under the rule of the Swedish Crown. No small achievement, it must be said.
With Gotland's loyalty assured, Philip and his entourage set off for Kopparberg, north of Uppsala. The local clans were traditionalists and pagans who wanted nothing to do with the increasingly-centralised Swedish state nor the oppressive religion of the Crossmen and their strange deity, the Christ. Yet, they welcomed Philip, whose pagan sympathies were well-known; though the men of Kopparberg were fiercely insular, they followed events in Uppsala with a suspicious eye (for they were ever fearful that the Crossmen might make war upon them) and they had long identified Philip as the embodiment of opposition to Inge's religious and political innovations. After some sharp negotiations in which they demanded that their religious liberties be guarded and guaranteed by Philip himself, they agreed to pay some annual tribute to Stockholm; to seal the agreement, Philip took a bride from the leading local family.
This diplomatic task completed, Philip and Astidis once more separated - he to return to the Court of Stockholm with his new wife and she to take a trip to the Finnish tribes and Swedish colonists in the little region of Turku across the Gulf of Finland... (As an aside, many people noted that Astidis seemed rather ill during the negotiations and seldom appeared in public).
Philip arrived back in the capital just as Inge was preparing to depart for Copenhagen. To guard his Co-King and ensure a safe voyage, Philip, who had managed to bring virtually all the Swedish fleet under his control, handed over half-a-dozen of the strongest warships. Inge was not entirely clear on what to make of this sudden display of loyalty and concern for his safety but opted not to make an issue of it. Virtually the moment Inge had left the shores of Sweden, though, Philip summoned all his partisans and vassals to the Royal Court while dismissing those who were known to support Inge. Too, the more assiduous Christians were completely sidelined as Philip asserted his authority.
Acting fully within his legal rights, Philip called up the royal army - nobles, vassals and retainers as well as the traditional household regiments - and began ousting anyone whose loyalty he doubted. By and by, Inge's wife and three sons - Johan, Brandr and Geirr - were brought to Philip's personal estates in the hinterland beyond Stockholm ("in order that they might be guarded more securely"). There were protests in the Landstig, mainly from the Pro-Inge faction, but Philip could calmly point out that everything he had done was according to the Law (and the Law, he pointed out, had been set in place personally by King Inge II); too, he explained to any protestors that he was Inge's Co-King and that this granted him certain rights and duties but he had not yet made nor would he ever make a claim to rulership over the Kingdom of Sweden. The members of the Landstig listened and admitted to the truth of his words but they did not like it and could see, very clearly, that the irredeemable pagan was up to something nasty.
Christians in the Kingdom were singularly upset during these trying times - the Faith had never really had a particularly secure footing in Sweden and there had always tended to be both the syncretisation of deities and a "live and let live" attitude. Now, though, it was getting ridiculous - people would call themselves Christian yet never attend Church nor pay their tithe; at rites presided over pagan priests, offerings were made to the Green Christ (who now joined Odin, Thor and Tyr in the pagan pantheon). Despite the sharp offence it caused to the more zealous believers, this was a genuine attempt by the pagans to promote fellow-feeling and put an end to the religious disputes of the past. Perhaps the reason it caused such offence was that it was actually quite successful and the boundaries between Christian and pagan belief were being virtually erased...
The Icelandic Commonwealth
Ruler:
t.b.a.
Capital: none.
Religion: Roman Catholic
Slept.
WESTERN EUROPE
The Norman Kingdom of England
Ruler: Henry
I Beauclerc, King of England
Capital: London
Religion: Roman Catholic
Ranulph
Flambard was back in his cell in the Tower of London. He looked out of the
window, through thick bars which had not been present the last time he was a
guest in this establishment. It was a damp January morning and dawn had not
yet broken over the land. He saw the dark ribbon of the Thames and, in the
distance, could make out the dark shapes of the little buildings of London, a
city he had once virtually ruled as Treasurer to King William II.
Keys
jangling at the door distracted the Prince Bishop from his reverie. A
thick-necked Saxon guard stepped in and gestured sharply at the door with his
thumb. "It's time," he said, in a barely comprehensible effort at
the Norman dialect of the French language.
With
as much dignity as he could muster, Flambard stalked out of the cell and down
the corridor. His party of guards bustled to keep up with him. The curious
thing was that Flambard needed no directions, no indication of where to go. He
already knew - out of the Tower and onto the wide expanse of damp grass to the
south of the main structure. Already waiting were the Usurper Henry's pet, the
smirking Ranulph de Glanville, revelling in his illegitimately-held titles of
Treasurer of England and Steward of the Royal Household. A thick
wooden block rested on the ground beside de Glanville's feet and a rather
large man stood nearby, resting on an axe and giving the impression that he'd
rather be in bed than here.
"Shall
we make a start, My Lord Flambard?" asked Glanville with a mocking tone.
"I have much to do this day. Many tasks, do you see, yet to be done for
His Majesty. I am quite sure you recall that there's nothing like governing a
realm to make a man busy."
"Prithee
get on with it, you dullard," spat the Bishop. "Unless
you mean to make my end even more painful by subjecting me to the excruciating
ordeal of having to listen to your prattle."
"As
you wish," replied the still-smiling Glanville. Then he drew a scroll
from the folds of his cloak, unfolded it. He gestured to Flambard to place his
head upon the block, cleared his throat and began to read in his high, clear
tones (for the benefit of the guards and axeman):
"Whereas
Ranulph Flambard, sometime Treasurer of England and Prince Bishop of Durham,
is and standeth condemned for High Treason; taking arms against the King,
plotting the King’s death, treating with the King’s enemies, extortion of
money and favours from the King’s subjects, blasphemy and un-natural
practices and other high crimes; and sentence hath been pronounced against him
by the King, to be put to death by the severing of his head from his body; of
which sentence execution yet remaineth to be done: These are therefore to will
and require you to see the said Sentence executed, in the Tower Of London,
upon the morrow, being the first day of this instant month of January, between
the hours of eight in the morning and ten in the morning, with full effect.
And for so doing, this shall be your warrant. In addition, the estates,
chattels and titles of Ranulph Flambard are confiscated and become property of
the Crown.
Given under our hand and seal, Henry Beauclerc, King Of
England, Duke Of Normandy."
From
his place on the block, Flambard managed one last comment: "But it's not
eight in the morning yet."
Then
the axe fell. Flambard died. Glanville spoke: "Well, I don't think a few
hours would have made much difference and I, for one, have a lot to do
today."
News
of the execution was greeted with delight by the general populace (who had
languished under Flambard's yoke during the days of Bad King Rufus) and the
detruncated head was placed on a spike atop Traitor's Gate where small
children could come to laugh at it and, occasionally, throw things.
With
the death of this hated foe, King Henry turned to a thing which gave him
particular pleasure - scholarship (actually, it was the sponsorship of
scholarship in this case). A small band of mud-splattered monks were given a
reasonable endowment of silver (though it was nothing like the amount of money
that the French King gave his scholars) and a grant of land within the market
town of Oxenford, not far from London. The monks wandered off to the town and
set about building a school and, with that done, attracting students. They
named their school Eadgyth's College, in honour of the King's Saxon wife, and
began teaching Latin and theology to the very small gang of students that
they'd been able to attract; the students were a brave and hardy lot - they
had to be for the Hall of Lecturing was little more than a wooden shack
through which the wind blew and into which the rain would leak whenever the
weather was wet (and, since it was England, that meant all the time). Truly,
it was a hard life...
Yet,
the monks were not entirely ignorant of their pupils' suffering nor were they
at all heartless and they undertook to help their students survive the misery
of life at Oxenford. The faculty of Eadgyth's College, being entirely wise and
pious men, had worked out that the students would be more liable to study and
less likely to die if they got some food. So, at the Candlemas Feast of 1109,
the monks decided to begin something that would soon become a great Oxenford
tradition. After the monks had eaten their Candlemas meal (which was by no
means a grand affair and consisted only of nine courses), the Dean of the
College took the scraps which had all been gathered by the College Servitors
on a series of nine wooden trays (one tray for each course, you see).
Solemnly, he lifted each tray and processed to the window of the Dining Hall;
the window would be ceremonially opened by a Servitor and the Dean would empty
the contents of the tray out of the open window and onto the cobbles below
where a large band of penniless, ragged and hungry students had gathered. The
process was repeated for each tray. Thus began the venerable tradition of The
Poor Students' Supper.
As
the students scrabbled in the mud hoping to find a bone with just a little
meat on it, the monks of the Faculty retired to their chambers feeling
satisfied at their benificence. Not only did they feed the soul with theology
and the mind with Latin, now they fed the very bodies of their students. Yes,
there were no two ways about it - the Oxenford students were generously
treated by their teachers.
Eadgyth
herself, after whom the Oxon. College was named, was heavily involved in
domestic matters. A daughter was born in each of the years 1106 and 1108 -
Matilda and Sibylla respectively - though this was overshadowed by some other
dynastic matters. King Henry recalled his vassal, Earl Robert de Mowbray of
Northumbria, from his diplomatic mission to Wales. Mowbray was probably
England's most powerful nobleman and, certainly, he was the one who enjoyed
the most independence from the Crown; though Earl Robert bowed before His
Majesty, his vast fiefs in the Northern Marches were actually beyond Henry's
direct control. Now it was time to remedy that...
The 50 year old Mowbray was to be wed to
Henry's elder (widowed) sister, the Countess Adela of Champagne. Although she
was some 43 years of age, the match was considered a good one for it put the
Earl much closer to the Royal Family and gave him enormous influence at court.
Old Robert agreed, too, to become stepfather to Adela's two children -
Stephen, Count of Blois and Theobald, Count of Champagne - now that their
father was dead. No sooner had the wedding vows been exchanged than de Mowbray
was once more banished to Wales (well, not formally banished but it felt that
way); this time, the Princes of Gwynned, who were as fed up of Robert as he
was of them, agreed to pay an annual tribute to the English King though they
reiterated with typical Celtic vehemence that they were independent and in no
way recognised the suzerainty of any
foreign King - be he Norman, Saxon or anything else.
The King himself seemed to recognise the
peculiar nature of the various peoples who inhabited this grey island of
Britain - he had come to the conclusion that his son, William, had the
potential to unify the Saxon and Norman cultures. The boy was the grandson of
William the Conqueror through his father's side and the great-great-grandson
of the Saxon King, Edmund II, through his Anglo-Scottish mother. In
recognition of little William's Saxon inheritance, Henry granted him the
ancient title of Aethling, traditionally given to Saxon English Princes. It was the King's hope
that this title would emphasise that the Saxons and Normans were now to be a
single united people. Too, as soon as his son turned three, His Majesty took
to spending a great deal of time with him in order to guide the little
prince's development properly and drive home the belief that the future of the
Normans lay in England and, more importantly, in union with the Saxons for it
was Henry's conviction that nothing lay across the Channel in France but
strife and trouble.
Apart
from these things, the other significant event at Court involved the
appointment of large numbers of professional administrators from among the
able commoners of the realm. They quickly displaced the noble courtiers and
churchmen who had, heretofore, overseen the government of the realm. A
department, known as the Exchequer, was created to oversee the collection of
revenues and, just as importantly, to call to account any sheriff, reeve or
other magistrate who failed to pay proper dues to the Crown. Soon, officials
of the Exchequer were travelling the country to judge local financial disputes
thus, rather neatly, cutting away the powers of the courts of the feudal
barons. Naturally, the nobles were not well pleased at having their part in
ruling the Kingdom undermined so bluntly but Henry was able to ignore them
largely because the new administrators and officials proved to be
exceptionally good at their job.
Finally,
the burghers of the town of Lynn in Norfolk petitioned His Majesty for a
charter granting them the status of a city. Not only did His Majesty agree
but, in a fit of largesse, even granted them the right to rename their town
King's Lynn as a sign of the Crown's particular partiality for the place.
The Duchy of Aquitaine
Ruler: Guyaume
IX "the Troubadour", Duke of Aquitaine, Count of Poitiers
Capital: Toulouse
Religion: Roman Catholic
Early
in 1106, a series of meetings was held between agents of the Duchy and
representatives of the region's Jewish community. The Jews had not really
suffered under the rule of Duke Guyaume and, in fact, in recent years the
number of Spanish Jews in Aquitaine had been increasing steadily. In return
for their relative freedom, the Duke was now asking for some small
consideration in the form of some significant loans. The Jews, being
pragmatic, agreed to lend their Duke the money he required (under the usual
terms, of course...).
In addition to securing such loans, the Duke
had been most interested to hear how the Sicilian Hautevilles had, only
recently, undertaken a great account of their Kingdom much in the manner of
the Domesday Book of Norman England. He decided it was time for something similar to be
done for his own little realm. A couple of hundred clerks and monks, under the
lead of the bookish, peevish and thoroughly annoying Bernard Raymond de
L'Armagnac, began compiling a great catalogue of the properties of the great
nobles. It took only four years for the task to be completed and the book -
the Catalogus Baronum - listed every single fief in the Duchy of Aquitaine and the Counties
of Poitiers and Toulouse as well as the value of every village, every hamlet,
every manor house, every farm, fishpond and field.... By wise use of this new
resource, Guyaume's tax collectors were able to squeeze even more gold out of
his subjects.
The
Duke's personal life did not go quite so well as his tax-gathering
arrangements. His wife, Philippa of Toulouse, gave him a new son - Raymond -
in 1107 but, the following year, died giving birth to a second son - this time
named Pons. Little Pons survived his mother by only a few hours.
Never
being one to dwell on unhappiness, 1109 saw the Duke depart Toulouse and head
for Bordeaux where he quickly convinced the locals to accept his direct rule
(though not especially keen, there was much fear that the Viking raids might
touch Bordeaux hence it was wise to accept Aquitaine's protection).
In
the cultural life of this vibrant land, the usual large dispensations of gold
were made to scholars and minstrels alike. Curiously, the Duke had taken a
sudden interest in pantomime and the practitioners of this artform were
singularly favoured but its cultural import continued to be dwarfed by
literature, especially poetry. Indeed, 1108 saw the production of a
thousand-line poem detailing the exploits of the Norman nobleman, Guy de
Courtenay, and his courtly love for Countess Adelaide di Savona. Yet, science
was not neglected - a couple of Jewish teachers from Spain were even recruited
to begin giving classes in mathematics and astronomy (sciences they had learnt
in the Taifa states of Southern Spain before the coming of the Almoravids). At
the same time, there was a growing sense of religious fervour in the country
and some churchmen and even noblemen questioned the sense in letting this
singularly hated group of people enjoy any privileges in this, the Duchy which
had virtually led the Crusade for the Liberation of the Holy Land.
The Kingdom of France
Ruler: Louis
VI Capet, King of France
Capital: Paris
Religion: Roman Catholic
King Philip the Amorous was beginning to feel
just a little under pressure. In the streets of Paris, never the most orderly
of places, a most annoying religious revival was taking place. On the doors of
churches all over the city, anonymous letters were being nailed up calling on
the people to rise up against the Crown (admittedly, most people couldn't read
but the ever-resourceful Parisians would simply hunt out someone who could and threaten him into reading it out to the throng):
"GATHER ROUND, ALL YE FREE
CITIZENS OF PARIS, AND HEAR ME TELL THE TRUTH THAT THOU KNOWEST IN THY BONES!
OUR COUNTRY IS DISGRACED BY THE PRESENCE OF THE DEVIL ON OUR THRONE - YEA,
VERILY SATAN HIMSELF -
FOR WHAT ELSE IS OUR EXCOMMUNICATED WHOREMONGER OF A KING?"
And
so on... Rather than subject himself to such venomous assaults, Philip,
Bertrade and the children foresook the city and went off to Ponthieu where
Philip, backed his son Prince Louis, began a demanding series of negotiations
with Count Hugh of Ponthieu. The Count enjoyed practical independence from the
French Crown and was not at all keen to surrender his liberties. His
recalcitrance was only overcome when a match was agreed between Prince Louis
of France and Rosamunde of Ponthieu, thus ensuring that, in all likelihood,
Hugh's grandson would sit on the French throne. Even then, Hugh declined to
become a mere subject of the King and, instead, became an ally of the Crown
while retaining a few small measures of local autonomy including the right to
appoint his own magistrates and sheriffs.
While in Ponthieu, two things happened:
firstly, the bloody Norsemen came around tearing up the coast again
(fortunately, when they saw the Oriflamme banner
of the French King fluttering all over the province, they assumed, quite
incorrectly, that the entire French Royal army was present and quickly
departed after burning only one or two farms and looting a couple of coastal
hamlets). The citizens of Calais quickly raised a militia in the expectation
that they would meet with a Viking attack and, so, were pleasantly surprised
when it proved not to be the case.
The
second thing to happen in Ponthieu was the death of King Philip in 1108 at the
age of 56. The official account, as given by His Grace, the Archbishop of
Paris, was simply that His Majesty became ill quite suddenly - perhaps as the
result of excessive consumption of shellfish - worsened and died. It was all
very straightforward. A more popular account was that the King had been
enjoying himself far too much in rural Ponthieu and that, over the course of
one weekend, during which he received the favours of no less than four
different peasant girls, his ailing heart finally gave out. This story may or
may not have been true but there was not doubt that the French wanted to
believe that this was the way their colourful King had died.
In
death, Philip achieved a popularity that had escaped him in life. His funeral
was the grandest affair Paris had seen in many a long year and there was
scarcely a nobleman in the Kingdom who did not attend (with the notable
exception of Fulk of Anjou). The common folk, always fickle, seemed genuinely
sorry at the Philip's death. The Church, on the other hand, was more than
pleased to see Philip depart this mortal coil for it allowed them to bring his
son, Louis VI, back into Rome's fold.
Louis'
first act, as King of France, was to try to stamp the kind of authority that
his father never could on the realm. Many new clerks and scribes were
recruited and new officials appointed to help administer the Kingdom and to
carry Royal authority into every corner of the realm. Too, a great account was
taken of the population and property of all the lands of the French Crown with
the result that Royal income rose by not an insignificant level.
None
of this was altogether popular with the quasi-independent French nobility who
objected most strenuously to Louis' efforts at bringing them into line and
extending the power Crown. Indeed, shortly after his accession to the throne,
a small revolt broke out in Calais but it was quickly crushed by the troops of
the garrison and the ringleaders were arrested by the local magistrate and
sent off to Paris to be judged before the King.
The
only other interesting event came at the Palace of the Archbishop of Paris
when a small band of men, wearing coarse woolen cloaks with large hoods, were
found in the grounds. Surrounded by the old cleric's guards, they quickly
threw down their weapons and surrendered. They were all French though they
spoke a dialect which was definitely not Parisian.
The Kingdom of the Scots
Ruler: Alexander
I Canmore, King of Scots
Capital: none
Religion: Roman Catholic
King
Edgar continued to rule over the Scots with a light hand and in worsening
health until, during the dank Winter of 1108, he
succumbed to consumption and died. Leaving no children behind, Edgar's final
act, on his death bed, was to bequeath the Kingdom of the Scots to his
brother, Alexander, and to appoint his other brother, David Canmore, as
Lieutenant to the King (and de facto heir to Alexander).
The
King's death was the only major news in Scotland although the merchant who had
been behind the murder, in 1101, of the Canmore ambassador to the English
Court was sent north from London in chains. In due course, the magistrates of
Royal Assizes in Stirling received the wretch, tried him and had him put to
death.
During
all this, David Canmore had been off in Ireland trying to convince the myriad
warring chieftains and would-be High Kings that only their Scottish cousins
could restore order to the land. In Dublin, the Norse rulers of the city
entered into an alliance with the Canmores - the Dubliners had long been
afeared that the Irish might sweep down on the city and, so, welcomed the
chance to acquire a significant ally. From Dublin, David travelled into the
interior where he met many noblemen and chieftains of Lienster. Not
unnaturally, they were suspicious of Scottish involvement in Ireland and did
not like or trust the recent compact between the Scots and the Dubliners
which, to their eyes, wreaked of foreign
interference in Irish affairs. Fortunately, after spending the better part of
three years amongst them, David was able to win the Irish over and convince
them that the Canmores were not a threat to their independence but, rather,
had the potential to form a bulwark against the ever-present spectre of
Norwegian expansion. The Lienstermen accepted this and agreed to provide
tribute to the Scots in return for protection against external aggression.
That
was pretty much all that happened to the Scots....
The Serene Republic of St. Mark
Ruler: Ordelafo
Falier, Doge of the Serene Republic
Capital: Venice
Religion: Roman Catholic
His
Serene Highness, the Doge had been extremely busy - flocks of ambassadors had
been sent to a dozen states of Christendom; endless rounds of missives and
petitions to the Pope, the Princes of Outremer, the Dukes of Empire; endless
weeks of negotiations and counter-negotiations with the Tuscans, the Normans
and the Pisans... And it had all brought forth rich fruit - with the
intercession of His Holiness in Rome, the Margavine Matilda di Canossa had,
for the moment, been convinced not to press her rightful claim to Verona but
to allow the Venetian Republicans to continue their rule over the province;
too, sacred pacts had been agreed with the Norman Duchies in the south of
Italy and with the Pisan Commune. Venice's security was guaranteed.
As
the Spring of 1106 approached, Doge Ordelafo felt a
genuine sense of satisfaction as he saw his plans coming together. There were
not a few in the Venetian Senate who objected to the dangerous and provocative
course Falier had taken by luring the Veronese aristocrats away from the
Empire, virtually throwing down the gaunlet to the indomitable Tuscan
Margravine. Yet, their caution was shown to have been misplaced and Falier to
have been right. The Doge's authority increased and the support he could
command in the Senate had become quite overwhelming. What no-one realised was
that all his plans hitherto, including the luring of rich Verona, was all to
serve a single purpose...
The
Serene Republic was an enthusiastic supporter of the Crusade - not from
religious scruple, of course, but because of the rich trading opportunities it
offered. Now, with the Holy Land, liberated, Venetian merchants had begun to
grasp the almost limitless wealth they might extract from the Levant. Some had
even begun to contemplate the possibility of wresting control of Egypt and the
Nile from the Fatimids - they were, after all, a weak and declining power,
their empire corrupt and their people not favoured by the Lord. It had taken
little to convince Ordelafo Falier that Venice's future lay
in acquiring Egyptian lands. Nor had Allies been hard to find - the Pisans
shared in the Venetian avarice and had already taken steps of their own to
acquire territory close by Egypt; the Normans of Southern Italy were equally
keen - not, in their case, for money but for the glory of smiting the Infidel!
Many a knight in Apulia lamented that he had not taken a part in the Holy War
for God's Blessed City of Jerusalem. Now they were offered the chance to
participate in another holy conflict to crush the Mahometan dogs! How could
they refuse?
The
one place, ironically, where support had not been forthcoming was in Outremer.
Venice's ambassadors, though treated with proper respect, had failed to
convince Baldwin of the advantage of war against the Fatimids. For Baldwin,
there was no glory in further conquest. He and his vassals had driven the
Unbeliever out of Christendom's Holy Places - that and that alone was his
purpose and he would make no war against the Cairenes unless they first
threatened Christ's Reign over Jerusalem. To the minds of the Crusading
Princes, the perfidious Seljuk Turks were an infinitely greater threat than
the Fatimid Caliph and it was against Rum, not Egypt, that Frankish lances
would be directed.
Jerusalem's disinterest in the war left the
Venetians a little unhappy but they went ahead with their plans anyway. The
greater part of the fleet of the Serenissima was assembled off the Lagoon and
troops - Swiss and Lombard mercenaries, Veronese cavaliers bored of sitting on
their rich estates, Croat spearmen, Venetian marines - began boarding and,
shortly, a hundred and fifty hulls under the Admirals Aliano and Scalini hoved
off into the Adriatic and towards the distant Levantine Coast. (see Bacqueville's Expedition).
In
matters of a non-martial variety, the recent trade spat with the devious
Byzantines was healed (though not entirely to His Serenity's liking) and the
merchant shipping began flowing once more out of the Republic and into the
ports of the Empire.
The Duchy of Franconia
Ruler: Henry
V The
Young, Duke of Franconia, Holy Roman Emperor, King of Germany,
Italy and Rome
Capital: Frankfurt
Religion: Roman Catholic (Imperial)
With
Magnus of Saxony dead, Duke Lothar in prison, Wulfhilde recalled to Bavaria
and Gero of Brandenburg cowering in Westphalia, Henry decided it was time to
draw this rather sad and bloody chapter of German history to a close. Heralds
were immediately sent to Gero under a flag of truce while the Emperor returned
to Frankfurt and the imprisoned Duke of Saxony...
Lothar
was brought before him, unsure of what to expect, only for Henry to offer him
what was, arguably, a very generous offer. The Emperor would return the Duchy
of Saxony to Lothar's rule and reinstate him as Grand Marshal in return for an
oath of fealty and a guarantee of annual tribute; Holstein would be ceded to
the Danes, of course, as payment for their support of the Imperial cause.
Lothar, who had spent the greater part of the past five years under lock and
key, did not feel disposed to argue the matter and accepted the offer.
Forthwith, the Franconian forces were withdrawn and Lothar was turned loose
though, when he saw the state of his beloved Saxony, he wondered whether he
had not been better off in Henry's dungeon.
Gero,
in Westphalia with an army he could scarcely control, received an equally
generous offer. It was Gero who truly worried Henry; Duke Lother, even if he
wanted to renew the war, lacked the gold, the manpower or the popular support;
Gero, though, already had men - men, it must be said, who were lacking money,
food and a sense of purpose... If Gero could reinstil some sense of discipline
into them, he could potentially cause much trouble in the Empire. So, Henry's
offer was more handsome than might have been expected. Gero and all his men
were to be pardoned and would be allowed to go whitherever they wished -
within the Empire or without. Those who wished to return to Saxony and the
service of the Welfs could do so; those who wanted to go elsewhere would find
no obstacle placed in their path by the Emperor. Too, lest the shortage of
money tempt them to brigandry or similar wrongdoing, His Imperial Majesty
would pay the wages of the professional soldiers and reimburse the Saxon
noblemen for some of the losses they had suffered. Gero equivocated for a
while before finally accepting the offer but he had a trick of his own up his
sleeve...
Having brought stability to the wider Empire,
Henry decided to do something similar at home - he would take a wife!
Unfortunately, Henry demonstrated less subtletly in his affaires d'amour than in his politicking. It happened that Henry's eye had long been
settled on a certain daughter of the Margrave Rupert of Vohlburg - Ludgara was
her name and she was a singularly beautiful girl with a fine mane of ash
blonde hair, startling green eyes and a pale, creamy complexion. Young
Ludgara, who had only just turned 16, had quickly been married off by her
father to a Thuringian knight. The marriage had been far below her station but
the knight was rich, having made his fortune in the recent war against the
Welfs, and the Margrave of Vohlburg was both poor and rather overburdened with
daughters (having seven in all but only one son!). When the Thuringian had
offered to wed Ludgara while waiving any and all claim to the traditional
dowry, Rupert of Vohlburg had leapt at the opportunity - after all, what other
choice did he have? At least now he had one less daughter to feed and for whom
to find a dowry.
Henry's
interest in Ludgara was well known but it had generally been assumed to be a
passing fancy for the Emperor had acquired something of a reputation as a
gadabout where ladies were concerned. Certainly, no-one ever assumed that he
could have wished her hand in marriage yet, upon discovering that the girl was
married, Henry fell into a deep fit of melancholy. He spent most of his time
seeing to the effective governance of the Empire, observing the little wars in
Hesse and Bohemia and, of course, having many long talks with those German
bishops whose loyalty lay with the Emperor rather than the Pope. Too, a
Bohemian emissary, Vladislav Przemyslid, arrived at the Imperial Court to seek
support from the Emperor; His Majesty was most sympathetic in light of recent
events not to say grateful for the enormous support the little country had
given to the Empire but he made no commitments and would sign no treaties...
Imagine
Henry's surprise, therefore, as something quite remarkable happened - one day
while hunting, the cavalier who had stolen away beautiful Ludgara was found in
the forest close-by his Manor. Protruding from his chest were three crossbow
bolts. It was a tragedy. The local magistrate was set to investigate the
affair and decided it had been an accident - most likely, the poor man had
startled some hunters who, perhaps mistaking him for game, had shot him to
death. Being fearful of retribution, these hunters had probably fled the
scened and would likely never reveal their guilt (and, in truth, they were not
really guilty for the killing had been an unfortunate accident which could
have happened to anyone). Very sad, agreed everyone...
....And,
within a month, His Imperial Majesty had negotiated his marriage to Ludgara.
So, at least some good came out of it all. No children were brought forth by
the marriage until 1109 when Ludgara, now Empress of Germany, gave birth to a
strong daughter.
The
only other news of any import concerned the Jews of Saxony who beseeched their
Emperor to do something about Duke Lothar's refusal to repay his father's
loans. A pretty penny was owed and there was no telling what the wider
economic effects of defaulting on the loans would be, especially given the
parlous state of the Northern German economy.
The Duchy of Saxony
Ruler: Lothar
Billung, Duke of Saxony, Grand Marshal of the Empire
Capital: none.
Religion: Roman Catholic
Lothar
was free! Admittedly, the cost of his freedom was high - he had agreed to turn
Saxony into a virtual extension of Franconia and to abandon all his rightful
and legal claims to Holstein. Finally reaching his home, His Grace found that
the Margrave of Meissen had defected to the wretched Bohemians (apparently,
the Margrave had been cooperating with Borivoi of Bohemia for some years but
had neglected to inform the Saxons of the fact). The Lausatian Marches,
meanwhile, remained occupied by the Polish invader.
The Peace of Frankfurt, as the treaty between
the Houses of Salier and Welf had been called, had made no mention of the
Eastern Marches of the Billungs so Lothar, with perfect legality, continued to
press a claim over both provinces and maintained that these were Imperial
lands currently held by non-Imperial states. Indeed, Lothar took a perverse
pleasure in reminding people that Bohemia was tributary to the Empire but not actually a member of the Empire in spite of the honorary Imperial titles the Bohemian Duke
held.
Well,
that aside, there was much to be done in Saxony. The land was in the grip of
famine - the campaigns of Magnus had called away not merely grown men but
young boys and aged grandfathers so that there were none but women in the
Duchy to till the soil and work the farms. Whole villages did Lothar pass
through in which there was not a full grown man to be seen. Nor, in all truth,
were many of the menfolk likely to return. Magnus' army had suffered great
losses - not through battle but through disease and desertion; many peasant
deserters had gone to other provinces to settle and make new lives. Of those
who remained with Gero in Westphalia (a province guaranteed to Saxony under
the Peace of Frankfurt) many had given up all hope of doing their military
service and then returning home - after six or seven years under arms (when
they had signed up for forty days!!), they considered themselves professional
soldiers and would most likely want to continue in this profession whether in
Saxony's service or as mercenaries.
As
the deaths from starvation began to increase, Lothar found himself approached,
somewhat sheepishly, by representatives of the Jewish moneylenders whose
coffers had funded Magnus' campaign. Were their loans not repaid, they
explained, the Jews would suffer immeasurable financial hardship... And this
would lead to a shortage of money for lending in the Empire and perhaps
beyond. The Jews had not been keen to approach Lothar for they supposed,
rightly, that he would not want to meet the costs of his father's disastrous
advantures. Too, they expected, and once more were perfectly correct, that the
haughty Imperial nobleman was not going to worry about the pecuniary problems of
God's Chosen People. Lothar didn't really get angry at them but
shoo'ed them out of his presence. Predictably, he had more important things to
worry about than Jewish usurers.
Oh,
what a state Magnus had put the Duchy into! Humiliated, defeated, existing
only because of young Henry's generosity. There must be some way, thought
Lothar, of restoring Saxony's fortunes...
As
1106 drew to its close, large quantities of gold from Franconia were used to
secure supplies of grain which staved off the worst of the famine. Deaths
occurred, to be sure, but the scale was much less than it might have been.
No-one had enough to eat but many who would have had nothing now, at least,
had a little something... Even this small blessing was like a knife in the
heart of Welf honour for it was the bounty and generosity of that sworn enemy
of the Welfs, Henry Salier of Franconia, that saved
Lothar's people from the edge. Black days for Saxony.
Black days.....
Off
in Westphalia, Gero, now alone in command of the army, received emissaries
from the new Saxon Duke and upset the proverbial applecart by refusing,
outright, to return to Saxon service. Gero's own fief, Brandenburg in
Lausatia, remained under the heel of the Pole. What, then, had Gero to return
to? Service of a broken country, on its knees before the
Franconians? Never! The whole Saxon army had shrunk by about a third
(lost to disease and desertion); of the remainder, perhaps one in three
returned to Saxony to serve their Duke as permanent men-at-arms or, more
rarely, to return to the homes they had left all those years ago. Most of the
rest stayed with Gero who promised them loot, adventure and rich lands for the
taking! Those with an appreciation of the ironical would have felt something,
whether bemusement or amusement, that these men - who had espoused the
pacifistic principles of Ludwig of Hersfeld with such zeal and who had
undergone the knout rather than betray that gentle man - had been changed into
hardened and cruel mercenaries who knew neither loyalty nor piety. Truly, they
must have undergone great hardships to have changed so drastically.
The Duchy of Swabia
Ruler: Frederick
I Hohenstaufen, Duke of Swabia
Capital: none
Religion: Roman Catholic (Imperial)
Radovan
of Bohemia arrived in Swabia and began a determined effort to improve
relations between the two Duchies. The Swabian grandees received him politely
but were wary of getting sucked into the dispute between the Przemyslids and
the Bavarian Welfs.
The Duchy of Bavaria
Ruler: Welf
IV, Duke of Bavaria
Capital: none
Religion: Roman Catholic
Duke
Welf's first step was to recall his errant daughter-in-law, Wulfhilde, from
Westphalia where she had been helping - not to say leading - resistance to the
House of Salier. She was far from happy to hear news of her recall but obeyed.
As she returned to Bavaria, through Franconian lands ironically, she was
pleased to hear that her brother, Lothar Billung, had been released and that
the Ducal Coronet of Saxony had been restored to him.
So,
Bavaria had stood aside as the Salians smashed the Welfs of Saxony. The
Bavarians had turned against their own kin... Now it was time for them to
collect their reward...
Old
Welf called up every knight and yeoman in Southern Germany and the Austrian
Marches. Every man with a blade, spear or horse was summoned to the
blue-and-white banner of Ducal Bavaria. Further, Welf agents went abroad and
secured the services of endless parties of mercenaries - Flemish crossbowmen,
Scottish archers, Swiss pikesmen, Burgundian swordsmen, landless knights and
even small contingents from the smattering of independent counties spread
across Germany. All came to Regensburg. In all, the Duke could survey an army
of four thousand spearmen, twelve hundred peasant skirmishers, two and a half
thousand mail-clad knights fighting on foot with spear, sword and shield, a
ceremonial guard of four hundred fully mail-clad horsemen of Welf's own
household, twelve hundred Bavarian and Austrian knights riding armoured
horses, fifteen hundred knights on unarmoured steeds, eight hundred mounted
squires and a mercenary contingent that reached twelve hundred horsemen and
almost three thousand infantry. Supporting this formidable armament was a
siege trayne of some two thousand engineers.
His Grace, Duke Welf IV, opted not to inform
anyone of the target of his campaign. As the moved out from Regensburg, the
betting men in the army reckoned that they were marching against the Emperor.
When the great column turned southwards into Austria, talk turned to Hungary
or maybe the Venetians - for had not Venice only recently insulted Welf's ally
(and another daughter-in-law) Matilda of Tuscany? When they suddenly swung
north, taking the dirt road towards Prague and Bohemia, there was a real sense
of surprise in the army. Who could have foreseen so daring a move on old
Welf's part? (see Zuzana's
Pilgrimage to see how the invasion turns out)
The Duchy of Upper Lorraine
Ruler: Simon
of Flanders, Count of Chatenois, Duke of Upper Lorraine
Capital: none.
Religion: Roman Catholic (Imperial)
Life in Upper Lorraine ticked by very quietly, by comparison with many of the other parts of Germany, so it came as something of a rude surprise when, in August of 1108, Gero of Brandenburg with six thousand very rough-looking soldiers came stomping into Hesse, the richest region of the Empire! It was not at all clear whether this vicious expedition took place with Imperial approval though it was widely held that His Imperial Majesty could not possibly support such actions undertaken against a loyal state of the Empire.
The response to this attack would undoubtedly have been harsh but for the tragic death of the Duke, Dietrich II, who slipped from his horse and broke his neck in a quite unforeseeable accident just a few weeks after the invasion took place. He was thirty years old at the time of his death. His nominated successor was his cousin, Simon of Flanders, but many disputed his right to the Ducal Coronet. By the time, Simon had implanted his authority firmly on Upper Lorraine, Gero's warband had secured all the landings and ferry points on the east of the Rhine and were preparing to repulse any counterattack. Simon lacked confidence in his ability to retake Hesse and, so, declined to take any action while he awaited news from the other parts of the Empire (and, particularly, from the Emperor). Gero, meanwhile, was claiming that Hesse was now independent of Lorraine and that he, Gero of Brandenburg, was the rightful ruler! He even sent a messenger to the Emperor requesting that his claim be recognised and legitimised.
The Margravate of Tuscany
Ruler: Matilda
di Canossa, Margravine of Tuscany, Guardian and Vicereine of the Kingdom of
Italy, Princess of the Empire
Capital: Milan
Religion: Roman Catholic
Things
were praeternaturally quiet in Northern Italy. The Margravine continued to
raise large numbers of troops while looking askance at neighbouring Verona.
Her courtiers expected her to announce, at any time, that she was going to war
against the Venetian Republic but, perhaps in deference to Venice's determined
efforts to shore up the Latin East, Matilda did nothing. She did grow
increasingly annoyed, though, as it became clear that the Venetians were not
going to send the tribute (some twenty-five thousand silver marks) which they
had promised in return for Matilda allowing them to retain control of Verona.
It just went to show that you should never trust a Venetian.
In
Savoy, Count Robert was pleased to see very large amounts of Tuscan money
being poured into improving his fiefs - better roads, small canals, the
clearance of farmland and vineyards and the beginnings of olive groves.
Perhaps to repay the favour that the Margravine was lavishing upon him, Robert
was called to Milan to assume command over a portion of the Tuscan army.
Away
from such workaday matters, Matilda continued her patronage of conservative
Catholic scholars and even secured the services of the up-and-coming scholar,
Lotulf of Lombardy, who had been away from Northern Italy for some time -
studying in Paris and teaching in Rheims. The flow of pilgrims to and from the
Holy Land continued unabated and a couple of hundred Lombards and Tuscans
volunteered to head off to Jerusalem and help in resisting the Heathens. Amid
such religiosity, there was considerable discomfort in Italy over the Bavarian
attack on Bohemia; it was particularly worrisome that the Margravine was so
closely aligned with the Bavarian Welfs - indeed her husband was the son of
Welf IV - when these people were engaged in such anti-Catholic activities. Very
worrying stuff.
The County of Flanders
Ruler: Robert
II, Count of Flanders
Capital: Ghent
Religion: Roman Catholic
Slept.
The Duchy of Burgundy
Ruler: Odo
the Red, Duke of Burgundy
Capital: none.
Religion: Roman Catholic
Slept.
The Free Commune of Pisa
Ruler: Azzo
Marignani, Consul of the Pisan Republic
Capital: Pisa
Religion: Roman Catholic
Consul Marignani had listened zealously to the plans expounded by his fellow-republican, the Doge of Venice. A grand war to liberate Egypt from the Heathen's filthy clutches! Yet, these two little maritime Republics had not the manpower to field armies capable of such an ambitious conquest. It was with a smile that Azzo had hit upon the plan of recruiting the Hautevilles. They were ever a warlike folk who delighted in the slaughter and glory of battle. Sure enough, the Normans had fairly jumped at the opportunity of participating in this expedition and had agreed to supply almost all the necessary soldiers. This, thought Azzo, could be the beginning of something truly great for Pisa...
About a hundred and thirty hulls were drawn up
in the sea roads off Pisa including a large number of troop transports. They
would not carry Pisan troops, though, but Apulian and Calabrian Normans!
Command over the Pisan fleet was handed to Marignani's close political ally
and nominated successor, the Vice-Consul Pepe the Mad (nicknamed "Pepe
Furioso" by wags), a man who compensated for his lack of diplomatic nous
and personal charm with a dangerously violent temperament. Under his
leadership, most of the Commune's Deputies agreed, the expedition would surely
achieve much which would be worthy of note. (see Bacqueville's Expedition).
While war was the main order of the day, the Consul sent another political ally, the Deputy Antonio de Capasca, to rugged Sardinia to seek out the support and loyalty of the mountain chieftains and independent-minded barons. Surprisingly, his expedition was a success and the Sardinians, who seemed quite interested in the whole Egyptian affair, agreed to become formal allies of the Pisan Commune.
The Norman County of Sicily
Ruler: Count
Simon de Hauteville of Sicily
Capital: none
Religion: Roman Catholic
There was much talk in the County about the relationship between the Dowager Countess and her loyal vassal, Guy de Courtenay. There was no doubt that Guy, who was more than a decade younger than the Countess, was devoted to her but that was normal, was it not? Every loyal knight should be devoted to his liege. When the couple spent many hours closeted together in private chambers, without even a servant in attendance, their supporters would explain that Guy and Adelaide were discussing plans and strategems to ensure the continued survival of the County in these troubled times. Detractors, though, spread rumours of a quite inappropriate nature.
March of 1107 saw the courageous young Guy set off with 4,000 men at arms and 50 hulls. Unlike their cousins in the Twin Duchies, the Sicilian Hautevilles were not participating in the Egyptian expedition for they had ambitions of their own - less lofty, perhaps, than raising the red-and-white Hauteville standard over Alexandria but real and achievable. Before he departed Palermo, Guy paid a short visit to Her Grace who pressed into his hand a silk scarf - her own, of course - as a token of her favour on his coming adventures. As his flotilla slipped out of Palermo's docks, Adelaide stayed a long while by the shore watching the ships pass over the horizon and out of sight.
Guy's first stop on his journey was Gefara, the inhospitable desert regions at the southern edge of the Zirid Emirate; the place was home of a very peculiar collection of rather bellicose Berber tribes who, when they lacked foreigners, Bedu, Shi'a or Arabs to fight, would happily indulge in clan and tribal warfare. Guy's diplomatic efforts were a wonder to behold - he stalked from one end of the region to the other, camped in dry wadis with locals, crossed the salt marshes in the far west of the province and beheld the beginnings of the endless Sahara... In the end, the locals were sufficiently impressed to agree to pay a small tribute to the Count of Sicily (Guy had thought it politic not to dwell on the fact that the Count was a small boy and his mother ruled in his stead).
As 1110 opened, Guy departed Gerfara but, as he sailed up the Tunisian coast, he couldn't refrain from putting men ashore to raid and loot the locale. The Tunisians were ready to repel such an attack but Guy was a smart operator - as daring as he was cunning - and managed to commit his depredations and escape before the Zirids could catch him. Once more, loot and slaves were stuffed into the ships for the crossing to Palermo. Arriving there, he was feted as a gallant and a hero once more yet it was not Adelaide who greeted him after his years away but the Count himself, Simon de Hauteville, now grown to a young man of seventeen years.
During Guy's absence, young Simon had turned into a tall and handsome figure, strong and more than capable of handling a sword. He had only recently begun to take the weight of government on his own shoulders, pushing the Dowager Countess into the background in the process, and was beginning to demonstrate a remarkable talent for keeping the Norman nobles of Sicily in line.
In the last days of Adelaide's regency, great efforts, typical of Norman vitality, had been expended in the great port of Palermo - firstly, a great many of the city's rather sad-looking hovels were demolished and replaced by nicer, more durable buildings; too, a good many of the streets, made of packed dirt, were covered over with cobblestones. The whole place began to recover a little of the elegance it had enjoyed when the Saracens had ruled the place and there were few citizens who could truthfully complain that the rule of the Hautevilles (or Altavillas, as the Sicilians called their Norman overlord) had been too demanding. Indeed, there was hardly a district of Palermo which didn't have fresh water brought there by the extensive viaduct network which Adelaide had put in place.
The Twin Duchies of Calabria and
Apulia
Ruler: Roger
Borsa de Hauteville, Duke of Calabria and Apulia
Capital: none
Religion: Roman Catholic
The Ducal Court saw the arrival of many silver-tongued emissaries from the Italian Republics of Venice and Pisa. As a Norman, Roger was by nature a blunt and forceful man who spoke his mind but he was also used to dealing with sly diplomats - the sneaky Byzantines, the perpetually-lying Roman churchmen, even Infidel Moors and Saracens from time-to-time. Yes, despite his lack of erudition, Roger was experienced in handling negotiations and was not about to be cozened by any greasy merchant.
Half-expecting to hear insistent calls for the tax on goose fat to be relaxed or for preferential treatment to be given to Venetian imports of olive oil or whatever else it is that these infernal traders worried about, Roger was surprised, not to say shocked, at their proposal for a grand expedition to claim Egypt for Christ. Such an expedition, while the ships of the sea republics would be invaluable, would need a powerful leader and an army of unsurpassed might... In short, it needed Roger Borsa.
It was a daring proposition and tempting, too. Roger had recently been feeling overshadowed by the deeds of his brother, Count Bohemond of Taranto, who now styled himself Prince of Antioch and, if rumours were true, was about to lead a great and holy campaign against the Turk - indeed, already this year a few hundred Apulian knights had departed to serve Baldwin of Jerusalem. Yet, perhaps the Italians' idea was too daring... To travel so far, by sea, to a hostile coast - it was much to ask, much to risk, especially when the Princes of Outremer had foresworn warfare against the Fatimid Caliph. While the Duke engaged in internal debate, a single Venetian churchman made a simple quotation:
"Behold, the Lord rides on a swift cloud, and will come
into Egypt, and the idols of Egypt will totter at His Presence, and the heart
of Egypt will melt in the midst of it". (Isaiah 19: 1)
The appeal to piety (not to say vanity) was well made and Roger agreed to become the swift cloud by which the Lord would break the hold of the Infidel over the lands of the Nile. But, however much he was swept up in the glory of this great adventure, he was also a realist and understood the nature of his fellow Norman nobles well. His eldest son was only ten and it was doubtful, were Roger to leave Italy, that he would return to find his family still in control of the Duchies. Instead of leading the expedition himself, Roger would appoint his loyal retainer, Hildebrand de Bacqueville, to lead the Ducal army to the blazing shores of Africa there to visit the Lord's retribution upon the Infidel. Too, he summoned the vassal Duke of Spoleto, with his small feudal contingent, to participate in the campaign. It certainly would not be as glorious as Bohemond's crusading adventures - for Bohemond actually left his home rather than delegating the task to others - but it was considerably better than leaving his home fiefs unguarded in these troubled times.
Nine thousand footmen of differing types were gathered in Naples along with six thousand horsemen and a trayne of artificers. In April of 1106, the Pisan fleet arrived and, liaising with the not-inconsiderable Hauteville war fleet, began the process of transferring men, horses and armaments onto the ships. Bacqueville's Expedition was about to begin....
While his vassals were having adventures in distant dusty lands, Roger Borsa enjoyed the embraces of his wife, Adela of Flanders, who bore him four boys in as many years. All but the last were strong (the last son, born in 1109, died shortly after birth). The sadness of this event did not deflect Roger's eyes from the blessings he had been given in having so many strong and healthy son.
The Papal States of the Holy See
Ruler: Paschal
II, Pope, Bishop and Supreme Metropolitan of Rome, Vicar of Christ, Supreme
Pontiff of the Catholic Church, Temporal Lord of the Papal States, Servant of
the Servants of God
Capital: Rome
Religion: Roman Catholic
Europe was finally beginning to discover some kind of stability after the chaos of the past few decades and God's Holy Church was ready and waiting to take advantage of the fact! The ecclesiastical establishments in Venice, Denmark, Norway, Sicily, Iceland, Scotland and Hungary were all brought swiftly under Rome's direct control - tithes were set in place and, soon, from all these disparate but Christian lands gold and silver specie flowed into the Pope's coffers. Yet, the flow of money was not a one way street for His Holiness generously provided a subvention of many thousands of silver marks to the Venetian Republic, to help support their righteous war against the Egyptian Heathens.
Still in Venice, Cardinal Gilbert, an Anglo-Norman, arrived in the city with a guard of 400 magnificently-attired ceremonial bodyguards. Without much ado, the Cardinal immediately dismissed most of the senior Roman clerics in the city who were, to be frank, far too independent in their thinking; new churchmen, who enjoyed His Holiness' confidence, were appointed to all the senior posts in the city's churches. Much further north, in Hamburg, the rich port by the shores of the frigid North Sea, Cardinal Ventidius oversaw the foundation of a great abbey just on the outskirts of the city to honour and celebrate the King of Denmark's new responsibilities as a Duke of the Empire.
In Rome, Garcia Ramirez, once Prince of Aragon and now a Cardinal of Rome, spoke out against a series of rumours sweeping the Vatican. Stories, perhaps unfounded, had arisen that His Holiness would lift the Papal Ban on Christians lending money at interest. His Eminence, Cardinal Garcia, became the centre of that, rather large, faction of the College of Cardinals which supported the Ban. "If moneylending is an affront to Our Lord, as is written in the Holy Testaments," said Garcia and his fellow Men of God, "let the Jews bear the sin. It will be some small recompense for the great ill they did to all mankind when they murdered Our Lord on the cross."
Garcia's simple argument met with a great deal of popular sympathy though many people were surprised that such sentiments should escape the mouth of a Spaniard - for was not Spain the most liberal of lands in her treatment of the Jews?
The Christian Kingdoms of
Castille, Leon, Toledo and Galicia
Ruler: Urraca,
Queen of Castille, Leon, Toledo and Galicia
Capital: Ciudad Leon
Religion: Roman Catholic
Distrust
was running high in Spain. King Alfono the Valiant trusted his Muslim southern
neighbours about as far as he could spit them (and, since he was an old man of
sixty-four, that was not very far at all). While he remained behind in the
capital to see to the administration of the realm, he handed over control of
the Royal Armies and all the levies and allied contingents to his daughter,
Uracca. She immediately set off for Toledo to see to the defence of that
precious city lest the Heathens attack.
With
the girl sent on her way, Alfonso oversaw not only the general running of his
Kingdoms but also dealt with external diplomacy. Emissaries from Pedro of
Aragon were received and a treaty was concluded between the two Christian
Kings of Spain. While the treaty did not specifically state that it was
directed against the Almoravids, it nevertheless gave the distinct impression
that the Christians expected war - under the terms of their treaty, each
signatory would support the other in event of an attack by a third party.
Hypothetically, such an agreement could be directed against anyone - for
example the crazed Viking raiders who had recently touched the beaches of
Navarre - but, for most people in Spain, it was clear enough whom the
Christian Kings feared.
As
if to emphasise his anxieties over the southern frontier, the King ordered
that more castles and towers be brought into use in New Castille and
Salamanca. Yet, the Castillians seemed to realise that walls and steel alone
would not win keep them safe - diplomacy was required to win the hearts and
minds of those who might otherwise support Castille's foes. So it was that the
Muslim Emir of Salamanca received a visit from the Basque knight, Vedillo
Gonsalves; Vedillo was a rare man - both a bold warrior and a silver-tongued
courtier - and he engaged in many long discussions with the young Emir, who
already owed fealty to the Christian King, and explained that the
sophisticated Moorish potentates - such as the Emir - had more to fear from
the damnable desert tribesmen than from their fellow-Spaniards in Castille.
After all, the major difference between the Castillians and the Salamancans
was a matter of religion - but the differences between the Salamancans and the
Almoravids? Ha! They were too many to be counted (not that an illiterate
people like the Almoravids could count in the first place)... The Emir could
not help but admit that Vedillo's words were convincing and his arguments were
sound, being based in the truth. Salamanca agreed to cooperate more fully with
the Christian overlord, Alfonso the Valiant.
Not
long after, many Muslims began to have reason to question the goodwill of the
Castillians. In the Duchy of Portugal, an independent fief owing fealty to the
Castillian Crown, priests began arriving in large numbers from Occitan and set
about converting the local people. The Muslims did not rise in arms to protest
this and, in fairness, it must be said that the Christian clerics applied no
undue pressure and made no threats to gain converts (though this might have
been because the Christian Duke, Henrique, had sent some of his men-at-arms to
keep an eye on the clerics and make sure that his law-abiding and tax-paying
subjects were not going to be provoked into revolt). All the same, it was
irksome for many Mahometans to see their brothers commit apostasy and undergo,
willingly or not, the Christian rites of "baptism" and "the
eucharist".
Such
were the only major events to take place in Castille-Leon... Except
for a couple of important deaths. First, with 1106 not yet over, Queen
Isabel of Castille died suddenly at the age of 36. This was a tragedy which
no-one had really foreseen. The next death was rather different - some people
had actually been waiting for it: 1109 was the year that the old King shuffled
off this mortal coil at the age of 69. He had left behind a single male heir,
Prince Sancho of Leon, who was 11 years of age. In the aftermath of Alfonso
the Valiant's death, the nobles at court immediately elevated the young Prince
to the throne and set about choosing a suitable regent from among their own
number.
Unfortunately,
they overlooked one small point. Or, to put it another way, they overlooked
more than ten thousand points for that was how many soldiers were now
following the Princess Urraca who claimed that the Crown was hers by right of
inheritance (she was the eldest child and had been born of Alfonso's first
marriage to Constance of Burgundy); and if anyone wished to question her legal
rights, she pointed out that she had the support of the whole of the army and
most of the lower-ranking nobles and knights. Urraca was not well-versed in
matters of law and diplomacy but she understood that a moderately-large army
could make for a most convincing argument in any court.
The
great courtiers, rather than risk a civil war which they could not win, agreed
to bow to Urraca and recognise her as rightful Queen with the proviso that she
should make her half-brother Sancho her heir. Given that, at the age of 29,
Urraca was not married and that there were no likely suitors on the horizon,
she found this offer acceptable. On Christmas Day 1109, Urraca was crowned at
the Abbey of Sahagun, in New Castille, by the Bishop Bernard of Toledo. With
not a little rancour, most of the great courtiers tramped down to Toledo to
kneel before her, pay homage and kiss the Regnal Ring on her extended hand
while many hundreds of her soldiers looked on.
A troubling tranfer of power but, at least, not a bloody one.
The Christian Kingdoms of Aragon
and Navarre
Ruler: Alfonso
I, El Battalador, King of Aragon
and Navarre
Capital: none
Religion: Roman Catholic
King Pedro was still steaming mad over the Viking raids on Navarre so he sent off Sanche Espada to investigate. Or, at least, he sent off Sanche Espada because he was the most hated and stupid boor in the whole of Spain and there was always the possibility that, if one packed him off to investigate the raiders, he might get himself into mortal danger and be murdered.
That done, there were important things to be done. The King of Aragon and Navarre shared the fears of his Brother Monarch in Castille - he worried about Almoravid aggression and, like the Castillians, he pursued the twin policies of improving his defences and building relations with his Muslim subjects. In the rich province of Catalonia especially, many new fine new towers were built and this raised a few question - Castille's defences were all along the southern frontier but the Navarrese were fortifying their northern border... Did this mean that they feared Occitan invasion? Or perhaps they worried that the Heathens of the Balearics would raid Barcelona? No-one knew.
In the city of Valencia, which had so recently provided Alfonso the Warrior with a bride, efforts at building bridges with the Kingdom's Muslim subjects went on apace when Alfonso and his wife not only returned to the city but virtually set up a home there! Although the city was independent, Christian Alfonso became a familiar face at all the councils of the city's rulers. Through gentle words of persuasion, he was able to convince the Valencians to raise troops from amongst the city's inhabitant - Muslim and Christian alike - and to join with the Christian Kingdoms in a defensive arrangement to protect all their lands from invasion by the Almoravids. The Valencians, while they would have preferred independence, were definitely convinced that they were better as autonomous allies of the Christians than as their conquered subjects. And, anyway, at least the Aragonese and Navarrese were not so fervent in their beliefs as the Castillians...
In military matters, commmand of King Pedro's
army was assumed by the knight, Ramiro Sanchez (who happened to be married to
the daughter of Rodrigo Vivar, El
Cid). The Aragonese and Navarrese pursued the unusual defensive tactic of
actually reducing the number of men under arms. Yet, there was method in the
madness: faced with great hordes of infantry raised from the feudal levies of
the nobles, Caballero Ramiro simply dismissed most of them; all those who had
not seen service in a battle were sent home (for what use were "raw"
troops?) and then he began re-equipping the few who met his criteria in a
heavier fashion - their light spears were thrown aside in favour of heavy
pikes and each man received a helmet and a coat of mail. The archers and
crossbowmen underwent similar treatment with all the unsuitables being weeded
out - Ramiro drilled the archers intensely from dawn 'til dusk each day and
every day excepting only Sundays and Saints' Days when he would allow the men
to attend Mass before throwing them back to the archery range. Those who could
hit their mark accurately and consistently despite fatigue were retained to
serve the Crown; those who could not were dismissed. The great host of
Aragonese knights was untouched by this policy of "weeding out" the
unworthy. They, of course, were of noble birth and inherently worthy.
Back at court, His Majesty oversaw the expansion of the government. Many more clerks were recruited and additional ministers and officials - all from non-aristocratic backgrounds - were appointed to oversee different aspects of the state. The overall effect was to allow the King to leave the workaday business of government in the hands of these educated professionals thus freeing His Majesty up for other busines... And, in this connexion, Queen Berta bore the King a new each year from from 1106 to 1109 (inclusive)! Four sons for Pedro in as many years - things just couldn't get much better than that. Tragically, in 1109 King Pedro died on the Feast of St. Stephen, at the age of forty, after choking to death on some Moorish sweets. He would never get to see his sons grow up and the fault could be laid squarely at the feet of the Heathens (who made such deliciously tempting sweets with honey and almonds). The right to succeed Pedro was claimed by Alfonso the Warrior, His Majesty's brother and nominated heir. No-one objected - both because Alfonso was popular and because he was legally entitled to the Crown - but a few people wondered who would succeed Alfonso. Would he pass the Crown to his own son, also named Alfonso, or would it return to Pedro's bloodline and one of his four sons?
The al-Murabit Berber Sultanate
Ruler: Sultan
Yusuf ibn Tashufin
Capital: none
Religion: Sunni Islam
The Spanish Muslims, it turned out, were just as distrustful as their Christian neighbours. The Sultan took command of his extremely large army - which combined a lot of his own Berber cavalry and camelry with huge numbers of local levies of footmen and slave soldiers - and oversaw the distribution of heavier armour, helms and weapons to the foot component.
In matters of government, the al-Murabit Sultan granted functioning independence to the city of Fez - his only demand being that they should continue to provide the Sultanate with troops and an annual tribute. The poverty-stricken region of Estremadura, meanwhile, was granted as a personal emirate to the well-known Berber jurist, Massoed ibn-Nabil-d'Ishoa, who had only recently returned from a long excursion to the Sahel where he spent many long months in religious dialogues with many of the tribes and clans who wandered the vicinity. Massoed was not exactly impressed at being given this worthless fiefdom but he accepted it in the spirit in which it was given.
And little else happened until, during the Autumn of 1107, a flotilla of Christian warships descended on the Andalusian coast. The Infidel dogs were obviously bent on loot, rapine and depredations of all kind but they had failed to foresee the extent to which the Almoravids had fortified this important province - thirty great castles guarded Andalusia and they were a formidable obstacle for any would-be raider. Too, Yusuf ibn Tashufin himself was prowling around the region half-expecting that someone would try to attack him; he disposed of a formidable army of twenty thousand men and they rushed at once to teach the Infidels a lesson... It was purely by luck that these raiders, whose identity remained unclear, escaped back out to sea (where, from the safety of their ships, they made obscene gestures to the Muslims and shouted remarks about Muslim women being good in bed before sailing off northwards).
Yusuf, in the aftermath of the attempted raid, was fuming with rage and almost made ready to march north against the Castillians or maybe the Aragonese. As time passed and his temper abated, he gradually came to the conclusion that the raiders, though Infidel Nazarene dogs, were not Spanish. Whether they were allies or hirelings of the Spanish Christians was quite another question. Some of the more level-headed Almoravid jurists and tribal elders remarked that they had heard rumours of Norse raids on Navarre a few years before; it could be, they suggested, that the filthy Norsemen had tired of despoiling the poor Christian North and had opted to try their luck on the wealthy Moorish provinces...
NORTH AFRICA
The Zirid Emirate of Tunisia
Ruler: Tamin
ibn Zirid, Emir of Tunisia
Capital: Tunis
Religion: Sunni Islam
Yet again, the Hautevilles of Sicily visited Tunisia and burnt, raped and pillaged. The damage was not so great as in the last set of raids and attacks but, still, it was painful for the Emir to behold such horro and for his people to have to undergo such hardships. He began to contemplate making some diplomatic overture to the Count of Sicily, now fully grown into his patrimony....
The Fatimid Caliphate of Cairo
Ruler: Al'Amir,
Commander of the Faithful, Whirlwind of God, Caliph of All Islam
Capital: Cairo
Religion: Shi'a Islam
Al' Mustali had much on his mind. The Burids
of Damascus, who had come into control of Sinai only by nefarious means, were
now refusing to return the province to its rightful suzerain - the Caliph of
Cairo. It wasn't as though his rule was oppressive - he didn't even want
tribute but just freedom-of-passage for his armies. Soon enough, His Highness
was told of the refurbishments to Damietta and his rage reached a feverpitch -
had these Heretical dogs no sense of decency? Well, they would be taught a
lesson! War was proclaimed against the Syrians. The deeply-respected Al'
Hafiz, a man of the most intense religious convictions and uncompromising
sense of personal honour, was appointed to command the expedition. (See
the Syrian
Wars for
details!).
Much else happened in the Caliphate while the war was being prepared and, indeed, waged. His Majesty recruited some quite magnificent Mameluke warriors - 200 mounted men to form a personal bodyguard and a further 1,200 muscle-bound, scimitar-wielding footmen to crush dissent wherever it might raise its treacherous head. The Mameluke corps of City Guards came to be identified by the crimson turbans and black robes; never smiling nor engaging in idle speech, their very presence on a street was enough to drive even honest and loyal Shi'ites scurrying for fear of attracting their attention. And, to be fair, there was much business for these gentlemen (who, as it happened, were all eunuchs) for half-a-dozen plots of varying degrees were uncovered between 1106 and 1108 varying from attempts by Damascene agents to poison His Highness to a most bizarre effort in which five smiling Nubians were uncovered hiding in a Nile dhow - they swore that they had merely come to see the sights of the big city but turned out to have detailed maps of the Caliph's palace and a rota - a frighteningly precise rota! - explaining when the guards would be changed (of course, the rota was out-of-date since it failed to take into account that the Mamelukes would take over every aspect of guarding the Caliph's person and palace). Closer examination showed them to be equipped with ropes, grappling irons, short swords, garrottes and copious supplies of dark robes. They swore blind (on their mothers' graves!) that these were for self-defence since they were innocent foreigners in a huge city and they had no idea what kinds of rascals and scallywags they might run across. The captain of the company who uncovered them remarked that, for ignorant foreigners, their knowledge of the colloquial Arabic of Cairo was amazing and swiftly lodged them in the City Gaol where they suffered the fate that all spies deserve just a short while later.
Happier news came in two forms - firstly, from the Sultan's seraglio where he saw a son born for each year from 1106-1109 (inclusive); secondly, the nominated heir Al' Amir showed up in southern Egypt after his sojourn in Dunquhla. He was accompanied by a group of Makourian advisers who said that they had come to help him overthrow Al'Mustali and raise himself to the throne. For all their grand plans, as soon as Al'Amir came within spitting distance of a Fatimid garrison, he had his erstwhile companions arrested and put to death. To escape Praetextatus' clutches, he had falsely agreed to help the Makourians undermine the Caliphate.... Unfortunately, as soon as he got back to Cairo, the treacherous pup, now rid of those annoying Copts, promptly set about trying to raise a revolt all on his own! He enjoyed but little success and was cast into the cells to await the Caliph's pleasure. Although Amir should surely have been executed, Mustali and all his generals were bending his mind to the task of throwing back the Infidel invasion of Africa which had already taken Ad'Diffah and now threatened Egypt itself! With the defence of Alexandria and Cairo upmost in his mind, Al' Mustali allowed his traitorous heir to live a little longer.
And the Christian invasion was, indeed, the
other really important piece of news in Egypt... (see
Bacqueville's Expedition to Africa for
details).
Bacqueville's
Expedition to Egypt 1107-1109
April
1107:
The Pisan fleet came to rest off the rugged Libyan coast. The Norman knights
and men-at-arms who packed the gunwhales got their first glance of Africa and
the distant Jebel Akdar range, rising far above the gravel desert. The fleet
put in at the little port of Cyrene and Hildebrand de Bacqueville began, with
no particular hurry, the long and laborious process of unloading the men,
horses, equipment and supplies which had been allocated for this grand
campaign. He was joined by the Venetian Admiral
Scalini with a regiment of Venetian marines, about a thousand
Veronese knights who had volunteered for the campaign and a trayne of two
thousand sappers and artificers.
The local Arabs watched with something like bemusement (or perhaps amusement?). They seemed unable to work out quite what these strapping iron-clad Infidels were doing in Libya but, for the most part, they were content to enjoy the show. So long as the Christians did not interfere with the locals, the locals would not interfere with the Christians...
It was most lamentable, therefore, that Pepe's Pisan fleet brough not only the flower of Norman chivalry but a number of Italian friars and Roman clerics who set about preaching to the locals. In the towns of Benghazi and Cyrene, the Christian attempts at conversion were seen as annoying but there was no reaction. Beyond the settlements, though, in the desert and mountains where the Bedu tribes dwelt, there was much anger at the grievous insults that the Unbelievers were heaping upon the Faithful of Allah. Some of the more bellicose clans began to talk of war while even the most pacific chieftains (and there were very few of those) rankled at the arrogance of the Pisans. It took only a little while before the Libyan Bedu tribesmen were in open revolt against their Pisan sovereigns and the Norman army they had introduced to the region.
While such affairs were going on, the Venetians were already haring around the Eastern Mediterranean snatching up any and all Egyptian merchantmen they ran across. Attempts to bring the Fatimid fleet to battle failed when the Mahometans, who were both outnumbered and outclassed, withdrew into the Mouths of the Nile and back to the great city and fortress of Cairo. Venetian attempts to pursue were doomed because the keels of their larger vessels were simply too deep in the water to allow entry to the Delta and, frankly, neither of the fleet's two admirals wanted to risk entry to the river without the support of their largest warships for they saw, on either bank, the seemingly endless castles, towers and strongholds which the Fatimids had been putting in place recently....
May-June
1107:
Bacqueville was fairly fuming. A few careless words from some fat Italian
priests and the whole of Libya was in arms against him! He knew that his men
were more than capable of crushing the revolt but he resented the time he was
losing - every day spent in the subjugation of the tribals was a day when he
ought to have been marching through the Fatimid Empire. Worst of all, he had
heard rumours and stories that the Cairenes were tied down in a war against
some other band of Infidels. But for this revolt, he might have marched on
Alexandria unopposed and taken his foe by surpise! Now, though, the Heathen
Emperor, Al' Mustali, would have plenty of warning - the Cairenes would hear
all about the arrival of the Normans, the revolt of the Libyans and, without a
doubt, they would summon their armies home to defend Egypt. Nothing could be
done about it now so Hildebrand resolved to accept the situation but he knew that the campaign had been made unnecessarily difficult by the actions
of these boneheaded clerics.
For a couple of months, the Apulians engaged in a bothersome campaign against the Libyan natives. The Bedu staged attacks on Hildebrand's supply traynes and outlying picket and sentry posts but, due to their small numbers, Norman victory was never, truly, in doubt. Many hundreds of tribesmen were slain by the armour-clad Normans and, by the end of June, Hildebrand had installed his own garrison in the region and proclaimed that it would, henceforth, pay fealty to His Grace the Duke of Calabria and Apulia.
Pepe the Mad, who had hared off to join the Venetians around Cyprus, lived up to his nickname when he heard that the Normans had annexed Libya, which Pisa claimed as her own. Some of his officers tried to explain that Bacqueville had no choice but to install Norman troops to guard the place in the wake of the uprising but all that Pepe saw was the typically arrogant behaviour of the bastard Normans. It was an affront to himself, his fleet and the Republic. He stuck around to help in the war only because of his eagerness to take part in the plundering of the Egyptian merchant lanes.
September
1107-April 1108:
The Normans pressed on with the advance and reached Ad' Diffah, a desert
province which was not merely Muslim but an actualy part of the Cairene
Caliphate. There were few to oppose them and the local tribesmen, unlike those
in Libya, saw no particular reason to stick their necks out on behalf the
Shi'ite Caliph. It took very little effort to bring
the region under Norman contol nor was it a difficult task to find a few local
chieftains who, though naturally wary of the foreigners, were willing to
govern on behalf of the occupying force.
September also saw the arrival of the Fatimid General, Al' Hafiz, in Egypt. Fresh from defeat in the Sinai, he snatched up most of the garrison from Cairo and, without even paying his respects to the Caliph, swept off across the Nile and began preparing to repulse the invading Normans.
May
1108-April 1109:
Pressing into the heartland of the Mahometan Unbeliever, Hildebrand kept his
army close to the Mediterranean littoral whence he could receive supplies and
maintain lines of the communication with the several hundred Christian
warships in the Gulf of Cyprus.
Blocking the coastal road to Alexandria, though, was a whole series of forts and castles now garrisoned and supported by the additional troops Al'Hafiz had brought. The campaign that followed was long, drawn-out and bloody. Some castles fell to the waves of Norman besiegers while others managed to repulse one assault after another. Heat, thirst and Egyptian steel all took their toll on the invader but the simple, brutal martial skill of the Norman knights ensured that the Saracen did not escape unscathed either. In all, each side lost about a third of their combatants in the year-long pushing match across the sands of Egypt with the Saracens losing, in addition, about half-a-dozen of their castles to the Apulians and their damnable Venetian engineers.
By April of 1109, Hildebrand de Bacqueville was forced to accept that he had failed to defeat the Fatimids. He would have continued the campaign had it been possible but his army did not share his enthusiasm. After a year of constant battle, losses to sickness and warfare, separation from their homes and fiefs in Italy, the Apulian-Calabrian Ducal army wanted nothing more than to fall back to Ad'Diffah and perhaps await reinforcements. Too, there were considerable divisions between the large Apulian force and the smaller Venetian contingent - the Norman nobles and professional soldiers looked down with disdain on the artificers and the cowardly Veronese knights (this was actually a slander - the Veronese had acquitted themselves with much courage during the campaign but they were considerably less able than the Normans). The Venetians, though, had not been blameless and had, on more than one occasion, outright refused to accept orders from the Apulian noblemen unless and until their own commander, Admiral Scalini, had approved things.
So it was, then, that the Christians fell back into Ad'Diffah leaving Al'Hafiz to revel in the knowledge that, having failed his master in the Sinai campaign, he had more than redeemed himself by repulsing the Infidels depredations.
April of 1109 saw not only the retreat of the Christian field army but a joint raid by the Pisans and Venetians on Mansura. There were few regular Fatimid forces in this rich province but castles aplenty dotted the coast and eastern bank of the Nile. As the Italians descended, some local militias were rustled up to help man the castles. Things did not go well for the Christians - the Pisan Vice-Consul did not wish to co-operate with the Venetians while Admiral Aliano, of the Serene Republic, was not enthusiastic about sharing the booty he hoped to wrench from the province. In fact, tensions were so extreme that Pepe the Mad outright refused to participate in the Venetian landing but insisted that he would stage his own separate raids elsewhere while the the Venetians put ashore not only sailors but a strong corps of marines and even some pirates and mercenaries in the pay of the Serenissima. Some little damage was done to Mansura - a few villages were burnt, the palaces of some Shi'a grandees sacked and the valuables carried off; the Venetians were even lucky enough to capture the seraglio of a Cairene nobleman and dragged off the women to be sold in the slave pits of Marseilles. For all that, the damage was relatively superficial and the two Italian forces withdrew at about the same time. After staring at one another a little while in a fog of mutual mistrust, both departed for their respective cities.
February
1110:
Al'Mustali had been most distressed by events of late - the war with the
Christians had been a close-run thing and, he noted with more than a trace of
irony, if Al'Hafiz had succeeded in the Sinai and had pressed into the heart
of the Burid Emirate, there would have been no army - or almost none - left to
defend Egypt herself. The Caliph was not truly a man of action - he loved the
comforts of the palace and the favours of the harem-girls; he relied on his
personal acuity and an intimate knowledge of the politics of Cairo and the
palace to maintain his position. War was simply not a thing in which he could
take delight and he was perturbed at exactly how close he had come to having
to lead out an army against the Normans. Indeed, the Normans might well return
in greater numbers than before...
One night, in the last week of February, His Highness, the Caliph of All Islam, retired to his chamber. Feeling a trifle unwell, he declined any female company. When slaves came to wake their master in the morning, they found him cold and dead. It was a disaster for the Caliphate (the death of a Caliph was always a disaster for the successions tended to be messy....).
March
1110:
Things in Cairo had been tense since the Caliph's death - there was no
immediate successor and any number of lesser relatives of the dead Al'Mustali
had begun to foment plans which, they hoped, would elevate them to the throne.
Al' Mansur was not a member of the Caliph's family but he was a very well-known and influential Cairene courtier (by chance, it had been his harem that the Venetians had carried off in the preceeding April). He also happened, quite unexpectedly, to find himself in command of what passed for the Fatimid fleet in Cairo at the time of the Caliph's death. In a sudden and vicious act of treachery, Al'Mansur led a party of sailors on a rampage through the Caliph's palace where he and his men butchered every Fatimid prince and princeling that they could find - all, that is, except for one very distant seven year old cousin of Al'Mustali. While the palace's floors and gardens ran red with royal blood, Al' Mansur proclaimed the little boy the new Caliph (with he, Al'Mansur, as Vizier and Regent). But his treachery was not to go unpunished...
Al'Hafiz was far from happy at these activities and, with his fairly large army, seized Alexandria and managed to grab half of Cairo. The problem, though, was that Al'Hafiz, though he acted on behalf of the "true Caliph", had not the faintest idea who the true Caliph was! He was aware that Mansur could not be allowed to elevate himself to such high office and he felt, in his bones, that the massacre of the royal family must be avenged but, ultimately, poor Hafiz was a loyalist with no-one to be loyal to... Until he realised that, within the Great Gaol of Cairo, languished Al'Amir, one-time heir to Al'Mustali and now disgraced as a traitor...
Hafiz measured up his options - he had two traitors between whom to choose. It was not an attractive position but Amir at least was of the proper bloodline so, in the end, he opted to free Amir and have proclaimed the new Caliph. Mansur did not take it well and refused to yield or acknowledge Amir's right to rule for he guessed that the army would not fight for the unpopular traitor-prince and, in one way, he was correct - the Fatimid army cared nothing for Al'Amir but they believed very much in their beloved general, Al'Hafiz, and, when he ordered them to begin subduing the mutinous sailors, they obeyed without question.
A couple of days of fighting followed during which the sailors were gradually pushed back and, finally, put to flight. Al'Mansur blockaded himself in the palace where he was killed out of hand by the enraged Fatimid army. The child pretender was taken prisoner. If anyone had expected lenient treatment for one of such tender years, they were soon disappointed. Al'Amir, who could hardly believe that he had reclaimed his position after falling so far from grace, drowned the child personally to ensure that there could be no impediment to his ascension. When the navy found out what had happened, they opted for the easiest course and surrendered. Amir swiftly accepted their oaths of loyalty and rewarded Al'Hafiz with the considerable estates of the now-dead Al'Manusr. Hafiz muttered something about not having done it for the reward but accepted anyway....
Exciting times in Egypt, to be sure.
WEST AFRICA
The Kanem Empire
Ruler: Sefawa
King of the Kanemi
Capital: Ngazargumu
Religion: Sunni Islam
Slept.
The Hausa States
Ruler: Dunama Dibbalemi, Sarkis of Daura, Paramount Chieftain of the Hausa tribes
Capital: none
Religion: African Pagan
Slept.
The Songhai Emirate of Gao
Ruler: Nkruma
Muhammad, Emir of Gao
Capital: none
Religion: Sunni Islam
Nkruma
ordered that many new levies be made upon the subject clans. Too, Arab
noblemen and Bedu horse tribes were called to do their duty for their suzerain
while, from the schools of Timbuktu, scores of men versed in the building and
siegecraft were conscripted. It was obvious to all, now, that the war against
Ghana was to be reopened. Some had thought that His Highness would be
satisfied with having overrun the province of Segu but he would never be
satisfied until he had broken the power of the Infidel Kingdom once and for
all. Songhai alone would dominate the Sahel. No rival would be brooked and
certainly no superstitious pagan dogs.
The
Emir's son, Tournami, waited in Segu for reinforcements to arrive. Lamentably,
it was May of 1108 before they arrived. Nkruma had ordered the loyal vizier,
Okoto the Eunuch, to lead the reinforcements to the theatre of war but Okoto
had gone off to Gorouol to continue the diplomatic pressure on the local
animists. The trip to Gorouol was not in vain for the natives agreed to align
their economies with that of the Emirate while retaining effective political
independence.
In
news away from the war, Nkruma personally oversaw the reorganisation of the
Emirate's tax-gathering system. Each and every village in the Emirate was
visited by His Highness' representatives and the number of inhabitants and
relative wealth of each place was assessed. In the course of events, the
officials of the government worked out that the Emir had not been receiving
his full dues from his subjects and set about gathering the full and proper
revenues.
Last
but not least, the Emir was became father to no less than four children born
in as many years! Two sons, in 1106 and 1108, and two
daughters in 1107 and 1109. Joyous news indeed!
The Ghanaian Empire
Ruler: Niyabinghi,
King of Ghana
Capital: Kumbi Saleh
Religion: African Pagan
Niyabinghi
wondered how his people would remember him. In a hundred years time, would the
inhabitants of Kumbi-Saleh venerate him as the great King who drove back the
Muslim invader or would Ghana fall to the invading horde so that even his own
descendants would be forced to worship the God of the Arabs and would curse
him as a pagan and Infidel?
Truly,
the war with the Arab Emir of Songhai was not a war for land or gold but for
the soul of the Ghanaian nation - it was a war for the defence of their
ancient way of life and ancestral cults... Defeat would mean the extinction
not of a kingdom but of a people. And, sadly, Niyabinghi could envision no way
of securing victory over the invader. Nevertheless, he did all the things
expected of a King - he appointed Kwabena as commander of the armies and raised
close to 2,000 infantry in expectation of an attack. Kwabena threw himself
into the task of repulsing the expected attack from Segu. Reports began to
filter through, beginning in May of 1108, that the Songhai army was finally on
the move to finish the war. It was July of 1108 before the enemy assault
began.
The
Songhai host advanced in a very leisurely manner - there was no made rush for
the capital. Rather, the campaign was spread out and the army sought to
advance no more than a few miles each day. The region's various mud forts had
mostly been reduced or destroyed in the previous abortive Songhai campaign and
only a couple still remained. Prince Tourmani was pleased when he realised
that his siege trayne was actually significantly larger than necessary for the
task. Slowly and with great care to avoid casualties, the walls of these two
forts were undermined by the engineers. When the walls were caused to
collapse, the warrior of Songhai moved in - a curious mixture of Arabs,
African Muslim converts, plenty of native pagans and even a few slave
soldiers. They showed no discipline, mainly because they didn't need any, but
tore through the breached ramparts in a shrieking mob waving their iron axes,
spears and swords wildly. No mercy was shown to the defenders.
The briefest of battles was fought at the
village of Argungu.
The Ghanaians, outnumbered but determined to resist valiantly, deployed their
forces (four thousand mixed foot) against a Muslim army of four thousand
infantry equipped for close combat, eight hundred Bedouin horsemen with cane
bows, six hundred mounted Arab noblemen and about fifteen hundred sappers and
artificers.
The
Bedouin horsemen took some pleasure in picking holes in the Infidel formation
while remaining too far away and too fast moving for the few Ghanaian archers
to hit. Eventually, Tourmani signalled the advance of his infantry and a flank
attack by his cavalry. It took twenty minutes for the entire Ghanaian army to
collapse into a rout. The entire Kingdom followed suit. King Niyabinghi was
seized by a handful of loyal tribesmen who dragged him from the field and
charged off to the goldfields of Boure where they hoped to find the resources
to continue the struggle. Kwabena and what little remained of the army
retreated, harried by the Arabs every step of the way, to the low walls of
Kumbi-Saleh.
Tourmani
arrived outside the city the following day and began a simple but effective
blockade. The city surrendered after four months of siege though Kwabena
himself managed to escape into the bush and, thence, into the forests and
jungles which no empire claimed.
Of
the remaining Ghanaian provinces, the tribes of Khalem declared their
indepence and swore they'd have no part in support Niyabinghi (in this way,
they hoped to convince the Muslims to spare them). Boure and Sankarani
continued, for the present, to support their rightful King.
The Kingdom of Benin
Ruler: Edewa,
Oba of Benin
Capital: Benin
Religion: African Pagan
Slept.
The Yoruba Kingdom of Ife
Ruler: Oranmiyan,
Oba of Oyo and Ife, Lord of the First Men
Capital: Ife
Religion: African Pagan
Slept.
The Akan States
Ruler: Paramount
Chieftain of the Akan Tribes
Capital: none
Religion: African Pagan
Slept.
EASTERN & SOUTHERN AFRICA
The Eparchate of Makouria
Ruler: Praetextatus
I, the Negus Negesti, Eparch of Makouria
Capital: Dunquhla
Religion: Coptic Christian
The Eparch had, as his "guest", the Fatimid Prince Al'Amir captured by the young Domestikos Nazares during the campaign in Danakil. Now, though, he had to work out exactly what to do with this august captive. Demands had been brought from Cairo to release the Prince or face war. The Cairenes had made no mention of ransom and that irked the Negus Negesti severely.
Fearing for the safety of his people, Praetextatus send forth messages to his Brother-King, Marari of Abyssinia, offering alliance and seeking succour in this time when the good and righteous servants of the Lord were oppressed by the Unbeliever just as the Tribes of Israel had been oppressed in days gone by. By May of 1107, the Eparch was rewarded by the sight of 5,000 Abyssinian warriors arriving at Dunquhla. The Highlanders looked bold enough and the Negus assumed that they would acquit themselves honourably in battle but their equipment was not so well-made as that of the Makourians. Too, their discipline left something to be desired. Still, it did not do to be overly fussy; whatever their failings, these were Christians and warriors who had travelled further from their homes than they had ever thought possible in order to defend the Makourians - a people of whom most knew nothing except that they shared a Faith in the Lord of Hosts.
Shortly after the arrival of the Abyssinians, rumour of war floated down the Nile. The Cairenes had marched off to war against the Emirs of legendary Damascus while another army, apparently of Christians, had landed somewhere to the west of Egypt and had begun an invasion of the Fatimid lands! The Eparchate was very far removed from the centre of events and the reports that arrived in dusty Dunquhla were usually not entirely reliable; this being so, Praetextatus was unclear how much store he should set by these accounts. If they were true, and Christians now warred on Egypt, he wondered who the invaders could be - perhaps the Byzantines?
In any case, at long last His Majesty decided to release the captive Amir. The Prince and The Eparch had spent many long hours during the former's captivity closeted in private dialogues. It was assumed that Al'Amir had been able to prevail upon the Eparch to release him out of the goodness of his heart.... Just before Amir was making his preparations to departed, he was to have met with Timurat Nicetius, the renowned cavalry commander, but the meeting never took place for Timurat had been killed after his horse stumbled on a rock and threw him. He broke his neck and was dead within minutes. Amir was most sorry but set off northwards anyway.
The Christian Empire of
Abyssinia
Ruler: Marari,
All-Conquering Lion of the Tribe of Judah, King of the Highlands, Negusa
Negest, Guardian of the Ark of the Covenant, Emperor of Abyssinia
Capital: Aksum
Religion: Coptic Christian
The Lion of Judah was approaching old age - in fact, having lived more than fifty Summers, he was considered by some to have passed into his dotage long ago. He considered that he had spent a good life and had done good deeds for he had defended his people from the depredations of the Mussulmen. Many a time he had led out the clans and tribes under his banner - the banner of Christ - and repulsed the incursions of the Muslim dogs of Saylac. Through Marari's courage, dedication and steadfast faith, the people of the Highlands could live in peace and practise the True Faith without fear.
Now he was presented with a new challenge for the emissaries from Nubian Makouria had come seeking alliance and the spears of Abyssinian warriors to defend their great citadel of Dunquhla from the Caliph of distant Cairo. In the monastery by Lake Hayq, the Nubian ambassadors waited while the Lion of Judah contemplated what course to follow: on the one hand, Marari felt obliged to defend fellow believers against the overweening Infidel; on the other, he had to consider that his people might suffer if they came to the attention of a much larger empire - and this was quite likely to happen if he allowed his people to be sucked into war... The Emperor thought and prayed long and hard before arriving at a decision.
"I shall send forth five thousand Abyssinian spears," he explained to the assembled Abyssinian nobles and clergy and the Makourian emissaries. "My faithful Seyoum will lead them to the city of the Nubians and, together, the Believers might drive back the onslaught of the Faithless and in the churches of our Nubian brethren, the warriors of the Highlands shall give prayers of thanks to the Lord who is Mighty in Battle."
Truly, there seemed little choice to Marari. He was a simple and pious man. He disliked the effeteness and pretensions of the Makourians but they were his Brothers in Christ. He could not abandon them to the Infidel. In his heart, Marari almost expected that his loyal chieftain, Seyoum, and the five thousand bold warriors would meet their end in distant Nubia and that the day might yet come when he himself fell in bloody combat against the Egyptian foemen. Yet if such was the Will of the Lord, what could a simple man do but play his part with piety and honour? A formal treaty detailing the nature of the alliance was drawn up by the Makourians and Marari placed his signature though he had little time for legalistic quibblings and clauses. Shortly thereafter, the Abyssinian contingent began trailing out of Aksum, heading northwest around the shores of the Holy Lake and towards the plains and the faroff city of Dunquhla. At their head, the young Seyoum, a popular man, a brave fighter and a fiercely competent general.
While the army was off doing its duty, Marari took a trip to Walaga to visit the vassal Princes of the region. With some hard bargaining and much effort, he was able to convince them to yield up just a little of their independence and come more fully under the protective wing of Abyssinia. As part of the agreement, the foremost family of the province sent one of their fine daughters to become the bride of Crown Prince Aeizanas, Marari's son and the heir to the throne.
Little else happened though the Lion of Judah waited for messengers to come from the north informing him of battle, slaughter and terrible losses. It was with some relief that he heard the news that the Cairenes were bogged down in many other wars and had not yet turned their attention southwards.
The Zanj States
Ruler: Khalifah
bin Haroub, Emir of Zanzibar
Capital: Zanzibar
Religion: Sunni Islam
Amongst the wealthy confederation of Muslim trading cities on the East African coast, things were satisfyingly quiet. In his opulent palace in Zanzibar, Emir Khalifah bin Haroub continued to do little but dwell in luxury and enjoy the attentions of harem girls. In theory, he and his brother (the heir, Aazaad bin Haroub) had undertaken the reins of government and should have been sitting in judgement on legal cases, drafting laws, counting the tribute and tax revenues as they drifted in... In practice, the wily Emir had hired a large number of new civil servants, quick-minded Arabs who dealt with the day-to-day running of the expanding state, and they relieved the Emir and Prince of all their most pressing duties except, of course, the most sacred duty - to enjoy all the many pleasures of wine, women and sweet fruits which Allah had placed before them. So busy with these activities was His Highness, the Emir, that he barely managed to find any time to spend with his dear wife. Only one child, a daughter who came along in 1110, was born to the couple. The ladies of the harem, of course, helped increase the progeny of the Emir in the most exponential manner.
To Mombassa, the eunuch Minister Bakr was sent
to seek a closer rapprochement with the subjects
tribes of the interior in the region of Mombassa. The local Bantu tribes were,
at varying times, allies, enemies, sources of slaves but always tributary,
always subjects of Muslim Zanzibar. After spending a great deal of time in
deep and demanding negotiations with these unhappy folk, Bakr was able to
extract a promise to serve the Emirate faithfully; the tribes, under a
particulary able chieftain named Kgosi Knyara, agreed to field some 1,500
local warriors in service to the Arab Emir across on the island. By making
such a large commitment, the Bantu tribes hoped desperately to avoid any
future slave raids. Whether their actions would prove
fruitful, only time would tell. To be sure, certain dikgosi (Bantu Kings) wondered whether they were not, in fact, betraying the
small semblance of independence they had inherited from their fathers and
hastening the day when they would be forced to adopt the religion of the Arabs
who had dragged so many of their children away to toil in slavery in the
distant and legendary lands of Yemen, Egypt and Persia.
Of course, slavery was never far away from the minds of the princes of the Zanj States. Trade was the lifeblood of the Zanj cities and the most important trade was in human beings. So, it was hardly a surprise when 2,000 swift-moving and lightly-armed Zanj warriors and 20 coastal dhows were prepared for a slaving expedition; 8 large ships were taken along and though empty on the outbound trip, few who saw the vessels being prepared in the harbour of Zanzibar had any doubt that they would return laden with fresh captives.
The General, Kaliq, led the expedition but not westwards to the interior, whence slaves were traditionally taken. Rather, he led them north and spent the greater part of 1106 harassing the region of Ras Hafun, a Muslim region! The raiders moved quickly enough that there was no opportunity for the tribes to organise any effective resistance. Soon, from the villages of the littoral and from the wandering tribes who drove their cattle through the arid interior, many hundreds of captives were taken - men, women and children alike. Nor did the Zanj raiders show any compunction about enslaving their co-religionists. Winding columns of newly-taken slaves were driven down to the beaches to be loaded into cargo ships and transported to the slave pits and markets of Zanzibar. Iron collars were locked around their necks while chains at the wrist and ankle linked all the members of each column together. The adults would likely be forced to toil in the plantations of Zanzibar until they died from overwork and were replaced by yet more human livestock. The unlucky ones would be sold on to the Middle East where they might expect to be used in gangs on dangerous and laborious tasks such as mining or the collection of salt from the coastal flats of southern Iraq. If the lives of those who remained in the Zanj States would be short and painful, those who were shipped northwards across the sea would be ten times worse for no Zanj slave ever survived more than five years under the lash of the Persians and Arabs. Yet, if the captives were worried for themselves, how much greater was their distress when they realised what would befall their children! Surely their sons would be castrated that they might become harem guards while their daughters would be raised up to become playthings in those selfsame seraglios.
The natives of Rus Hafun could see their fates stretching out before them... It was a bit odd, really, since they had always been certain that slavers would never touch them for they were Muslim... But the path Allah lays out is long and cannot be easily understood.
The Cwezi Dynasty of Kitara
Ruler: Tzuto Cwezi, King of Kitara and Great Chieftain
of the Ten Tribes of the Mask
Capital: Kasese
Religion: African Pagan
Tzuto was displeased with his realm. The tribes who owed him fealty were scattered across a wide and rugged land, thick with jungle; they wandered from place to place with each season, always seeking fresh pastures for their herds of cattle. This made it very difficult for Tzuto to stamp his authority on his people in any meaningful way - although many tribes called him their King and Great Chieftain, he seldom had any idea where his erstwhile subjects actually were at any given time. It was time for the tribes to become more sedentary...
And so His Majesty, with all the members of the Royal Household, his retainers, their families, his dozen wives and countless sons, his herds of cattle and his bold warriors, moved down to the village of Kasese on the shores of the Great Lake. Kasese was large, by the standards of Kitara, and the people made their living by a mixture of fishing, pastoral farming and gold-panning. Sometimes, once or twice every decade, a handful of Arab traders might even slip into Kasese to buy gold or salt or slaves or the carapaces of tortoises in return for iron or textiles. To Tzuto's cunning mind, it seemed that, if he wanted the power of the Kingship to become more thoroughly concentrated on himself, he must create a great royal centre to which all the tribes, as well as foreign emissaries and traders, could come to pay their tribute and Kasese was the place he had chosen to become his capital.
All the members of the Cwezi family and their attendants and kindred clans settled in Kasese and, before long, a royal cult had sprung up centred on the veneration of the King and his ancestors. From the hinterland and the jungle, pastoral tribes were soon coming to Kasese to offer declarations of their continued loyalty to their King and to worship and sacrifice at the altars of the royal cult. Tzuto saw with increasingly pleasure that, at least once a year (and sometimes more than that), each and every tribe would visit Kasese to trade, to worship, to pay fealty or whatever; hence, their movements became more predictable and they ranged less widely across Ankolye. Kasese itself became a major centre for trade between the various Kitaran tribes - the clans might sell cattle, meat, ivory or slaves in the marketplace or they might wander the town's streets seeking out likely-looking grooms for their daughters. And, of course, in the King's Great City, all men obeyed the King's Peace so that even clans who were traditionally hostile to one another were forced to treat one another with respect within the environs of Kasese.
Tzuto himself, and his loyal minister Tchamba, crossed the Great Lake to visit their cousins in Burundi. The tribes were kindred, with those on either side of the Lake being part of the Ten Tribes of the Great Mask, but the links had long been sundered and none could remember a time when they had been anything other than the most distant of neighbours. Now, though, Tzuto sought to resurrect the ties between them. The chieftains of Burundi listened to the words of Tzuto, to his great plans for the future, and they were impressed enough to agree to send an annual tribute westwards across the lake. Tzuto felt well pleased with this and realised that he was obviously the man who would lead the Ten Tribes to glory everlasting!
The Sulahyid Emirate of Yemen
Ruler: Sayyida
Arwa, Queen of Yemen
Capital: none.
Religion: Shi'a Islam
Slept.
The Sultanate of Adal
Ruler: Sultan
of Adal
Capital: Saylac
Religion: Sunni Islam
Slept.
The Chewa Kingdom of Marawi
Ruler: Chewa
King of the Marawi
Capital: none.
Religion: African Pagan
Slept.
The Xhona Tribes of Mwene Mutapa
Ruler: Great
King of the Mutapa Tribes
Capital: none.
Religion: African Pagan
Slept.
The Kingdom of Kongo
Ruler: Abwanze,
King of the Bakongo
Capital: none.
Religion: African Pagan
Abwanze, the heir and younger brother of King Imbudu, found himself still in the region of Mbundu which was really quite distant from his preferred stomping ground north of the Kongo River. Still, at least he was not alone, for he had with him a large delegation of the Bakongo tribe's most respected nobles and advisors, having been handed the thankless task of convincing the locals to willingly accept the rule of the King of the Bakongo. In his previous (and, from Abwanze's point-of-view, interminable) discussions, he had been very successful in dealing with the chieftains of the local tribes (the Kimbundu, the Mbaka and the Ndongo) and had finagled them into contributing many hundreds of their stoutest warriors to the service of the Kongo. Now, in 1106, negotiations were re-opened and took a fine turn, from a very early stage, after Abwanze agreed to take the eldest daughter of the most powerful Mbundu chieftain (the chief of the Ndongo Tribe) as his wife - the local tribes were pleased by the security this match assured them and, more importantly, by the influence they hoped they would gain when Abwanze ascended the Kongolese throne with a Queen drawn from Mbundu. This, though, was an event which came about sooner than most expected...
The Supreme God of the Bakongo, Nzambi Mpungu, set out the lengths of
man's time on the earth and, as it turned out, he had set only a brief time
for Imbudu to reign over the Bakongo tribes. Throughout 1106, everyone could
see that Imbudu was painfully ill yet he pressed on with the enormous task he
had set himself - after the excitment of the previous few years, during which
practitioners of black magic had run rife in the land, Imbudu grew ever more
fearful about the sheer number of witches in his Kingdom so he ordered a great
head-count. Every man, woman and child would be counted and examined by the
priests of Nzambi for signs of witchery or other evil activities. Too, His
Majesty hoped to gain a clear idea of exactly how many of his subjects had
been claimed by the murderous magicians. Before the end of 1106, the counting
was complete but it came at a high cost - Imbudu, sick to begin with, had
degenerated as the year progressed until, at last, the sheer exertion of
organising the great head-count forced him to take to his bed. Crowds gathered
to watch as their King was borne into the Royal Lodge by the priests and
medicine men; thereafter, they did not see him alive again. There was a full
week during which the priests flocked to the Lodge or capered around the great
cultic centres imploring the Supreme God to save the King's life while the
other holy men of the Kingdom created fetishes and charms to drive off the
evil spirits which were obviously causing Imbudu's illness, but at the week's
end the King died. Death was, at last, a blessed relief after a full year of
sickness - a sickness which the Demon King, Ngworekara, had obviously sent to
punish the pious Imbudu for resisting the evil magic of the witches...
Abwanze (who had, quite unknowingly, become King following his
brother's death), was travelling the in the Mbundu bush when news of his
brother's death and his ascension to the throne reached him. Curiously, the
new King showed no eagerness to return to the lands of the Bakongo people - it
had been several years since he had last visited the place and the rumours, of
witchery and the reign of the Demon God, erturbed him. Abwanze was a simple
man when it came to theology - if witchcraft had gained the upper hand in
Kongo, it was probably a sign of bad times to come and that Nzambi had perhaps
even turned his back on the Bakongo tribes. His own brother had just died, in
the most gut-wrenching agony imaginable, and Abwanze was fearful that to
return north would be to invite a similar fate so he opted to stay here, in
bundu, with the family of his wife amongst the local tribes. This decision
seemed to be vindicated when, during the following year, a strapping son was
born to King Abwanze. In each of the following years, a new daughter was
brought forth. Of course, if this gave pleasure to Abwanze, one could scarcely
imagine the delight of
the Mbundu tribes who saw, in the little baby boy, a future King
who was half-Kongolese and half-Ndongo. Some of the more canny Mbundu
chieftains even began whispering in Abwanze's ear, suggesting that he ought to
stay down in the south permanently, far-removed from the sinister activities
of his homeland and the dangers of witches and demons... Abwanze looked at his
children, babes in arms or toddling infants, and opted to remain in Mbundu.
NORTH AMERICA
The Anasazi Pueblos
Ruler: Eototo,
Father of Ceremonies
Capital: none
Religion: Northern Amerind
Eototo could mourn no longer, the kikmongwi said. He had duties to his people, to his sons and to the Great Spirit
which could be shirked no longer. He must, once more, turn his full attention
to these things instead of indulging in his extravagant grief. The Father of
Ceremonies knew that there was truth in these injunctions so he forced himself
to put aside his personal pain and deal with the matters in hand. The desert
clans in Hopi could not (or would not) apprehend the wonder of the vision that
had been granted to the Father of Ceremonies so Eototo would travel there
personally.
Taking some of the extra corn which had been saved in accordance with the vision of the Great Spirit, Eototo distributed it evenly to the Hopi villages and families; even those who had laughed at Aholi when he had come to tell of the vision, a few years earlier, received a share of the maize and beans. It was, indeed, a most welcome gift for the rains had been unusually light and the harvest had been less than the locals were accustomed to. Too, new irrigation channels were dug in Hopi. The region was too arid ever to provide anything other than the most limited of agricultural yields so anything which might make farming easier was particularly appreciated by the Hopi clans. With these tangible benefits brought about as a result of Eototo's vision, the desert pueblos proved more receptive this time to the spiritual message of the Father of Ceremonies.
Eototo then returned to the clans in Anasazi to find the light rains were causing the same problems with the harvest there. Drought was not a new thing, unfortunately, but thanks to Eototo and Aholi the People (as the Anasazi named themselves) were now well-prepared and the food which Eototo had stored - corn, beans and squash - was distributed to all the pueblos of the Hisatsinom. Too, he oversaw the building of better storage areas for the future. It was clear now that greater organisation which Eototo espoused was bringing many material advantages (and in a relatively short time) - thus were the few doubters who remained silenced. With such matters dealt with, Eototo, by now quite exhausted, returned to his duties as the Father of Ceremonies - leading the rites and rituals which would bring the People to peace and prosperity in balance with the land just as the Great Spirit had shown him.
However, the Hisatsinom still faced danger from outside their own lands - the cannibal raiders of the south remained a threat and not only to the People but to the surrounding tribes such as the Navajo. The idea came to Aholi that the Great Spirit’s vision would be well served by peace between the Anasazi and Navajo. Why should they waste energy defending against each other with invaders harassing them both? Anasazi traders in the Navajo villages had already told tales of Eototo’s vision and of the singular advantages his reforms had brought so Aholi went off to the Navajo lands, with an escort of a few hundred warriors, to talk to the Navajo tribal elders and explain to them the wisdom contained in the Great Spirit's vision. Assuredly, relations between Anasazi and Navajo had been stormy in the past - they had raided and warred on each other - but it should be obvious to all, Aholi reasoned, that the cannibal invaders were a greater threat than mere tribal feuding.
Gifts of well-crafted turquoise jewellery were brought to the Navajo chieftains yet Aholi met with little success for he was a plain-spoken man - fiery and passionate but with little time for niceties. His complete lack of subtlety and inability to craft convincing arguments led the Navajo to believe that the Anasazi coveted their lands and wealth. Aholi spoke of how Eototo would defend the Navajo if only they acknowledged his leadership - this, in particular, caused bitter offence for it implied that Navajo could not defend themselves and, worse than that, that they should become subject to the Anasazi Father of Ceremonies. Aholi tried to elicit a wife for himself from amongst the Navajo, to help lay the ties of blood kinship, but he was sharply rebuffed. The Navajo had never had much love for the Anasazi and now feared that their independence would be subsumed if they agreed to link the tribes through marriage. For almost four years Aholi remained amongst the Navajo villages but everything he said fell on deaf ears and, at one point, some of the Navajo elders had to restrain the young bloods who wanted to kill Aholi for having the temerity to come to their land in the first place.
By 1110, Aholi had returned home from the Navajo lands feeling lucky
that he still had his life and that the Navajo had not gone to war. Eototo was
pleased at his nephew’s return but worried by the reaction of the Navajo. In
time, he thought, they would see the advantages but it was unfortunate that
they were being so obstinate. If the Anasazi (not to mention the Navajo,
Hohokam and every other tribe in this part of the world) were to have a
future, the rivalries between clans and tribes would have to be put aside and
a new cooperative spirit found. Yet, if all the tribes felt as strongly as the
Navajo, what hope could had Eototo of realising the
Vision? Perhaps it would not fall to Eototo to see this thing through to its
end. Perhaps he could only lay the foundations and leave it to his beloved
sons to take up the task set down before them...
As it happened, Eototo was musing that, perhaps, he ought now to seek a new wife, a good woman who might help to raise his twins - Poqanghoya and Palangawhoya. Word was always being spread amongst the pueblos about their childhood deeds. They were splendid quick-witted boys, always foremost in games and full of mischief; they would surely grow up to be handsome men, strong in war and wise in council. It pleased all the tribes to see that the future of the tribe lay in such hands and that, one day, one of these unusual little boys would grow to become Father of Ceremonies. There was no shortage of helping hands with them, especially their grandmothers, but they needed someone young to keep up with their energy¼.
The Hohokam Villages
Ruler: Hawikuh,
First Among the Elders
Capital: none
Religion: Northern Amerind
Slept.
The Aztalan Mississippians
Ruler: Unbowed-Moose,
the Peace Chief
Capital: Aztalan
Religion: Northern Amerind
Slept.
The Moundbuilders of Cahokia
Ruler: Arrow
Keeper, White Chief of the Ani-Kutani
Capital: Cahokia
Religion: Northern Amerind
While many of the greatest chiefs and nobles of the Moundbuilders were busily engaged in activities in Caddo, it seemed that it would be left to Crazy Cat to take charge of business in Michigamea. His task was to restructure the system for the collection of tax and tribute - the very same job which Arrow Keeper had fluffed so monumentally a few years earlier. Crazy Cat proved that he was deserving of his name - whenever the villagers tried to trick him by lying about their wealth, numbers or agricultural yields, beatings were swiftly delivered to the deceivers. The process of counting heads and calculating dues was laborious - indeed, it took Crazy Cat almost five years to complete his task but complete it he did and soon the Ani-Kutani were receiving all that they were owed by their subjects. Crazy Cat was not alone for long, however. Black Bear, the Red Chief of the Ani-Kutani, arrived from Caddo during the Summer of 1106 and took up residence in the Chief's Lodge atop the largest mound in the city. From there, he oversaw the governance of the Moundbuilders' realm.
In the south, Arrow Keeper departed his Caddoan host and moved south to Ayoel, greatest settlement of the Ishak tribe. The locals were a primitive and insular people reluctant to deal with the Cahokians. They knew much of the great city of the Moundbuilders for some of their men had visited the place to trade but its bustle and activity were far removed from the Ishak People's quiet existence and they felt some trepidation at Cahokia's interest in their lands. The Ishak treated their visitor with all the hospitality appropriate to a guest but they reacted badly to suggestions that they might seek closer relations with the Moundbuilders and suggested, ominously, that they would prefer Arrow Keeper to return to the lands of his own tribe....
While such excitement took place, Dark Wolf, another of the Cahokian chieftains, departed Caddo and visited many villages and tribes in many different regions on both sides of the Snake. Vague promises were extracted from Taposa and Chickasaw that they would give safe passage to the Cahokians and, perhaps, send some tribute north as a mark of their respect.
The Caddoan Confederation
Ruler: Mankiller,
Great Father of the South
Capital: Hahiwai
Religion: Northern Amerind
The Caddoans sent a great tribute north to Cahokia. It was offensive to many and there began to be rumblings of discontent even in Hahiwai, which was the place most amenable to closer relations with the Cahokians. This was assuaged considerably when more rafts came south from Cahokia bearing many useful gifts - tools, slaves, fish traps and similar things. The Caddoans accepted them gratefully and used them to improve their fields and their fishing. It seemed that the value of the Cahokian gifts outweighed the value of the tribute sent northwards but the Caddoans were not going to complain for they were plainly getting a bargain.
Mankiller, by request of the Cahokian Red Chief, set out with 800 warriors on an expedition round both the sunset and sunrise banks of the Great Snake. He poked around in Quapaw and Kaskinapo and was seen holding discussions with the Pawnee tribesmen, north of Caddo, and a few Chickasaw hunters in Kaskinapo.
The Adena Moundbuilders
Ruler: Wild-Eagle,
the Great Sun
Capital: Adena
Religion: Northern Amerind
Slept.
The Atakapaw Ishak Tribes
Ruler: Otsitat, Lord of the Tribes of the Sunrise and
the Sunset
Capital: Ayoel
Religion: Northern Amerind
Slept (and wondered what they had done to attract the attention of the infernal Moundbuilders!).
The Jatibonicu Taino of Capa
Ruler: Kelepi,
Great Chieftain of the Taino
Capital: Capa
Religion: Northern Amerind
Kelepi departed the great settlement at Capa and sailed across to the islands of the Carib tribe across the Leeward Sea. At precisely the same time, his nominated successor, Teo, returned home to Ciboney, took a wife (who bore him a rather sickly daughter) and assumed leadership of the Taino Councils. And, indeed, the Jatibonicu Taino were undergoing strange times for Kelepi's well-known ambitions, his earnest wish that the kindred tribes should all accept his rule and leadership, were beginning to have a tangible effect. In the past, the Great Council and Great Chieftain had jointly made all decisions relating to the future of the tribe. Now, though, there seemed to be a drift away from the traditions of the past - increasingly, Kelepi (or his appointees) would issue commands and decrees without even consulting the Council or the tribal elders let alone seeking their permission. Some of the Taino protested this radical departure from the ancestral traditions but there were others, ambitious men in the main, who believed that, by following Kelepi and his faction, they might potentially increase their personal power - these men tacitly approved of Kelepi's policies and worked to serve the Great Chieftain's radical plans. It was their earnest hope that they might gain favour with and influence over Kelepi.
Yet, despite his innovative ideas for the government of the Taino tribes, Kelepi was little in evidence on Ciboney. Instead, he spent several years among the Carib and attended many of their councils. Building on the work of preceding years, he convinced the Caribs to send tribute canoes westwards in recognition of (and appreciation for) the peace and good relations which attended the two peoples. Kelepi was most pleased for he imagined that this wealth of fish, yucca, cassava and fermented sugar-cane juice which the Carib were to send as tribute would make his position even more secure - if any opposed his methods or his rejection of conciliar rule, he could demonstrate the fruits his policies bore!
CENTRAL AMERICA
Toltec Empire of Tula Tollan
Ruler: Topiltzin,
Birth of the Fifth Sun, Emperor of Tula Tollan under the Sun God Tezcatlipoca,
Priest of the Jaguar and the Eagle.
Capital: Tula
Religion: Meso-American
It was a time of war and strife for the Toltecs. To the south, Quetzelcoatl waged a campaign of surpassing brutality against the Zapotecs while, in the domestic arena, Hueceptl appeared in Tula during the Summer of 1106 with 2,000 warriors - not mere levies or provincial militias but the fine eagle and coyote knights of the imperial army. Tula had been the scene of much religious unrest, culminating in the seizure of a section of the city and some of the more important temples by a force of about 1,500 disaffected religious students. The ragtag rebel army, armed with bows, slings and improvised spears, had fortified the city's largest pyramid temple and proudly proclaimed that they would hold it against all comers. However, on that July afternoon when they saw Hueceptl's army winding its way through the streets and plazas of Tula, converging on the pyramid from two different directions, obsidian blades glittering in the sun, the rebels' courage and convictions deserted them. Most fled, some surrendered and only a very few tried to resist - only a little blood was spilt and, by evening, the "rebellion" was effectively over. The majority of the prisoners were sent for sacrifice (ironically, the sacrifices were performed by the very same priests who had spurred the rebels on!). Once he was convinced that the city was safe and that Topiltzin's authority had been reasserted with an iron fist, Hueceptl and his brilliantly-disciplined brigade departed Tula and marched southwards to the Valley.
In Iztaccihuatl, where Emperor Topiltzin had established his court, news filtered in from the south of victories and defeats alike - throughout 1106, the whole of the Toltec Empire waited on tenterhooks to discover whether the Toltecs would be victorious. By the beginning of 1107, messengers crossed over the mountain bearing the news that Mitla had fallen and the whole of Oaxaca Valley was now annexed! The great cult city and ancient home of the Zapotecs were now under the control of Quetzelcoatl and his army! In celebration, the Emperor order that further labour be expended on the Tlapocoya temple complex though it remained a very long way from completion. In addition to the military conquest of the Zapotecs, news was brought that Popoluca had been finessed away from the contemptible Mayans. The natives, both of because of their fear that the Toltecs might retaliate for any diplomatic rebuff and their recognition of the cultural affinities with the people of Tula Tollan, had terminated their alliance with the Itza Maya.
All in all, things were busy for the Toltecs and His Majesty seemed to recognise that the government would require some considerable expansion. Many new officials and revenue-gatherers were trained and recruited to govern Tula Tollan's wide realms - the densely populated Valleys of Mexico and Oaxaca and newly-subjugated peoples...
The Itza Mayan Empire
Ruler: Ah-Kan-Xul,
Lord of the Night, Halach Uinic of the Itza Maya
Capital: Chichen Itza
Religion: Meso-American
It was an uncertain time amongst the Mayans. The Nahuatl-speaking Toltecs were creeping ever closer and it seemed unlikely that their aims were friendly. The Lord of the Night ordered that defences be prepared - deep ditches and earthen ramparts were begun around Tikal and Palenque including a particularly impressive moat at the former city which was dug through solid limestone. In the frontier province of Popoluca, meanwhile, plans were made to convert almost a dozen old local temples into fortifications - their crumbling walls to be shored up, more ditches dug and Mayan garrisons installed.... But it was not to prove so easy. The Halach Uinic sent his kinswoman, Ix-Yax-Chel, to wed the greatest of the Populacan princes (Auitzotl, by name) and further cement the region into Chichen Itza's orbit but the Toltecs still had not given up their hopes of acquiring Popoluca. The wedding went ahead but Teotihua, the Toltec emissary, poured poison in Auitzotl's ears, liberally mixing threats of Toltec vengeance, promises of great rewards and bitter slanders against the foreign Mayans and their intentions. To the Mayans' chagrin, it worked. Ix-Yax-Chel tried her best to counter Teotihua's cunning words but she was no match for him - he visited every chieftain of note and convinced most of them to slacken their ties with the Mayans. By the end of 1110, Popoluca had severed all its links with the Lord of the Night and had made a formal and public recognition that their ancient ties of blood and language lay with their Toltec neighbours and not the Mayans.
Further south in Huave, Ah-Pacal-Balam arrived and distributed generous gifts to the local (Nahuatl-speaking) grandees. No commitments were given but the princely feathers, iridescent and brought out of the jungles of the far south, were well-received as were his fine Mayan ornaments of jade and the people of Huave seemed to indicate that they would look on future overtures favourably.
In Chichen Itza itself, the Lord of the Night took firm hold of the governance of his realm. On a regular basis, he shed his own blood by passing needles of bone and cactus spine through his tongue; the blood was collected on bark paper and burnt in a dish as an offering to the gods. In this way, Ah-Kan-Xul was able to propitiate the deities of the Maya and ensure their continued benevolent watch over the Empire of the Itza Maya. Too, it was widely believed that the gods had sent visions to the Halach Uinic while he performed his blood-letting rituals but, if this was true, he chose not share the revelations with his subjects.
It had not escaped the attention of the Halach
Uinic that his uncle, the heir Ahau-Kakmo, was far from happy so, in the
spirit of magnanimity, he honoured his uncle by allowing him to oversee the
annual sacrifice of youths and maidens at the Sacred Cenote in honour of the
Rain God, Yum Chaac. The cenote
was a large natural sinkhole filled with green algae-filled scummy water
and fed by a river deep underground. By casting virgins into the cenote during the Summer Solstice, the Maya hoped to ensure that the rains continued
and that the terrifying spectre of drought might be staved off
for another season. During the sacrifice of 1106, a strange thing happened - a
couple of young girls and three young boys were thrown into the Well of
Sacrifice; although four of them drowned quickly, one of the victims -
youth of only 14 years - managed to tread water in the centre of the cenote for three hours. Such things rarely happened but, when they did, one
could not deny that the gods were rejecting the sacrifice so a rope was
brought and the boy extracted very quickly.
Wet and covered with algae, the boy was brought before Ahau-Kakmo who demanded to know if the Yum Chaac had sent a vision. The boy leant close to the heir's ear and whispered something. No-one else heard what was said but Kakmo blanched and was visibly shaken. The ritual was promptly declared to have been completed and Kakmo rushed off to find his nephew, the Lord of the Night. In the following months, Ahau-Kakmo grew ill and became less and less active in Mayan life and ritual, neglecting all his duties and taking no pleasure in anything; during the Spring of 1107, he passed on into the next world having lived 39 years.
The boy who had miraculously survived sacrifice sank into obscurity once more.
The Zapotec Kingdom of Mitla
Ruler: Xolotl,
the Great Seer, Blood King of Oaxaca
Capital: Mitla
Religion: Meso-American
The Great Seer was certain that there would now be peace with the Toltecs. All doubt had been ended when the legendary Warrior-Prince of the Toltecs, Quetzelcoatl, had taken the Great Seer's own daughter - beautiful Loxyela - as his bride. All seemed well....
....until April of 1106 when, suddenly and without the least provocation, a Toltec army burst out of the high mountains intent on bloody conquest! To make matters all the more egregious, the speed of their arrival meant that the treacherous northerners must already have been inside the boundaries of the Zapotec Kingdom! The vile Quetzelcoatl, when he had come speaking words of peace the previous year, must have secreted the Tulan army high in the mountains around the Valley of Oaxaca. Even as he sought peace treaties and an alliance, the infamous Quetzel must have been plotting war against Mitla! It was like a dagger to Xolotl's heart that he had given his precious daughter to that viper.
Quetzel's army, almost 4,000 slingers and archers in support of a similar number of jaguar knights, swept out of the highlands and carried a number of Zapotec outposts almost before their victims realised what was happening. The Zapotecs had always expected that they would have plenty of warning should they be attacked (for the enemy would need to cross the mountains and would surely be spotted) but now they had been taken completely unawares and it was many weeks before Xolotl could gather his forces and respond to the invasion. When his men were finally mustered at Mitla, they numbered no more than 6,000 and were plainly of inferior training to the Toltecs. Instead of facing the invader in open battle, the Zapotecs spent most of the Summer of 1106 trying to bolster the defences of their many fortified posts in the Valley while small parties of skirmishers ambushed and waylaid Toltec patrols. Here and there, a few hundred warriors would clash ending sometimes in defeat and sometimes in victory. Beneath the walls of the Valley's dozen or so forts and strongholds, the blood of many hundreds of Toltecs was spilt but their advance, in spite of this, seemed unstoppable. By the time Autumn arrived, the Great Seer and his army retreated to the safety of Nahuatl and the coast. It was a bitter blow to abandon their homes and great city but they had no other choice - the Zapotec morale was close to collapse after the Summer's campaigning.
The Toltec army was hardly in a better state - they were exhausted by warfare or, more accurately, by the constant subjugation of Zapotec forts with insufficient sappers and engineers. With the retreat of Xolotl's main army, Quetzel was able to take a more leisurely approach to the work of conquest. When, at last, the final enemy stronghold had fallen and its defenders sent north in chains to become fodder for the altars of the Dark God Tezcatlipoca, the Toltecs turned to Mitla and starved the city into submission rather than test themselves upon its ditches and ramparts. By the Summer of 1107, it had surrendered and Quetzelcoatl sent the news north of his great victory and conquest. It was not clear what his young Zapotec bride thought of Quetzel's treacherous attack but it was interesting to note that she bore him no children.
The Tarascan Empire of Purepecha
Ruler: Tangaxoan,
the Lord of the Men of the Wind, Warrior King of Tzin Tzun Tzan
Capital: Tzin Tzun Tzan
Religion: Meso-American
Slept.
SOUTH AMERICA
The Huari Empire
Ruler: Anquimarca,
the Ciquic, Supreme King and Overlord of the Wari
Capital: Huari
Religion: Southern Amerind
The Wari Ciquic was once more turning his
attention to strengthening the bonds between the Royal House and the outlying
regions; to that end, Anta-Accla, the Ciquic's brother and heir, spend a
goodly amount of time in Nazca trying to convince the local tribes, from
amongst whose number his wife was drawn, to form a closer bond with the Great
Overlord to the north. The Nazcans were not easily convinced for they had
already made a great compromise by agreeing to supply the Ciquic with bold
Nazcan warriors. They could not see how they could reasonably be expected to
contribute more than this to the Wari. Yet fine gifts, ceramics and
beautifully-crafted metalwork, were brought from Huari to smooth the way and
convince the native princes of the high esteem in which they were held and of
the importance which the northerners (not merely the Ciquic but all the Wari clans) attached to the friendship of the Nazca people. Most
serendipitously, Accla's Nazcan wife (Marca) became pregnant while these long
and tortuous negotiations were proceeding. Many Nazcans took this as a fine
portent and a sign that they ought to accede to the ideas Accla put forth;
others, though, were less convinced and, so, a kind of compromise was reached.
More tribute and more men would be given to the Ciquic but Nazca would remain
an independent state. Before he left Nazca at the beginning of 1107, Accla's
wife gave birth to a large and healthy daughter. This was fine news and
welcomed in all quarters.
With his mission to Nazca complete, Anta-Accla received a decree from the Ciquic that he should go at once to the province of Inca and bring these people, who had already acknowledged the bonds of language and culture between themselves and the Wari, under Anquimarca's rule. So, Anta-Accla along with chieftain, Apo, and a large party of advisors set out for Inca. The locals had already received a great deal of Wari attention and were far from happy at this renewed diplomatic mission - they feared that their neighbours were signalling, wittingly or otherwise, that they would never allow the province of Inca to remain free; the more fearful native chieftains remarked that Inca would be made a part of the Huari Empire one way or another so would it not be wiser if they bowed to Anquimarca willingly, thus drawing his goodwill, rather than continuing to spurn him? By acknowledging the Ciquic's suzerainty, the nobles of Inca might even be welcomed into the ruling circle of the Empire and might gain more power and influence than they currently had... But, as always, there were those who were justly fearful of any moves to compromise their independence. Bold efforts to counter these people were made by Anta-Accla who never tired of explaining the endless benefits that Anquimarca would rain down upon all the tribes and clans and provinces that bowed to him. Great trains of llamas came from the north bearing gifts in amounts beyond the wildest imaginings of the princes of the region - the finest variegated robes of virgin wool, silver (always silver!), slaves and, strangely, wonderfully-carved warclubs and knives of volcanic glass... The hint was clear enough - align with the Wari or suffer the consequences.
In 1110, the Ciquic himself, accompanied by the bulk of the army and the War Chief Apo, arrived in Inca ostensibly to visit his new kinsmen (for his wife, Chimbo-Inca, came from the region) and present his father-in-law with the children the marriage had produced; in practice, most of the locals saw the visit as a show of strength, almost as a threat. And so it was that, before long, the foremost princes and nobles of the region of Inca were kneeling in the dust before the Supreme King of the Wari and swearing fealty on behalf of themselves and their descendants.
At home, the city of Huari continued to swell in size as did the more northerly city of Chancha. In both places, people from the provinces and hinterland flocked to the cities to take advantage of the increased building space caused by the demolition of each city's walls. Of course, the increased urbanisation did not impress many of the local provincial nobles who suddenly found that their peasants and serfs were abandoning their allotments to run off to the cities where they hoped to find freedom and anonymity in the throng.
The Aymara Hegemony of Tiwanaku
Ruler: Curi-Paucar,
Yatiri of the Gateway of the Sun God, First Among the Great Chiefs
Capital: Tiahuanaco
Religion: Southern Amerind
The Tiwanakans were beginning to shed a little of their nervousness, their anxiety at the ever-present prospect of civil war. The Yatiri Coyllas had worked hard to keep the many Aymara clans from pursuing their ancient feuds and hostilities and most believed that it was only because of his constant attention that the great clans had taken a step back from the pursuit of warfare. Coyllas was feted as the Peacebringer, the man who had forced even the greatest nobles to lay aside their selfish, clannish interests and overweening pride. So long as he led the clans, Tiwanaku would know peace and, praise be to the gods, Coyllas was a young man, having seen only 32 Summers, and he would surely lead the clans in peace and unity of purpose for many a long year to come...
...but such was not the plan that the Creator and Weather God, Viracocha, had set out for Coyllas. Before the Spring of 1106 had passed, the Yatiri had died. There was no warning, no lingering illness, nothing that could have foretold what was about to happen to him - he retired one evening and had left this world by the time morning came. Few, though, cared much about the details of his death - what mattered was whether or not it would result in war (most thought it would). Coyllas' brother, Curi-Paucar, had always been clearly designated as his successor (and Coyllas' own son was only 2 years of age when his father died) so it was no surprise to anyone when he stepped forward and proclaimed himself the new Yatiri of the Gateway of the Sun God. A solemn ceremony was staged, one hundred white llamas were sacrificed - the hearts of the animals were torn out and held up to the sky while their blood was scattered on the ground. Too, the other appropriate sacrifices were made to ensure that Curi-Paucar's ascension would meet with divine approval.
With the formalities completed, the new Yatiri took command of some 5,000 warriors and made ready for the challenge that would, he believed, inevitably come from the great clans... Yet, no challenge came and no hostilities were begun anywhere throughout the lands which bowed to Tiwanaku. The Aymaran chieftains, instead, sent emissaries to swear that their clans would remain as loyal to Curi as they had been to Coyllas. So, this made a fine start to the new overlord's reign and things proceeded in the same vein - the great cultic centre of Tiwanaku grew even larger in size for there appeared to be an increasingly willingness, on the part of the members and chieftains of the diverse Aymaran clans, to bury their differences for the moment and dwell much closer to the one place to which all the clans looked as the centre of their culture, heritage and religions - Holy Tiwanaku and the Sacred Lake. With such numbers pouring into the city, Curi-Paucar made some small effort to improve the city's inadequate supply of potable water by the building of some small aquaducts.
Apart from this, the only major event were the mission of the loyal minister, Cusi, to Arica far to the south - much further than the political power of Tiwanaku had ever reached before. The clans there, though of Aymaran stock and language, were very different from their northern cousins - they were nervous of centralisation but their chieftains agreed to bow to the obvious power which the Yatiri rightfully held, as Viracocha's representative on earth, and large sums of tribute and manpower were sent to serve the whim of the man who was First Amongst the Chiefs of the Aymaran Tribes.
Finally, as a bitter postscript, Coyllas' daughter, Inguill, died at the age of six after contracting a parasitic disease from some contaminated water. In the last year of her life, she wasted away, becoming ever weaker as the parasites grew stronger, before finally succumbing. All agreed it was a most tragic event and thought back to the portents they had seen in the skies just a few years earlier.
The Marajo People
Ruler:
Iawi, the Sun Chief
Capital: none
Religion: Southern Amerind
The Sun Chief was brooding over his little
daughter, Tuia, who was now only 4 years of age. One day, she would probably
lead the tribes for it was the tradition amongst Iawi's people that the
succession alternated between the sexes - the eldest daughter of a male ruler
would inherit and the eldest son of a female ruler. Tuia's lineage was
venerable. For generations beyond reckoning, Iawi's family had been the most
respected amongst all the Marajoara tribes and they alone had held the title
of Sun Chief and leadership of the great council of all the kindred clans and
tribes. Iawi's uncle, Moie, was the de
facto heir - it had been generally understood that, should no female issue be
forthcoming from Iawi's line, the chieftainship would devolve upon Moie and
his branch of the family. Now that Tuia had been born, Moie would have to
stand aside for this little girl despite being a respected man in his own
right and a powerful chieftain. Some wondered whether the proud Moie would
obey the traditions of the tribe for he was a tough man, ambitious, and had
been a fierce warrior in his day. But he was bound by sacred oaths and, too,
by the will of the Marajo people who considered Tuia's birth to be a most
propitious event. Who could know what Moie would eventually do?
As it happened, the doting father Iawi was not
worrying over politics but over his daughter's wellbeing for her mother had
died while Tuia was still a babe in arms. Iawi, like most men, was often
confused by women and was pondering whether he ought to take a new wife who
might become a mother to the little girl. The closest members of his family
and clan had participated in raising the child but, still, she probably needed
a real mother. By and by, the Sun Chief took a local woman, Pucu, as wife.
Pucu was a plain but kindly woman in her mid-twenties and had been married
before but her husband had died a couple of years before after tragically
succumbing to the candiru. His end had not been a pleasant one.
Pucu and Iawi were wed quickly, to general approval, and their union swiftly bore fruit for a second daughter was born to the Sun Chief within a year of marriage - a half-sister for young Tuia. Soon after, Pucu found herself pregnant once more but things did not go well. Early one morning, during, the seventh month of pregnancy, she complained of pains in her abdomen which increased in intensity as the day progressed. By early afternoon, she was bleeding heavily and it was apparent that she was, in fact, miscarrying. No matter how hard the shamans of the tribe and all those who were wise in the ways of childbirth tried, the haemorrhaging could not be stopped and she died within a few hours. Iawi was distraught and swore never to wed again (though whether this was mere hyperbole born of his shock and grief or whether he really meant it was not clear).
Away from the domestic arena, new villages were settled all through Terembembe as the Marajo population increased quite exponentially. Many new fields were cleared for cultivation, new fishing boats launched upon the Great River and ever more hunting parties went into the forests. Apart from the Sun Chief's griefs and the general fears about whether proud Moie would accept his relegation in favour of his great-niece, life was uneventful but productive for the Marajo people who dwell at the mouth of the Great River.
Mercenaries, Condottieri,
Swords-for-Hire, Dogs-of-War and assorted vagabonds...
Mercenary Captains will become available as the game progresses.
Western Europe: 19i,
8c, 1hc, 5s, 5w, 5t
(c-3, i-4, w-3, s-3)
Mercenary Captains:
Eastern Europe: 16i,
11xc, 7c, 2s, 2xw
(c-3, i-4, w-2, s-1)
Mercenary Captains:
Middle East:
19i, 15xc, 8c, 3hc, 4w, 2t (c-4,
i-3, w-2, s-4)
Mercenary Captains:
Atelmalgut (M788)
N. America:
5xi, 5i, 2xw, 2w
(i-1, w-2)
Mercenary Captains:
Central America: 13i,
11xi
(i-2)
Mercenary Captains:
Central Asia:
9i, 21xc, 9c
(c-5, i-2)
Mercenary Captains:
India:
19i, 11c, 16xc, 5w, 5t
(c-3, i-3, w-1)
Mercenary Captains:
West Africa:
10i, 5xi
(i-2)
Mercenary Captains:
Kwabena the Ghanaian (M946)
Far East:
27i,
21xc, 11c, 5xw
(c-3, i-2, w-2)
Mercenary Captains:
Japan:
12i, 5xc, 5c, 5xw, 2t
(c-2, i-2, w-1)
Mercenary Captains: